Managing ‘difficult’ patient encounters

Article Type
Changed
Fri, 07/02/2021 - 08:55
Display Headline
Managing ‘difficult’ patient encounters

“I did not like those patients… They made me angry and I found myself irritated to experience them as they seemed so distant from myself and from all that is human. This is an astonishing intolerance which brands me a poor psychiatrist.”

Sigmund Freud, Letter to István Hollós (1928)

While Freud was referring to psychotic patients,1 his evident frustration shows that difficult and challenging patients have vexed even the best of us. All physicians and other clinicians will experience patient encounters that lead to anger or frustration, or even challenge their sense of equanimity and professional identity. In short, difficult and challenging patient interactions are unavoidable, regardless of the physician’s discipline.2-5 At times, physicians might struggle with demanding, unpleasant, ungrateful, and possibly dangerous patients, while sometimes the struggle is with the patient’s family members. No physician is immune to the problem, which makes it crucial to learn to anticipate and manage difficult patient interactions, skills which are generally not taught in medical schools or residency programs.

One prospective study of clinic patients found that up to 15% of patient encounters are deemed “difficult.”6 Common scenarios include patients (or their relatives) who seek certain tests after researching symptoms online, threats of legal or social media action in response to feeling that the physician is not listening to them, demands for a second opinion after disagreeing with the physician’s diagnosis, and mistrust of doctors after presenting with symptoms and not receiving a diagnosis. It is also common to care for patients who focus on negative outcomes or fail to adhere to treatment recommendations. These encounters can make physicians feel stressed out, disrespected, abused, or even fearful if threatened. Some physicians may come to feel they are trapped in a hostile work environment with little support from their supervisors or administrators. Patients often have a complaint office or department to turn to, but there is no equivalent for physicians, who are expected to soldier on regardless.

This article highlights a model that describes poor physician-patient encounters, factors contributing to these issues, how to manage these difficult interactions, and what to do if the relationship cannot be remediated.

Describing the ‘difficult’ patient

In a landmark 1978 paper, Groves7 provided one of the first descriptions of “difficult” patients. His colorful observations continue to provide useful insights. Groves emphasized that most medical texts ignore the issue of difficult patients and provide little or no guidance—which is still true 43 years later. He observed that physicians cannot avoid occasional negative feelings toward some patients. Further, Groves suggested that countertransference is often at the root of hateful reactions, a process he defines as “conscious or unconscious unbidden and unwanted hostile or sexual feelings toward the patient.”7Table 17 outlines how Groves divided “hateful” patients into several categories, and how physicians might respond to such patients.

Groves’ ‘hateful patients’

A model for understanding difficult patient encounters

Adams and Murray2 created a model to help explain interactions with difficult or challenging patients that consists of 3 elements: the patient, the physician, and the system (ie, situation or environment). Hull and Broquet8 and Hardavella et al9 later adapted the model and described its components (Table 22,8,9).

Factors that contribute to difficult encounters: The patient, the physician, and the system

Continue to: When considering...

 

 

When considering difficult interactions, it is important to be aware that all 3 components could interact, or merely 1 or 2 could come into play, but all should be explored as possible contributing factors.

Patient factors

The patient’s role in initiating or maintaining a problematic interaction should be explored. While some physicians are tempted to conclude that a personality disorder underlies difficult interactions, research shows a more complex picture. First, not all difficult patients have a psychiatric disorder, let alone a personality disorder. Jackson and Kroenke6 reported that among 74 difficult patients in an ambulatory clinic, 29% had a depressive disorder or anxiety disorder, with 11% experiencing 2 or more disorders. Major depressive disorder was present in 8.4% patients, other depressive disorders in 17.4%, panic disorder in 1.4%, and other anxiety disorders in 14.2%.6 These researchers found that difficult patient interactions were associated with the presence of a psychiatric disorder, especially depressive or anxiety disorders, and multiple physical symptoms.

Importantly, difficult patients are not unique to psychiatry, and are found in all medical disciplines and every type of practice situation. Some problematic patients have a substance use disorder, and their difficulty might stem from intoxication, withdrawal, or drug-seeking behaviors. Psychotic disorders can be the source of difficult interactions, typically resulting from the patient’s symptoms (ie, hallucinations, delusions, or bizarre behavior). Physicians tend to be forgiving toward these patients because they understand the extent of the individual’s illness. The same is true for a patient with dementia, who might be disruptive and loud, yet clearly is not in control of their behavior.

Koekkoek et al5 reviewed 94 articles that focused on difficult patients seen in mental health settings. Most patients were male (60% to 68%), and most were age 26 to 32 years. Diagnoses of psychotic disorders and personality disorders were the most frequent, while mood and other disorders were less common. In 1 of the studies reviewed, 6% of psychiatric inpatients were considered difficult. Koekkoek et al5 proposed that there are 3 groups of difficult patients:

  • care avoiders: patients with psychosis who lack insight
  • care seekers: patients who are chronically ill who have trouble maintaining a steady relationship with their caregivers
  • care claimers: patients who do not require long-term care, but need housing, medication, or a “declaration of incompetence.”

Physician factors

Physicians are frequent contributors to bad interactions with their patients.2,7,8 They can become angry or defensive because of burnout, stress, or frustration, which might lead them to snap or otherwise respond inappropriately to their patients. Many physicians are overworked, sleep-deprived, or busier than they would prefer. Personal problems can be preoccupying and contribute to a physician being ill-tempered or distracted (eg, marital or family problems). Some physicians are simply poor communicators and might not understand the need to adapt their communication style to their patient, instead using medical jargon the patient does not understand. Ideally, physicians should modify their language to suit the patient’s level of education, degree of medical sophistication, and cultural background.

Continue to: A physician's personality traits...

 

 

A physician’s personality traits could clash with those of the patient, particularly if the physician is especially rigid or obsessional. Rather than “going with the flow,” the overly rigid physician might become impatient with patients who fail to understand diagnostic assessments or treatment recommendations. Inefficient physicians might not be able to keep up with the daily schedule, which could fuel impatience and perhaps even lead them to think that the patient is taking too much of their valuable time. Some might not know how to convey empathy, for example when giving bad news (“The tests show you have cancer…”). Others fail to make consistent eye contact with patients without understanding its importance to communication, a problem made worse by the use of electronic medical record systems (EMRs).

Systems issues

Systems issues also contribute to suboptimal physician-patient interactions, and some issues can be attributed to administrative problems. Examples of systems issues include:

  • when a patient has difficulty making an appointment and is forced to listen to a confusing menu of choices
  • a busy clinic that can only offer a patient an appointment 6 months away
  • crowded or noisy waiting rooms
  • language barriers for patients whose primary langage is not English. Not having access to an interpreter can exacerbate their frustration
  • the use of EMRs is a growing threat to positive physician-patient interactions, yet their influence is often ignored. Widely disliked by physicians,10 EMRs are required in all but the smallest independent practice settings. Many busy physicians focus their attention on the computer, giving the patient the impression that the physician is not listening to them. Many patients conclude that they are less important than the process.

The consequences of difficult interactions

Following a bad interaction, dissatisfied patients are more likely to leave the clinic or hospital and ignore medical advice. These patients might then show up in crowded emergency departments, which may lead to poor use of health care resources. For physicians, challenging situations sap their emotional energy, cause demoralization, and interfere with their sense of job fulfillment. In extreme cases, such feelings might lead the physician to dislike and even avoid the patient.

 

How to manage challenging situations

Taking the following steps can help physicians work through challenging situations with their patients.

Diagnose the problem. First, recognize the difficult situation, analyze it, and identify how the patient, the physician, and the system are contributing to a bad physician-patient interaction. Diagnosing the interactional difficulty should precede the diagnosis and management of the patient’s disease. Physicians should acknowledge their own contribution through their attitude or actions. Finally, determine if there are system issues that are contributing to the problem, or if it is the clinic or inpatient setting itself (eg, noisy inpatient unit).

Continue to: Maintain your cool

 

 

Maintain your cool. With any difficult interaction, a physician’s first obligation is to remain calm and professional, while modeling appropriate behavior. If the patient is angry or emotionally intense, talking over them or interrupting them only makes the situation worse. Try to see the interaction from the patient’s perspective. Both parties should work together to find a common ground.

Collaborate, respect boundaries, and empathize. One study of a group of 100 family physicians found that having the following 3 skills were essential to successfully managing situations with difficult patients11,12:

  • the ability to collaborate (vs opposition)
  • the appropriate use of power (vs misuse of power, or violation of boundaries by either party)
  • the ability to empathize, which for most physicians involves understanding and validating the patient’s subjective experiences.

Although a description of the many facets of empathy (cognitive, affective, motivational) is beyond the scope of this article, it is worth pointing out that a patient’s positive perception of their physician’s empathy improves not only patient satisfaction but health outcomes.13 The Box describes a difficult patient whose actions changed through the collaboration and empathy of his treatment team.

Box 1

Collaboration and empathy: How a patient’s positive perception can improve outcomes

Mr. L, a 60-year-old veteran, is admitted to an inpatient unit following a suicide attempt that was prompted by eviction from his apartment. Mr. L is physically disabled and has difficulty walking without assistance. His main concern is his homelessness, and he insists that the inpatient team find a suitable “Americans with Disabilities (ADA)-compliant apartment” that he can afford on his $800 monthly income. He implies that he will kill himself if the team fails in that task. He makes it clear that his problems are the team’s problems. He is prescribed an antidepressant, and both his mood and reported suicidal ideations gradually resolve.

The team’s social worker finds an opening at a well-run veterans home, but Mr. L rejects it because he doesn’t want to “give up his independence.” The social worker finds a small apartment in a nearby community that is ADA-compliant, but Mr. L complains that it is small. He asks the resident psychiatrist, “Where will I put all my things?” The next day, after insulting the attending psychiatrist for failing to find an adequate apartment, Mr. L says from under the bedsheet: “How come none of you ever help me?”

Mr. L presents a challenge to the entire team. At times, he is rude, demanding, and entitled. The team recognizes that although he had served in the military with distinction, he is now alone after having divorced many years earlier, and nearly friendless because of his increasing disability. The team surmises that Mr. L lashes out due to frustration and feelings of powerlessness.

Resolving this conflict involves treating Mr. L with respect and listening without judgment. No one ever confronts him or argues with him. The team psychologist meets with him to help him work through his many losses. Closer to discharge, he is enrolled in several post-hospitalization programs to keep him connected with other veterans. At discharge, the hospital arranges for his belongings that had been in storage to be delivered to his new home. He is pleasant and social with his peers, and although he is still concerned about the size of the apartment, he thanks the team members for their care.

Verbalize the difficulty. It is important to openly discuss the problem. For example, “We both have very different views about how your symptoms should be investigated, and that’s causing some difficulty between us. Do you agree?” This approach names the “elephant in the room” and avoids casting blame. It also creates a sense of shared ownership by externalizing the problem from both the patient and physician. Verbalizing the difficulty can help build trust and pave the way to working together toward a common solution.

Consider other explanations for the patient’s behavior. For example, anger directed at a physician could be due to anxiety about an unrelated matter, such as the patient’s recent job loss or impending divorce. Psychiatrists might understand this behavior better as displacement, which is considered a maladaptive defense mechanism. It is important to listen to the patient and offer empathy, which will help the patient feel supported and build a rapport that can help to resolve the encounter.

Continue to: When helping patients...

 

 

When helping patients with multiple issues, which is a common scenario, the physician might start by asking, “What would you like to address today?”14 Keep a list of the issues so you do not forget the patient’s concerns, and then ask: “What do you think is going on?” Give patients time to verbalize their concerns. Physicians should:

  • validate concerns: “I understand where you’re coming from.”
  • offer empathy: “I can see how difficult this has been for you.”
  • reframe: “Let me make sure I hear you correctly.”
  • refocus: “Let’s agree on what we need to do at this visit.”

Find common ground. When the patient and physician have different ideas on diagnosis or treatment, finding common ground is another way to resolve a difficult encounter. Difficulties arise when there appears to be little common ground, which often results from unrealistic expectations. Patients might be seen as “demanding” or “manipulative”’ if they push for a diagnosis or treatment the doctor is not comfortable with. As soon as there is some overlap and common ground, the difficulty rapidly subsides.

Set clear boundaries and limits. Physicians should set limits on what patient behavior might “cross the line.” A “behavioral contract” (or “treatment contract”) can help by setting explicit expectations. For example, showing up late for appointments or inappropriately seeking drugs of abuse (eg, opioids, benzodiazepines) might be identified as violations of the contract. Once the contract is set, the patient should be asked to restate key components. Clarify any confusion or barriers to compliance and define clear expectations. The patient should be informed of potential consequences of contract violations, including termination.

Staff members involved in the patient’s care should agree with the terms of any behavioral contract, and should receive a copy of it. Patients should have “buy in,” meaning that they have had an opportunity to provide input to the contract and have agreed to its elements. Both the physician and patient should sign the document.

When all else fails

When there is a breakdown in rapport that makes it difficult or impossible to continue offering treatment, consider termination. This could be due to threatening or abusive patient behavior, sexual advances, repeated no-shows, treatment noncompliance that jeopardizes patient safety, refusal to follow the treatment plan, or violating the terms of a behavioral contract. In some settings, it might be the failure to pay bills.

Continue to: If a patient is unable to...

 

 

If a patient is unable to follow the contract, the physician should explore possible extenuating circumstances. The physician should seek to remedy the problem and involve other team members if possible (eg, case manager, nurse), advising a patient about behaviors that could lead to termination.

If the problem is irremediable, notify the patient in writing, give them time to find another physician, and facilitate the transfer of care.15 Take steps to prevent the patient from running out of any medications associated with withdrawal or discontinuation syndromes (eg, selective serotonin reuptake inhibitors, benzodiazepines) during the care transition. While there is no requirement regarding the amount of time allowed, at least 30 days is typical.

Bottom Line

Difficult patient interactions are common and unavoidable. Physicians should acknowledge and recognize contributing factors in such encounters—including their own role. When handling such situations, physicians should remain calm and model appropriate behavior. Improving communication, offering empathy, and validating the patient’s concerns can help resolve factors that contribute to poor patient interactions. If efforts to remediate the physician-patient relationship fail, termination may be necessary.

Related Resources

  • Koekkoek B, Berno van Meijel CNS, Hutschemaekers G. “Difficult patients” in mental health care: a review. Psychiatr Serv. 2006;57(6):795-802.
  • Pereira MR, Figueiredo AF. Challenging patient-doctor interactions in psychiatry – difficult patient syndrome. European Psychiatry. 2017;41(supplement):S719. doi. org/10.1016/j.eurpsy.2017.01.1297

References

1. Dupont J. Ferenczi’s madness. Contemp Psychoanal. 1988;24(2):250-261.
2. Adams J, Murray R. The difficult diagnosis: the general approach to the difficult patient. Emerg Med Clin North Am. 1998;16(4):689-700.
3. Davies M. Managing challenging interactions with patients. BMJ. 2013;347:f4673. doi: https://doi.org/10.1136/bmj.f4673
4. Chou C. Dealing with the “difficult” patient. Wisc Med J. 2004;103:35-38.
5. Koekkoek B, Berno van Meijel CNS, Hutschemaekers G. “Difficult patients” in mental health care: a review. Psychiatr Serv. 2006;57(6):795-802.
6. Jackson JL, Kroenke K. Difficult patient encounter in the ambulatory clinic: clinical predictors and outcomes. Arch Intern Med 1999;159(10):1069-1075.
7. Groves JE. Taking care of the hateful patient. N Eng J Med. 1978;298:883-887.
8. Hull S, Broquet K. How to manage difficult encounters. Fam Prac Manag. 2007;14(6):30-34.
9. Hardavella G, Aamli-Gaagnat A, Frille A, et al. Top tips to deal with challenging situations: doctor patient interactions. Breathe. 2017;13(2):129-135.
10. Black DW, Balon R. Editorial: electronic medical records (EMRs) and the psychiatrist shortage. Ann Clin Psychiatry. 2018;30(4):257-259.
11. Elder N, Ricer R, Tobias B. How respected family physicians manage difficult patient encounters. J Am Board Fam Med. 2006;19(6):533-541.
12. Campbell RJ. Campbell’s Psychiatric Dictionary. 8th Edition. Oxford University Press; 2004:219-220.
13. Decety J, Fotopoulou A. Why empathy has a beneficial impact on others in medicine: unifying theories. Front Behav Neurosci. 2014;8:457. https://doi.org/10.3389/fnbeh.2014.00457
14. Klugman B. The difficult patient. Accessed May 24, 2021. https://www.umassmed.edu/globalassets/office-of-continuing-medical-education/pdfs/cme-primary-care-days/e2-the-difficult-patient.pdf
15. Mossman D, Farrell HM, Gilday E. ‘Firing’ a patient: may psychiatrists unilaterally terminate care? Current Psychiatry. 2010;9(12):18-29.

Article PDF
Author and Disclosure Information

Donald W. Black, MD
Professor Emeritus
Department of Psychiatry
University of Iowa Carver College of Medicine
Iowa City, Iowa

Disclosure
Dr. Black receives royalties from American Psychiatric Publishing, Oxford University Press, Merck, and Wolters Kluwer Heath.

Issue
Current Psychiatry - 20(7)
Publications
Topics
Page Number
12-19
Sections
Author and Disclosure Information

Donald W. Black, MD
Professor Emeritus
Department of Psychiatry
University of Iowa Carver College of Medicine
Iowa City, Iowa

Disclosure
Dr. Black receives royalties from American Psychiatric Publishing, Oxford University Press, Merck, and Wolters Kluwer Heath.

Author and Disclosure Information

Donald W. Black, MD
Professor Emeritus
Department of Psychiatry
University of Iowa Carver College of Medicine
Iowa City, Iowa

Disclosure
Dr. Black receives royalties from American Psychiatric Publishing, Oxford University Press, Merck, and Wolters Kluwer Heath.

Article PDF
Article PDF

“I did not like those patients… They made me angry and I found myself irritated to experience them as they seemed so distant from myself and from all that is human. This is an astonishing intolerance which brands me a poor psychiatrist.”

Sigmund Freud, Letter to István Hollós (1928)

While Freud was referring to psychotic patients,1 his evident frustration shows that difficult and challenging patients have vexed even the best of us. All physicians and other clinicians will experience patient encounters that lead to anger or frustration, or even challenge their sense of equanimity and professional identity. In short, difficult and challenging patient interactions are unavoidable, regardless of the physician’s discipline.2-5 At times, physicians might struggle with demanding, unpleasant, ungrateful, and possibly dangerous patients, while sometimes the struggle is with the patient’s family members. No physician is immune to the problem, which makes it crucial to learn to anticipate and manage difficult patient interactions, skills which are generally not taught in medical schools or residency programs.

One prospective study of clinic patients found that up to 15% of patient encounters are deemed “difficult.”6 Common scenarios include patients (or their relatives) who seek certain tests after researching symptoms online, threats of legal or social media action in response to feeling that the physician is not listening to them, demands for a second opinion after disagreeing with the physician’s diagnosis, and mistrust of doctors after presenting with symptoms and not receiving a diagnosis. It is also common to care for patients who focus on negative outcomes or fail to adhere to treatment recommendations. These encounters can make physicians feel stressed out, disrespected, abused, or even fearful if threatened. Some physicians may come to feel they are trapped in a hostile work environment with little support from their supervisors or administrators. Patients often have a complaint office or department to turn to, but there is no equivalent for physicians, who are expected to soldier on regardless.

This article highlights a model that describes poor physician-patient encounters, factors contributing to these issues, how to manage these difficult interactions, and what to do if the relationship cannot be remediated.

Describing the ‘difficult’ patient

In a landmark 1978 paper, Groves7 provided one of the first descriptions of “difficult” patients. His colorful observations continue to provide useful insights. Groves emphasized that most medical texts ignore the issue of difficult patients and provide little or no guidance—which is still true 43 years later. He observed that physicians cannot avoid occasional negative feelings toward some patients. Further, Groves suggested that countertransference is often at the root of hateful reactions, a process he defines as “conscious or unconscious unbidden and unwanted hostile or sexual feelings toward the patient.”7Table 17 outlines how Groves divided “hateful” patients into several categories, and how physicians might respond to such patients.

Groves’ ‘hateful patients’

A model for understanding difficult patient encounters

Adams and Murray2 created a model to help explain interactions with difficult or challenging patients that consists of 3 elements: the patient, the physician, and the system (ie, situation or environment). Hull and Broquet8 and Hardavella et al9 later adapted the model and described its components (Table 22,8,9).

Factors that contribute to difficult encounters: The patient, the physician, and the system

Continue to: When considering...

 

 

When considering difficult interactions, it is important to be aware that all 3 components could interact, or merely 1 or 2 could come into play, but all should be explored as possible contributing factors.

Patient factors

The patient’s role in initiating or maintaining a problematic interaction should be explored. While some physicians are tempted to conclude that a personality disorder underlies difficult interactions, research shows a more complex picture. First, not all difficult patients have a psychiatric disorder, let alone a personality disorder. Jackson and Kroenke6 reported that among 74 difficult patients in an ambulatory clinic, 29% had a depressive disorder or anxiety disorder, with 11% experiencing 2 or more disorders. Major depressive disorder was present in 8.4% patients, other depressive disorders in 17.4%, panic disorder in 1.4%, and other anxiety disorders in 14.2%.6 These researchers found that difficult patient interactions were associated with the presence of a psychiatric disorder, especially depressive or anxiety disorders, and multiple physical symptoms.

Importantly, difficult patients are not unique to psychiatry, and are found in all medical disciplines and every type of practice situation. Some problematic patients have a substance use disorder, and their difficulty might stem from intoxication, withdrawal, or drug-seeking behaviors. Psychotic disorders can be the source of difficult interactions, typically resulting from the patient’s symptoms (ie, hallucinations, delusions, or bizarre behavior). Physicians tend to be forgiving toward these patients because they understand the extent of the individual’s illness. The same is true for a patient with dementia, who might be disruptive and loud, yet clearly is not in control of their behavior.

Koekkoek et al5 reviewed 94 articles that focused on difficult patients seen in mental health settings. Most patients were male (60% to 68%), and most were age 26 to 32 years. Diagnoses of psychotic disorders and personality disorders were the most frequent, while mood and other disorders were less common. In 1 of the studies reviewed, 6% of psychiatric inpatients were considered difficult. Koekkoek et al5 proposed that there are 3 groups of difficult patients:

  • care avoiders: patients with psychosis who lack insight
  • care seekers: patients who are chronically ill who have trouble maintaining a steady relationship with their caregivers
  • care claimers: patients who do not require long-term care, but need housing, medication, or a “declaration of incompetence.”

Physician factors

Physicians are frequent contributors to bad interactions with their patients.2,7,8 They can become angry or defensive because of burnout, stress, or frustration, which might lead them to snap or otherwise respond inappropriately to their patients. Many physicians are overworked, sleep-deprived, or busier than they would prefer. Personal problems can be preoccupying and contribute to a physician being ill-tempered or distracted (eg, marital or family problems). Some physicians are simply poor communicators and might not understand the need to adapt their communication style to their patient, instead using medical jargon the patient does not understand. Ideally, physicians should modify their language to suit the patient’s level of education, degree of medical sophistication, and cultural background.

Continue to: A physician's personality traits...

 

 

A physician’s personality traits could clash with those of the patient, particularly if the physician is especially rigid or obsessional. Rather than “going with the flow,” the overly rigid physician might become impatient with patients who fail to understand diagnostic assessments or treatment recommendations. Inefficient physicians might not be able to keep up with the daily schedule, which could fuel impatience and perhaps even lead them to think that the patient is taking too much of their valuable time. Some might not know how to convey empathy, for example when giving bad news (“The tests show you have cancer…”). Others fail to make consistent eye contact with patients without understanding its importance to communication, a problem made worse by the use of electronic medical record systems (EMRs).

Systems issues

Systems issues also contribute to suboptimal physician-patient interactions, and some issues can be attributed to administrative problems. Examples of systems issues include:

  • when a patient has difficulty making an appointment and is forced to listen to a confusing menu of choices
  • a busy clinic that can only offer a patient an appointment 6 months away
  • crowded or noisy waiting rooms
  • language barriers for patients whose primary langage is not English. Not having access to an interpreter can exacerbate their frustration
  • the use of EMRs is a growing threat to positive physician-patient interactions, yet their influence is often ignored. Widely disliked by physicians,10 EMRs are required in all but the smallest independent practice settings. Many busy physicians focus their attention on the computer, giving the patient the impression that the physician is not listening to them. Many patients conclude that they are less important than the process.

The consequences of difficult interactions

Following a bad interaction, dissatisfied patients are more likely to leave the clinic or hospital and ignore medical advice. These patients might then show up in crowded emergency departments, which may lead to poor use of health care resources. For physicians, challenging situations sap their emotional energy, cause demoralization, and interfere with their sense of job fulfillment. In extreme cases, such feelings might lead the physician to dislike and even avoid the patient.

 

How to manage challenging situations

Taking the following steps can help physicians work through challenging situations with their patients.

Diagnose the problem. First, recognize the difficult situation, analyze it, and identify how the patient, the physician, and the system are contributing to a bad physician-patient interaction. Diagnosing the interactional difficulty should precede the diagnosis and management of the patient’s disease. Physicians should acknowledge their own contribution through their attitude or actions. Finally, determine if there are system issues that are contributing to the problem, or if it is the clinic or inpatient setting itself (eg, noisy inpatient unit).

Continue to: Maintain your cool

 

 

Maintain your cool. With any difficult interaction, a physician’s first obligation is to remain calm and professional, while modeling appropriate behavior. If the patient is angry or emotionally intense, talking over them or interrupting them only makes the situation worse. Try to see the interaction from the patient’s perspective. Both parties should work together to find a common ground.

Collaborate, respect boundaries, and empathize. One study of a group of 100 family physicians found that having the following 3 skills were essential to successfully managing situations with difficult patients11,12:

  • the ability to collaborate (vs opposition)
  • the appropriate use of power (vs misuse of power, or violation of boundaries by either party)
  • the ability to empathize, which for most physicians involves understanding and validating the patient’s subjective experiences.

Although a description of the many facets of empathy (cognitive, affective, motivational) is beyond the scope of this article, it is worth pointing out that a patient’s positive perception of their physician’s empathy improves not only patient satisfaction but health outcomes.13 The Box describes a difficult patient whose actions changed through the collaboration and empathy of his treatment team.

Box 1

Collaboration and empathy: How a patient’s positive perception can improve outcomes

Mr. L, a 60-year-old veteran, is admitted to an inpatient unit following a suicide attempt that was prompted by eviction from his apartment. Mr. L is physically disabled and has difficulty walking without assistance. His main concern is his homelessness, and he insists that the inpatient team find a suitable “Americans with Disabilities (ADA)-compliant apartment” that he can afford on his $800 monthly income. He implies that he will kill himself if the team fails in that task. He makes it clear that his problems are the team’s problems. He is prescribed an antidepressant, and both his mood and reported suicidal ideations gradually resolve.

The team’s social worker finds an opening at a well-run veterans home, but Mr. L rejects it because he doesn’t want to “give up his independence.” The social worker finds a small apartment in a nearby community that is ADA-compliant, but Mr. L complains that it is small. He asks the resident psychiatrist, “Where will I put all my things?” The next day, after insulting the attending psychiatrist for failing to find an adequate apartment, Mr. L says from under the bedsheet: “How come none of you ever help me?”

Mr. L presents a challenge to the entire team. At times, he is rude, demanding, and entitled. The team recognizes that although he had served in the military with distinction, he is now alone after having divorced many years earlier, and nearly friendless because of his increasing disability. The team surmises that Mr. L lashes out due to frustration and feelings of powerlessness.

Resolving this conflict involves treating Mr. L with respect and listening without judgment. No one ever confronts him or argues with him. The team psychologist meets with him to help him work through his many losses. Closer to discharge, he is enrolled in several post-hospitalization programs to keep him connected with other veterans. At discharge, the hospital arranges for his belongings that had been in storage to be delivered to his new home. He is pleasant and social with his peers, and although he is still concerned about the size of the apartment, he thanks the team members for their care.

Verbalize the difficulty. It is important to openly discuss the problem. For example, “We both have very different views about how your symptoms should be investigated, and that’s causing some difficulty between us. Do you agree?” This approach names the “elephant in the room” and avoids casting blame. It also creates a sense of shared ownership by externalizing the problem from both the patient and physician. Verbalizing the difficulty can help build trust and pave the way to working together toward a common solution.

Consider other explanations for the patient’s behavior. For example, anger directed at a physician could be due to anxiety about an unrelated matter, such as the patient’s recent job loss or impending divorce. Psychiatrists might understand this behavior better as displacement, which is considered a maladaptive defense mechanism. It is important to listen to the patient and offer empathy, which will help the patient feel supported and build a rapport that can help to resolve the encounter.

Continue to: When helping patients...

 

 

When helping patients with multiple issues, which is a common scenario, the physician might start by asking, “What would you like to address today?”14 Keep a list of the issues so you do not forget the patient’s concerns, and then ask: “What do you think is going on?” Give patients time to verbalize their concerns. Physicians should:

  • validate concerns: “I understand where you’re coming from.”
  • offer empathy: “I can see how difficult this has been for you.”
  • reframe: “Let me make sure I hear you correctly.”
  • refocus: “Let’s agree on what we need to do at this visit.”

Find common ground. When the patient and physician have different ideas on diagnosis or treatment, finding common ground is another way to resolve a difficult encounter. Difficulties arise when there appears to be little common ground, which often results from unrealistic expectations. Patients might be seen as “demanding” or “manipulative”’ if they push for a diagnosis or treatment the doctor is not comfortable with. As soon as there is some overlap and common ground, the difficulty rapidly subsides.

Set clear boundaries and limits. Physicians should set limits on what patient behavior might “cross the line.” A “behavioral contract” (or “treatment contract”) can help by setting explicit expectations. For example, showing up late for appointments or inappropriately seeking drugs of abuse (eg, opioids, benzodiazepines) might be identified as violations of the contract. Once the contract is set, the patient should be asked to restate key components. Clarify any confusion or barriers to compliance and define clear expectations. The patient should be informed of potential consequences of contract violations, including termination.

Staff members involved in the patient’s care should agree with the terms of any behavioral contract, and should receive a copy of it. Patients should have “buy in,” meaning that they have had an opportunity to provide input to the contract and have agreed to its elements. Both the physician and patient should sign the document.

When all else fails

When there is a breakdown in rapport that makes it difficult or impossible to continue offering treatment, consider termination. This could be due to threatening or abusive patient behavior, sexual advances, repeated no-shows, treatment noncompliance that jeopardizes patient safety, refusal to follow the treatment plan, or violating the terms of a behavioral contract. In some settings, it might be the failure to pay bills.

Continue to: If a patient is unable to...

 

 

If a patient is unable to follow the contract, the physician should explore possible extenuating circumstances. The physician should seek to remedy the problem and involve other team members if possible (eg, case manager, nurse), advising a patient about behaviors that could lead to termination.

If the problem is irremediable, notify the patient in writing, give them time to find another physician, and facilitate the transfer of care.15 Take steps to prevent the patient from running out of any medications associated with withdrawal or discontinuation syndromes (eg, selective serotonin reuptake inhibitors, benzodiazepines) during the care transition. While there is no requirement regarding the amount of time allowed, at least 30 days is typical.

Bottom Line

Difficult patient interactions are common and unavoidable. Physicians should acknowledge and recognize contributing factors in such encounters—including their own role. When handling such situations, physicians should remain calm and model appropriate behavior. Improving communication, offering empathy, and validating the patient’s concerns can help resolve factors that contribute to poor patient interactions. If efforts to remediate the physician-patient relationship fail, termination may be necessary.

Related Resources

  • Koekkoek B, Berno van Meijel CNS, Hutschemaekers G. “Difficult patients” in mental health care: a review. Psychiatr Serv. 2006;57(6):795-802.
  • Pereira MR, Figueiredo AF. Challenging patient-doctor interactions in psychiatry – difficult patient syndrome. European Psychiatry. 2017;41(supplement):S719. doi. org/10.1016/j.eurpsy.2017.01.1297

“I did not like those patients… They made me angry and I found myself irritated to experience them as they seemed so distant from myself and from all that is human. This is an astonishing intolerance which brands me a poor psychiatrist.”

Sigmund Freud, Letter to István Hollós (1928)

While Freud was referring to psychotic patients,1 his evident frustration shows that difficult and challenging patients have vexed even the best of us. All physicians and other clinicians will experience patient encounters that lead to anger or frustration, or even challenge their sense of equanimity and professional identity. In short, difficult and challenging patient interactions are unavoidable, regardless of the physician’s discipline.2-5 At times, physicians might struggle with demanding, unpleasant, ungrateful, and possibly dangerous patients, while sometimes the struggle is with the patient’s family members. No physician is immune to the problem, which makes it crucial to learn to anticipate and manage difficult patient interactions, skills which are generally not taught in medical schools or residency programs.

One prospective study of clinic patients found that up to 15% of patient encounters are deemed “difficult.”6 Common scenarios include patients (or their relatives) who seek certain tests after researching symptoms online, threats of legal or social media action in response to feeling that the physician is not listening to them, demands for a second opinion after disagreeing with the physician’s diagnosis, and mistrust of doctors after presenting with symptoms and not receiving a diagnosis. It is also common to care for patients who focus on negative outcomes or fail to adhere to treatment recommendations. These encounters can make physicians feel stressed out, disrespected, abused, or even fearful if threatened. Some physicians may come to feel they are trapped in a hostile work environment with little support from their supervisors or administrators. Patients often have a complaint office or department to turn to, but there is no equivalent for physicians, who are expected to soldier on regardless.

This article highlights a model that describes poor physician-patient encounters, factors contributing to these issues, how to manage these difficult interactions, and what to do if the relationship cannot be remediated.

Describing the ‘difficult’ patient

In a landmark 1978 paper, Groves7 provided one of the first descriptions of “difficult” patients. His colorful observations continue to provide useful insights. Groves emphasized that most medical texts ignore the issue of difficult patients and provide little or no guidance—which is still true 43 years later. He observed that physicians cannot avoid occasional negative feelings toward some patients. Further, Groves suggested that countertransference is often at the root of hateful reactions, a process he defines as “conscious or unconscious unbidden and unwanted hostile or sexual feelings toward the patient.”7Table 17 outlines how Groves divided “hateful” patients into several categories, and how physicians might respond to such patients.

Groves’ ‘hateful patients’

A model for understanding difficult patient encounters

Adams and Murray2 created a model to help explain interactions with difficult or challenging patients that consists of 3 elements: the patient, the physician, and the system (ie, situation or environment). Hull and Broquet8 and Hardavella et al9 later adapted the model and described its components (Table 22,8,9).

Factors that contribute to difficult encounters: The patient, the physician, and the system

Continue to: When considering...

 

 

When considering difficult interactions, it is important to be aware that all 3 components could interact, or merely 1 or 2 could come into play, but all should be explored as possible contributing factors.

Patient factors

The patient’s role in initiating or maintaining a problematic interaction should be explored. While some physicians are tempted to conclude that a personality disorder underlies difficult interactions, research shows a more complex picture. First, not all difficult patients have a psychiatric disorder, let alone a personality disorder. Jackson and Kroenke6 reported that among 74 difficult patients in an ambulatory clinic, 29% had a depressive disorder or anxiety disorder, with 11% experiencing 2 or more disorders. Major depressive disorder was present in 8.4% patients, other depressive disorders in 17.4%, panic disorder in 1.4%, and other anxiety disorders in 14.2%.6 These researchers found that difficult patient interactions were associated with the presence of a psychiatric disorder, especially depressive or anxiety disorders, and multiple physical symptoms.

Importantly, difficult patients are not unique to psychiatry, and are found in all medical disciplines and every type of practice situation. Some problematic patients have a substance use disorder, and their difficulty might stem from intoxication, withdrawal, or drug-seeking behaviors. Psychotic disorders can be the source of difficult interactions, typically resulting from the patient’s symptoms (ie, hallucinations, delusions, or bizarre behavior). Physicians tend to be forgiving toward these patients because they understand the extent of the individual’s illness. The same is true for a patient with dementia, who might be disruptive and loud, yet clearly is not in control of their behavior.

Koekkoek et al5 reviewed 94 articles that focused on difficult patients seen in mental health settings. Most patients were male (60% to 68%), and most were age 26 to 32 years. Diagnoses of psychotic disorders and personality disorders were the most frequent, while mood and other disorders were less common. In 1 of the studies reviewed, 6% of psychiatric inpatients were considered difficult. Koekkoek et al5 proposed that there are 3 groups of difficult patients:

  • care avoiders: patients with psychosis who lack insight
  • care seekers: patients who are chronically ill who have trouble maintaining a steady relationship with their caregivers
  • care claimers: patients who do not require long-term care, but need housing, medication, or a “declaration of incompetence.”

Physician factors

Physicians are frequent contributors to bad interactions with their patients.2,7,8 They can become angry or defensive because of burnout, stress, or frustration, which might lead them to snap or otherwise respond inappropriately to their patients. Many physicians are overworked, sleep-deprived, or busier than they would prefer. Personal problems can be preoccupying and contribute to a physician being ill-tempered or distracted (eg, marital or family problems). Some physicians are simply poor communicators and might not understand the need to adapt their communication style to their patient, instead using medical jargon the patient does not understand. Ideally, physicians should modify their language to suit the patient’s level of education, degree of medical sophistication, and cultural background.

Continue to: A physician's personality traits...

 

 

A physician’s personality traits could clash with those of the patient, particularly if the physician is especially rigid or obsessional. Rather than “going with the flow,” the overly rigid physician might become impatient with patients who fail to understand diagnostic assessments or treatment recommendations. Inefficient physicians might not be able to keep up with the daily schedule, which could fuel impatience and perhaps even lead them to think that the patient is taking too much of their valuable time. Some might not know how to convey empathy, for example when giving bad news (“The tests show you have cancer…”). Others fail to make consistent eye contact with patients without understanding its importance to communication, a problem made worse by the use of electronic medical record systems (EMRs).

Systems issues

Systems issues also contribute to suboptimal physician-patient interactions, and some issues can be attributed to administrative problems. Examples of systems issues include:

  • when a patient has difficulty making an appointment and is forced to listen to a confusing menu of choices
  • a busy clinic that can only offer a patient an appointment 6 months away
  • crowded or noisy waiting rooms
  • language barriers for patients whose primary langage is not English. Not having access to an interpreter can exacerbate their frustration
  • the use of EMRs is a growing threat to positive physician-patient interactions, yet their influence is often ignored. Widely disliked by physicians,10 EMRs are required in all but the smallest independent practice settings. Many busy physicians focus their attention on the computer, giving the patient the impression that the physician is not listening to them. Many patients conclude that they are less important than the process.

The consequences of difficult interactions

Following a bad interaction, dissatisfied patients are more likely to leave the clinic or hospital and ignore medical advice. These patients might then show up in crowded emergency departments, which may lead to poor use of health care resources. For physicians, challenging situations sap their emotional energy, cause demoralization, and interfere with their sense of job fulfillment. In extreme cases, such feelings might lead the physician to dislike and even avoid the patient.

 

How to manage challenging situations

Taking the following steps can help physicians work through challenging situations with their patients.

Diagnose the problem. First, recognize the difficult situation, analyze it, and identify how the patient, the physician, and the system are contributing to a bad physician-patient interaction. Diagnosing the interactional difficulty should precede the diagnosis and management of the patient’s disease. Physicians should acknowledge their own contribution through their attitude or actions. Finally, determine if there are system issues that are contributing to the problem, or if it is the clinic or inpatient setting itself (eg, noisy inpatient unit).

Continue to: Maintain your cool

 

 

Maintain your cool. With any difficult interaction, a physician’s first obligation is to remain calm and professional, while modeling appropriate behavior. If the patient is angry or emotionally intense, talking over them or interrupting them only makes the situation worse. Try to see the interaction from the patient’s perspective. Both parties should work together to find a common ground.

Collaborate, respect boundaries, and empathize. One study of a group of 100 family physicians found that having the following 3 skills were essential to successfully managing situations with difficult patients11,12:

  • the ability to collaborate (vs opposition)
  • the appropriate use of power (vs misuse of power, or violation of boundaries by either party)
  • the ability to empathize, which for most physicians involves understanding and validating the patient’s subjective experiences.

Although a description of the many facets of empathy (cognitive, affective, motivational) is beyond the scope of this article, it is worth pointing out that a patient’s positive perception of their physician’s empathy improves not only patient satisfaction but health outcomes.13 The Box describes a difficult patient whose actions changed through the collaboration and empathy of his treatment team.

Box 1

Collaboration and empathy: How a patient’s positive perception can improve outcomes

Mr. L, a 60-year-old veteran, is admitted to an inpatient unit following a suicide attempt that was prompted by eviction from his apartment. Mr. L is physically disabled and has difficulty walking without assistance. His main concern is his homelessness, and he insists that the inpatient team find a suitable “Americans with Disabilities (ADA)-compliant apartment” that he can afford on his $800 monthly income. He implies that he will kill himself if the team fails in that task. He makes it clear that his problems are the team’s problems. He is prescribed an antidepressant, and both his mood and reported suicidal ideations gradually resolve.

The team’s social worker finds an opening at a well-run veterans home, but Mr. L rejects it because he doesn’t want to “give up his independence.” The social worker finds a small apartment in a nearby community that is ADA-compliant, but Mr. L complains that it is small. He asks the resident psychiatrist, “Where will I put all my things?” The next day, after insulting the attending psychiatrist for failing to find an adequate apartment, Mr. L says from under the bedsheet: “How come none of you ever help me?”

Mr. L presents a challenge to the entire team. At times, he is rude, demanding, and entitled. The team recognizes that although he had served in the military with distinction, he is now alone after having divorced many years earlier, and nearly friendless because of his increasing disability. The team surmises that Mr. L lashes out due to frustration and feelings of powerlessness.

Resolving this conflict involves treating Mr. L with respect and listening without judgment. No one ever confronts him or argues with him. The team psychologist meets with him to help him work through his many losses. Closer to discharge, he is enrolled in several post-hospitalization programs to keep him connected with other veterans. At discharge, the hospital arranges for his belongings that had been in storage to be delivered to his new home. He is pleasant and social with his peers, and although he is still concerned about the size of the apartment, he thanks the team members for their care.

Verbalize the difficulty. It is important to openly discuss the problem. For example, “We both have very different views about how your symptoms should be investigated, and that’s causing some difficulty between us. Do you agree?” This approach names the “elephant in the room” and avoids casting blame. It also creates a sense of shared ownership by externalizing the problem from both the patient and physician. Verbalizing the difficulty can help build trust and pave the way to working together toward a common solution.

Consider other explanations for the patient’s behavior. For example, anger directed at a physician could be due to anxiety about an unrelated matter, such as the patient’s recent job loss or impending divorce. Psychiatrists might understand this behavior better as displacement, which is considered a maladaptive defense mechanism. It is important to listen to the patient and offer empathy, which will help the patient feel supported and build a rapport that can help to resolve the encounter.

Continue to: When helping patients...

 

 

When helping patients with multiple issues, which is a common scenario, the physician might start by asking, “What would you like to address today?”14 Keep a list of the issues so you do not forget the patient’s concerns, and then ask: “What do you think is going on?” Give patients time to verbalize their concerns. Physicians should:

  • validate concerns: “I understand where you’re coming from.”
  • offer empathy: “I can see how difficult this has been for you.”
  • reframe: “Let me make sure I hear you correctly.”
  • refocus: “Let’s agree on what we need to do at this visit.”

Find common ground. When the patient and physician have different ideas on diagnosis or treatment, finding common ground is another way to resolve a difficult encounter. Difficulties arise when there appears to be little common ground, which often results from unrealistic expectations. Patients might be seen as “demanding” or “manipulative”’ if they push for a diagnosis or treatment the doctor is not comfortable with. As soon as there is some overlap and common ground, the difficulty rapidly subsides.

Set clear boundaries and limits. Physicians should set limits on what patient behavior might “cross the line.” A “behavioral contract” (or “treatment contract”) can help by setting explicit expectations. For example, showing up late for appointments or inappropriately seeking drugs of abuse (eg, opioids, benzodiazepines) might be identified as violations of the contract. Once the contract is set, the patient should be asked to restate key components. Clarify any confusion or barriers to compliance and define clear expectations. The patient should be informed of potential consequences of contract violations, including termination.

Staff members involved in the patient’s care should agree with the terms of any behavioral contract, and should receive a copy of it. Patients should have “buy in,” meaning that they have had an opportunity to provide input to the contract and have agreed to its elements. Both the physician and patient should sign the document.

When all else fails

When there is a breakdown in rapport that makes it difficult or impossible to continue offering treatment, consider termination. This could be due to threatening or abusive patient behavior, sexual advances, repeated no-shows, treatment noncompliance that jeopardizes patient safety, refusal to follow the treatment plan, or violating the terms of a behavioral contract. In some settings, it might be the failure to pay bills.

Continue to: If a patient is unable to...

 

 

If a patient is unable to follow the contract, the physician should explore possible extenuating circumstances. The physician should seek to remedy the problem and involve other team members if possible (eg, case manager, nurse), advising a patient about behaviors that could lead to termination.

If the problem is irremediable, notify the patient in writing, give them time to find another physician, and facilitate the transfer of care.15 Take steps to prevent the patient from running out of any medications associated with withdrawal or discontinuation syndromes (eg, selective serotonin reuptake inhibitors, benzodiazepines) during the care transition. While there is no requirement regarding the amount of time allowed, at least 30 days is typical.

Bottom Line

Difficult patient interactions are common and unavoidable. Physicians should acknowledge and recognize contributing factors in such encounters—including their own role. When handling such situations, physicians should remain calm and model appropriate behavior. Improving communication, offering empathy, and validating the patient’s concerns can help resolve factors that contribute to poor patient interactions. If efforts to remediate the physician-patient relationship fail, termination may be necessary.

Related Resources

  • Koekkoek B, Berno van Meijel CNS, Hutschemaekers G. “Difficult patients” in mental health care: a review. Psychiatr Serv. 2006;57(6):795-802.
  • Pereira MR, Figueiredo AF. Challenging patient-doctor interactions in psychiatry – difficult patient syndrome. European Psychiatry. 2017;41(supplement):S719. doi. org/10.1016/j.eurpsy.2017.01.1297

References

1. Dupont J. Ferenczi’s madness. Contemp Psychoanal. 1988;24(2):250-261.
2. Adams J, Murray R. The difficult diagnosis: the general approach to the difficult patient. Emerg Med Clin North Am. 1998;16(4):689-700.
3. Davies M. Managing challenging interactions with patients. BMJ. 2013;347:f4673. doi: https://doi.org/10.1136/bmj.f4673
4. Chou C. Dealing with the “difficult” patient. Wisc Med J. 2004;103:35-38.
5. Koekkoek B, Berno van Meijel CNS, Hutschemaekers G. “Difficult patients” in mental health care: a review. Psychiatr Serv. 2006;57(6):795-802.
6. Jackson JL, Kroenke K. Difficult patient encounter in the ambulatory clinic: clinical predictors and outcomes. Arch Intern Med 1999;159(10):1069-1075.
7. Groves JE. Taking care of the hateful patient. N Eng J Med. 1978;298:883-887.
8. Hull S, Broquet K. How to manage difficult encounters. Fam Prac Manag. 2007;14(6):30-34.
9. Hardavella G, Aamli-Gaagnat A, Frille A, et al. Top tips to deal with challenging situations: doctor patient interactions. Breathe. 2017;13(2):129-135.
10. Black DW, Balon R. Editorial: electronic medical records (EMRs) and the psychiatrist shortage. Ann Clin Psychiatry. 2018;30(4):257-259.
11. Elder N, Ricer R, Tobias B. How respected family physicians manage difficult patient encounters. J Am Board Fam Med. 2006;19(6):533-541.
12. Campbell RJ. Campbell’s Psychiatric Dictionary. 8th Edition. Oxford University Press; 2004:219-220.
13. Decety J, Fotopoulou A. Why empathy has a beneficial impact on others in medicine: unifying theories. Front Behav Neurosci. 2014;8:457. https://doi.org/10.3389/fnbeh.2014.00457
14. Klugman B. The difficult patient. Accessed May 24, 2021. https://www.umassmed.edu/globalassets/office-of-continuing-medical-education/pdfs/cme-primary-care-days/e2-the-difficult-patient.pdf
15. Mossman D, Farrell HM, Gilday E. ‘Firing’ a patient: may psychiatrists unilaterally terminate care? Current Psychiatry. 2010;9(12):18-29.

References

1. Dupont J. Ferenczi’s madness. Contemp Psychoanal. 1988;24(2):250-261.
2. Adams J, Murray R. The difficult diagnosis: the general approach to the difficult patient. Emerg Med Clin North Am. 1998;16(4):689-700.
3. Davies M. Managing challenging interactions with patients. BMJ. 2013;347:f4673. doi: https://doi.org/10.1136/bmj.f4673
4. Chou C. Dealing with the “difficult” patient. Wisc Med J. 2004;103:35-38.
5. Koekkoek B, Berno van Meijel CNS, Hutschemaekers G. “Difficult patients” in mental health care: a review. Psychiatr Serv. 2006;57(6):795-802.
6. Jackson JL, Kroenke K. Difficult patient encounter in the ambulatory clinic: clinical predictors and outcomes. Arch Intern Med 1999;159(10):1069-1075.
7. Groves JE. Taking care of the hateful patient. N Eng J Med. 1978;298:883-887.
8. Hull S, Broquet K. How to manage difficult encounters. Fam Prac Manag. 2007;14(6):30-34.
9. Hardavella G, Aamli-Gaagnat A, Frille A, et al. Top tips to deal with challenging situations: doctor patient interactions. Breathe. 2017;13(2):129-135.
10. Black DW, Balon R. Editorial: electronic medical records (EMRs) and the psychiatrist shortage. Ann Clin Psychiatry. 2018;30(4):257-259.
11. Elder N, Ricer R, Tobias B. How respected family physicians manage difficult patient encounters. J Am Board Fam Med. 2006;19(6):533-541.
12. Campbell RJ. Campbell’s Psychiatric Dictionary. 8th Edition. Oxford University Press; 2004:219-220.
13. Decety J, Fotopoulou A. Why empathy has a beneficial impact on others in medicine: unifying theories. Front Behav Neurosci. 2014;8:457. https://doi.org/10.3389/fnbeh.2014.00457
14. Klugman B. The difficult patient. Accessed May 24, 2021. https://www.umassmed.edu/globalassets/office-of-continuing-medical-education/pdfs/cme-primary-care-days/e2-the-difficult-patient.pdf
15. Mossman D, Farrell HM, Gilday E. ‘Firing’ a patient: may psychiatrists unilaterally terminate care? Current Psychiatry. 2010;9(12):18-29.

Issue
Current Psychiatry - 20(7)
Issue
Current Psychiatry - 20(7)
Page Number
12-19
Page Number
12-19
Publications
Publications
Topics
Article Type
Display Headline
Managing ‘difficult’ patient encounters
Display Headline
Managing ‘difficult’ patient encounters
Sections
Disallow All Ads
Content Gating
No Gating (article Unlocked/Free)
Alternative CME
Disqus Comments
Default
Use ProPublica
Hide sidebar & use full width
render the right sidebar.
Conference Recap Checkbox
Not Conference Recap
Clinical Edge
Display the Slideshow in this Article
Medscape Article
Display survey writer
Reuters content
Disable Inline Native ads
WebMD Article
Article PDF Media

A clinical approach to pharmacotherapy for personality disorders

Article Type
Changed
Thu, 04/01/2021 - 01:15
Display Headline
A clinical approach to pharmacotherapy for personality disorders

DSM-5 defines personality disorders (PDs) as the presence of an enduring pattern of inner experience and behavior that “deviates markedly from the expectations of the individual’s culture, is pervasive and inflexible, has an onset in adulthood, is stable over time, and leads to distress or impairment.”1 As a general rule, PDs are not limited to episodes of illness, but reflect an individual’s long-term adjustment. These disorders occur in 10% to 15% of the general population; the rates are especially high in health care settings, in criminal offenders, and in those with a substance use disorder (SUD).2 PDs nearly always have an onset in adolescence or early adulthood and tend to diminish in severity with advancing age. They are associated with high rates of unemployment, homelessness, divorce and separation, domestic violence, substance misuse, and suicide.3

Psychotherapy is the first-line treatment for PDs, but there has been growing interest in using pharmacotherapy to treat PDs. While much of the PD treatment literature focuses on borderline PD,4-9 this article describes diagnosis, potential pharmacotherapy strategies, and methods to assess response to treatment for patients with all types of PDs.

 

Recognizing and diagnosing personality disorders

The diagnosis of a PD requires an understanding of DSM-5 criteria combined with a comprehensive psychiatric history and mental status examination. The patient’s history is the most important basis for diagnosing a PD.2 Collateral information from relatives or friends can help confirm the severity and pervasiveness of the individual’s personality problems. In some patients, long-term observation might be necessary to confirm the presence of a PD. Some clinicians are reluctant to diagnose PDs because of stigma, a problem common among patients with borderline PD.10,11

To screen for PDs, a clinician might ask the patient about problems with interpersonal relationships, sense of self, work, affect, impulse control, and reality testing. Table 112 lists general screening questions for the presence of a PD from the Iowa Personality Disorders Screen. Structured diagnostic interviews and self-report assessments could boost recognition of PDs, but these tools are rarely used outside of research settings.13,14

Questions from the Iowa Personality Disorder Screen

The PD clusters

DSM-5 divides 10 PDs into 3 clusters based on shared phenomenology and diagnostic criteria. Few patients have a “pure” case in which they meet criteria for only a single personality disorder.1

Cluster A. “Eccentric cluster” disorders are united by social aversion, a failure to form close attachments, or paranoia and suspiciousness.15 These include paranoid, schizoid, and schizotypal PD. Low self-awareness is typical. There are no treatment guidelines for these disorders, although there is some clinical trial data for schizotypal PD.

Cluster B. “Dramatic cluster” disorders share dramatic, emotional, and erratic characteristics.14 These include narcissistic, antisocial, borderline, and histrionic PD. Antisocial and narcissistic patients have low self-awareness. There are treatment guidelines for antisocial and borderline PD, and a variety of clinical trial data is available for the latter.15

Continue to: Cluster C

 

 

Cluster C. “Anxious cluster” disorders are united by anxiousness, fearfulness, and poor self-esteem. Many of these patients also display interpersonal rigidity.15 These disorders include avoidant, dependent, and obsessive-compulsive PD. There are no treatment guidelines or clinical trial data for these disorders.

Why consider pharmacotherapy for personality disorders?

The consensus among experts is that psychotherapy is the treatment of choice for PDs.15 Despite significant gaps in the evidence base, there has been a growing interest in using psychotropic medication to treat PDs. For example, research shows that >90% of patients with borderline PD are prescribed medication, most typically antidepressants, antipsychotics, mood stabilizers, stimulants, or sedative-hypnotics.16,17

Increased interest in pharmacotherapy for PDs could be related to research showing the importance of underlying neurobiology, particularly for antisocial and borderline PD.18,19 This work is complemented by genetic research showing the heritability of PD traits and disorders.20,21 Another factor could be renewed interest in dimensional approaches to the classification of PDs, as exemplified by DSM-5’s alternative model for PDs.1 This approach aligns with some expert recommendations to focus on treating PD symptom dimensions, rather than the syndrome itself.22

Importantly, no psychotropic medication is FDA-approved for the treatment of any PD. For that reason, prescribing medication for a PD is “off-label,” although prescribing a medication for a comorbid disorder for which the drug has an FDA-approved indication is not (eg, prescribing an antidepressant for major depressive disorder [MDD]).

Principles for prescribing

Despite gaps in research data, general principles for using medication to treat PDs have emerged from treatment guidelines for antisocial and borderline PD, clinical trial data, reviews and meta-analyses, and expert opinion. Clinicians should address the following considerations before prescribing medication to a patient with a PD.

Continue to: PD diagnosis

 

 

PD diagnosis. Has the patient been properly assessed and diagnosed? While history is the most important basis for diagnosis, the clinician should be familiar with the PDs and DSM-5 criteria. Has the patient been informed of the diagnosis and its implications for treatment?

Patient interest in medication. Is the patient interested in taking medication? Patients with borderline PD are often prescribed medication, but there are sparse data for the other PDs. The patient might have little interest in the PD diagnosis or its treatment.

Comorbidity. Has the patient been assessed for comorbid psychiatric disorders that could interfere with medication use (ie, an SUD) or might be a focus of treatment (eg, MDD)? Patients with PDs typically have significant comorbidity that a thorough evaluation will uncover.

PD symptom dimensions. Has the patient been assessed to determine cognitive or behavioral symptom dimensions of their PD? One or more symptom dimension(s) could be the focus of treatment. Table 2 lists examples of PD symptom dimensions.

Potential PD symptom dimensions to target

Strategies to guide prescribing

Strategies to help guide prescribing include targeting any comorbid disorder(s), targeting important PD symptom dimensions (eg, impulsive aggression), choosing medication based on the similarity of the PD to another disorder known to respond to medication, and targeting the PD itself.

Continue to: Targeting comorbid disorders

 

 

Targeting comorbid disorders. National Institute for Health and Care Excellence guidelines for antisocial and borderline PD recommend that clinicians focus on treating comorbid disorders, a position echoed in Cochrane and other reviews.4,9,22-26 For example, a patient with borderline PD experiencing a major depressive episode could be treated with an antidepressant. Targeting the depressive symptoms could boost the patient’s mood, perhaps lessening the individual’s PD symptoms or reducing their severity.

Targeting important symptom dimensions. For patients with borderline PD, several guidelines and reviews have suggested that treatment should focus on emotional dysregulation and impulsive aggression (mood stabilizers, antipsychotics), or cognitive-perceptual symptoms (antipsychotics).4-6,15 There is some evidence that mood stabilizers or second-generation antipsychotics could help reduce impulsive aggression in patients with antisocial PD.27

Choosing medication based on similarity to another disorder known to respond to medication. Avoidant PD overlaps with social anxiety disorder and can be conceptualized as a chronic, pervasive social phobia. Avoidant PD might respond to a medication known to be effective for treating social anxiety disorder, such as a selective serotonin reuptake inhibitor (SSRI) or venlafaxine.28 Treating obsessive-compulsive PD with an SSRI is another example of this strategy, as 1 small study of fluvoxamine suggests.29 Obsessive-compulsive PD is common in persons with obsessive-compulsive disorder, and overlap includes preoccupation with orders, rules, and lists, and an inability to throw things out.

Targeting the PD syndrome. Another strategy is to target the PD itself. Clinical trial data suggest the antipsychotic risperidone can reduce the symptoms of schizotypal PD.30 Considering that this PD has a genetic association with schizophrenia, it is not surprising that the patient’s ideas of reference, odd communication, or transient paranoia might respond to an antipsychotic. Data from randomized controlled trials (RCTs) support the use of the second-generation antipsychotics aripiprazole and quetiapine to treat BPD.31,32 While older guidelines4,5 supported the use of the mood stabilizer lamotrigine, a recent RCT found that it was no more effective than placebo for borderline PD or its symptom dimensions.33

What to do before prescribing

Before writing a prescription, the clinician and patient should discuss the presence of a PD and the desirability of treatment. The patient should understand the limited evidence base and know that medication prescribed for a PD is off-label. The clinician should discuss medication selection and its rationale, and whether the medication is targeting a comorbid disorder, symptom dimension(s), or the PD itself. Additional considerations for prescribing for patients with PDs are listed in Table 3.34

What to consider before prescribing for a patient with a PD

Continue to: Avoid polypharmacy

 

 

Avoid polypharmacy. Many patients with borderline PD are prescribed multiple psychotropic medications.16,17 This approach leads to greater expense and more adverse effects, and is not evidence-based.

Avoid benzodiazepines. Many patients with borderline PD are prescribed benzodiazepines, often as part of a polypharmacy regimen. These drugs can cause disinhibition, thereby increasing acting-out behaviors and self-harm.35 Also, patients with PDs often have SUDs, which is a contraindication for benzodiazepine use.

Validated scales that could be used to measure PD symptom dimensions

Rate the patient’s improvement. Both the patient and clinician can benefit from monitoring symptomatic improvement. Several validated scales can be used to rate depression, anxiety, impulsivity, mood lability, anger, and aggression (Table 436-41).Some validated scales for borderline PD align with DSM-5 criteria. Two such widely used instruments are the Zanarini Rating Scale for Borderline Personality Disorder (ZAN-BPD)42 and the self-rated Borderline Evaluation of Severity Over Time (BEST).43 Each has questions that could be pulled to rate a symptom dimension of interest, such as affective instability, anger dyscontrol, or abandonment fears (Table 542,43).

Sample questions from the ZAN-BPD and BEST

A visual analog scale is easy to use and can target symptom dimensions of interest.44 For example, a clinician could use a visual analog scale to rate mood instability by asking a patient to rate their mood severity by making a mark along a 10-cm line (0 = “Most erratic emotions I have experienced,” 10 = “Most stable I have ever experienced my emotions to be”). This score can be recorded at baseline and subsequent visits.

 

Take-home points

PDs are common in the general population and health care settings. They are underrecognized by the general public and mental health professionals, often because of stigma. Clinicians could boost their recognition of these disorders by embedding simple screening questions in their patient assessments. Many patients with PDs will be interested in pharmacotherapy for their disorder or symptoms. Treatment strategies include targeting the comorbid disorder(s), targeting important PD symptom dimensions, choosing medication based on the similarity of the PD to another disorder known to respond to medication, and targeting the PD itself. Each strategy has its limitations and varying degrees of empirical support. Treatment response can be monitored using validated scales or a visual analog scale.

Continue to: Bottom Line

 

 

Bottom Line

Although psychotherapy is the first-line treatment and no medications are FDAapproved for treating personality disorders (PDs), there has been growing interest in using psychotropic medication to treat PDs. Strategies for pharmacotherapy include targeting comorbid disorders, PD symptom dimensions, or the PD itself. Choice of medication can be based on the similarity of the PD with another disorder known to respond to medication.

Related Resources

Drug Brand Names

Aripiprazole • Abilify
Fluvoxamine • Luvox
Lamotrigine • Lamictal
Quetiapine • Seroquel
Risperidone • Risperdal
Venlafaxine • Effexor

References

1. Diagnostic and statistical manual of mental disorders, 5th ed. American Psychiatric Association; 2013.
2. Black DW, Andreasen N. Personality disorders. In: Black DW, Andreasen N. Introductory textbook of psychiatry, 7th edition. American Psychiatric Publishing; 2020:410-423.
3. Black DW, Blum N, Pfohl B, et al. Suicidal behavior in borderline personality disorder: prevalence, risk factors, prediction, and prevention. J Pers Disord 2004;18(3):226-239.
4. Lieb K, Völlm B, Rücker G, et al. Pharmacotherapy for borderline personality disorder: Cochrane systematic review of randomised trials. Br J Psychiatry. 2010;196(1):4-12.
5. Vita A, De Peri L, Sacchetti E. Antipsychotics, antidepressants, anticonvulsants, and placebo on the symptom dimensions of borderline personality disorder – a meta-analysis of randomized controlled and open-label trials. J Clin Psychopharmacol. 2011;31(5):613-624.
6. Stoffers JM, Lieb K. Pharmacotherapy for borderline personality disorder – current evidence and recent trends. Curr Psychiatry Rep. 2015;17(1):534.
7. Hancock-Johnson E, Griffiths C, Picchioni M. A focused systematic review of pharmacological treatment for borderline personality disorder. CNS Drugs. 2017;31(5):345-356.
8. Black DW, Paris J, Schulz SC. Personality disorders: evidence-based integrated biopsychosocial treatment of borderline personality disorder. In: Muse M, ed. Cognitive behavioral psychopharmacology: the clinical practice of evidence-based biopsychosocial integration. John Wiley & Sons; 2018:137-165.
9. Stoffers-Winterling J, Sorebø OJ, Lieb K. Pharmacotherapy for borderline personality disorder: an update of published, unpublished and ongoing studies. Curr Psychiatry Rep. 2020;22(8):37.
10. Lewis G, Appleby L. Personality disorder: the patients psychiatrists dislike. Br J Psychiatry. 1988;153:44-49.
11. Black DW, Pfohl B, Blum N, et al. Attitudes toward borderline personality disorder: a survey of 706 mental health clinicians. CNS Spectr. 2011;16(3):67-74.
12. Langbehn DR, Pfohl BM, Reynolds S, et al. The Iowa Personality Disorder Screen: development and preliminary validation of a brief screening interview. J Pers Disord. 1999;13(1):75-89.
13. Pfohl B, Blum N, Zimmerman M. Structured Interview for DSM-IV Personality (SIDP-IV). American Psychiatric Press; 1997.
14. First MB, Spitzer RL, Gibbon M, et al. The Structured Clinical Interview for DSM-III-R Personality Disorders (SCID-II). Part II: multisite test-retest reliability study. J Pers Disord. 1995;9(2):92-104.
15. Bateman A, Gunderson J, Mulder R. Treatment of personality disorders. Lancet. 2015;385(9969):735-743.
16. Zanarini MC, Frankenburg FR, Reich DB, et al. Treatment rates for patients with borderline personality disorder and other personality disorders: a 16-year study. Psychiatr Serv. 2015;66(1):15-20.
17. Black DW, Allen J, McCormick B, et al. Treatment received by persons with BPD participating in a randomized clinical trial of the Systems Training for Emotional Predictability and Problem Solving programme. Person Ment Health. 2011;5(3):159-168.
18. Yang Y, Glenn AL, Raine A. Brain abnormalities in antisocial individuals: implications for the law. Behav Sci Law. 2008;26(1):65-83.
19. Ruocco AC, Amirthavasagam S, Choi-Kain LW, et al. Neural correlates of negative emotionality in BPD: an activation-likelihood-estimation meta-analysis. Biol Psychiatry. 2013;73(2):153-160.
20. Livesley WJ, Jang KL, Jackson DN, et al. Genetic and environmental contributions to dimensions of personality disorder. Am J Psychiatry. 1993;150(12):1826-1831.
21. Slutske WS. The genetics of antisocial behavior. Curr Psychiatry Rep. 2001;3(2):158-162.
22. Ripoll LH, Triebwasser J, Siever LJ. Evidence-based pharmacotherapy for personality disorders. Int J Neuropsychopharmacol. 2011;14(9):1257-1288.
23. National Institute for Health and Care Excellence (NICE). Borderline personality disorder: recognition and management. Clinical guideline [CG78]. Published January 2009. https://www.nice.org.uk/guidance/cg78
24. National Institute for Health and Care Excellence (NICE). Antisocial personality disorder: prevention and management. Clinical guideline [CG77]. Published January 2009. Updated March 27, 2013. https://www.nice.org.uk/guidance/cg77
25. Khalifa N, Duggan C, Stoffers J, et al. Pharmacologic interventions for antisocial personality disorder. Cochrane Database Syst Rep. 2010;(8):CD007667.
26. Stoffers JM, Völlm BA, Rücker G, et al. Psychological therapies for people with borderline personality disorder. Cochrane Database Syst Rev. 2012;2012(8):CD005652.
27. Black DW. The treatment of antisocial personality disorder. Current Treatment Options in Psychiatry. 2017. https://doi.org/10.1007/s40501-017-0123-z
28. Stein MB, Liebowitz MR, Lydiard RB, et al. Paroxetine treatment of generalized social phobia (social anxiety disorder): a randomized controlled trial. JAMA. 1998;280(8):708-713.
29. Ansseau M. The obsessive-compulsive personality: diagnostic aspects and treatment possibilities. In: Den Boer JA, Westenberg HGM, eds. Focus on obsessive-compulsive spectrum disorders. Syn-Thesis; 1997:61-73.
30. Koenigsberg HW, Reynolds D, Goodman M, et al. Risperidone in the treatment of schizotypal personality disorder. J Clin Psychiatry. 2003;64(6):628-634.
31. Black DW, Zanarini MC, Romine A, et al. Comparison of low and moderate dosages of extended-release quetiapine in borderline personality disorder: a randomized, double-blind, placebo-controlled trial. Am J Psychiatry. 2014;171(11):1174-1182.
32. Nickel MK, Muelbacher M, Nickel C, et al. Aripiprazole in the treatment of patients with borderline personality disorder: a double-blind, placebo-controlled study. Am J Psychiatry. 2006;163(5):833-838.
33. Crawford MJ, Sanatinia R, Barrett B, et al; LABILE study team. The clinical effectiveness and cost-effectiveness of lamotrigine in borderline personality disorder: a randomized placebo-controlled trial. Am J Psychiatry. 2018;175(8):756-764.
34. Frankenburg FR, Zanarini MC. The association between borderline personality disorder and chronic medical illnesses, poor health-related lifestyle choices, and costly forms of health care utilization. J Clin Psychiatry. 2004;65(12)1660-1665.
35. Cowdry RW, Gardner DL. Pharmacotherapy of borderline personality disorder. Alprazolam, carbamazepine, trifluoperazine, and tranylcypromine. Arch Gen Psychiatry. 1988;45(2):111-119.
36. Overall JE, Gorham DR. The Brief Psychiatric Rating Scale. Psychol Rep. 1962;10:799-812.
37. Ratey JJ, Gutheil CM. The measurement of aggressive behavior: reflections on the use of the Overt Aggression Scale and the Modified Overt Aggression Scale. J Neuropsychiatr Clin Neurosci. 1991;3(2):S57-S60.
38. Spielberger CD, Sydeman SJ, Owen AE, et al. Measuring anxiety and anger with the State-Trait Anxiety Inventory (STAI) and the State-Trait Anger Expression Inventory (STAXI). In: Maruish ME, ed. The use of psychological testing for treatment planning and outcomes assessment. Lawrence Erlbaum Associates Publishers; 1999:993-1021.
39. Beck AT, Steer RA, Brown GK. Manual for the Beck Depression Inventory II. Psychological Corp; 1996.
40. Watson D, Clark LA. The PANAS-X: Manual for the Positive and Negative Affect Schedule – Expanded Form. The University of Iowa; 1999.
41. Harvey D, Greenberg BR, Serper MR, et al. The affective lability scales: development, reliability, and validity. J Clin Psychol. 1989;45(5):786-793.
42. Zanarini MC, Vujanovic AA, Parachini EA, et al. Zanarini Rating Scale for Borderline Personality Disorder (ZAN-BPD): a continuous measure of DSM-IV borderline psychopathology. J Person Disord. 2003:17(3):233-242.
43. Pfohl B, Blum N, St John D, et al. Reliability and validity of the Borderline Evaluation of Severity Over Time (BEST): a new scale to measure severity and change in borderline personality disorder. J Person Disord. 2009;23(3):281-293.
44. Ahearn EP. The use of visual analog scales in mood disorders: a critical review. J Psychiatr Res. 1997;31(5):569-579.

Article PDF
Author and Disclosure Information

Donald W. Black, MD
Professor Emeritus
Department of Psychiatry
University of Iowa Carver College of Medicine
Staff Psychiatrist
Iowa City Veterans Administration Medical Center
Iowa City, Iowa

Disclosure
Dr. Black is a consultant to Otsuka. He is an Associate Editor for Current Psychiatry.

Issue
Current Psychiatry - 20(4)
Publications
Topics
Page Number
26-32
Sections
Author and Disclosure Information

Donald W. Black, MD
Professor Emeritus
Department of Psychiatry
University of Iowa Carver College of Medicine
Staff Psychiatrist
Iowa City Veterans Administration Medical Center
Iowa City, Iowa

Disclosure
Dr. Black is a consultant to Otsuka. He is an Associate Editor for Current Psychiatry.

Author and Disclosure Information

Donald W. Black, MD
Professor Emeritus
Department of Psychiatry
University of Iowa Carver College of Medicine
Staff Psychiatrist
Iowa City Veterans Administration Medical Center
Iowa City, Iowa

Disclosure
Dr. Black is a consultant to Otsuka. He is an Associate Editor for Current Psychiatry.

Article PDF
Article PDF

DSM-5 defines personality disorders (PDs) as the presence of an enduring pattern of inner experience and behavior that “deviates markedly from the expectations of the individual’s culture, is pervasive and inflexible, has an onset in adulthood, is stable over time, and leads to distress or impairment.”1 As a general rule, PDs are not limited to episodes of illness, but reflect an individual’s long-term adjustment. These disorders occur in 10% to 15% of the general population; the rates are especially high in health care settings, in criminal offenders, and in those with a substance use disorder (SUD).2 PDs nearly always have an onset in adolescence or early adulthood and tend to diminish in severity with advancing age. They are associated with high rates of unemployment, homelessness, divorce and separation, domestic violence, substance misuse, and suicide.3

Psychotherapy is the first-line treatment for PDs, but there has been growing interest in using pharmacotherapy to treat PDs. While much of the PD treatment literature focuses on borderline PD,4-9 this article describes diagnosis, potential pharmacotherapy strategies, and methods to assess response to treatment for patients with all types of PDs.

 

Recognizing and diagnosing personality disorders

The diagnosis of a PD requires an understanding of DSM-5 criteria combined with a comprehensive psychiatric history and mental status examination. The patient’s history is the most important basis for diagnosing a PD.2 Collateral information from relatives or friends can help confirm the severity and pervasiveness of the individual’s personality problems. In some patients, long-term observation might be necessary to confirm the presence of a PD. Some clinicians are reluctant to diagnose PDs because of stigma, a problem common among patients with borderline PD.10,11

To screen for PDs, a clinician might ask the patient about problems with interpersonal relationships, sense of self, work, affect, impulse control, and reality testing. Table 112 lists general screening questions for the presence of a PD from the Iowa Personality Disorders Screen. Structured diagnostic interviews and self-report assessments could boost recognition of PDs, but these tools are rarely used outside of research settings.13,14

Questions from the Iowa Personality Disorder Screen

The PD clusters

DSM-5 divides 10 PDs into 3 clusters based on shared phenomenology and diagnostic criteria. Few patients have a “pure” case in which they meet criteria for only a single personality disorder.1

Cluster A. “Eccentric cluster” disorders are united by social aversion, a failure to form close attachments, or paranoia and suspiciousness.15 These include paranoid, schizoid, and schizotypal PD. Low self-awareness is typical. There are no treatment guidelines for these disorders, although there is some clinical trial data for schizotypal PD.

Cluster B. “Dramatic cluster” disorders share dramatic, emotional, and erratic characteristics.14 These include narcissistic, antisocial, borderline, and histrionic PD. Antisocial and narcissistic patients have low self-awareness. There are treatment guidelines for antisocial and borderline PD, and a variety of clinical trial data is available for the latter.15

Continue to: Cluster C

 

 

Cluster C. “Anxious cluster” disorders are united by anxiousness, fearfulness, and poor self-esteem. Many of these patients also display interpersonal rigidity.15 These disorders include avoidant, dependent, and obsessive-compulsive PD. There are no treatment guidelines or clinical trial data for these disorders.

Why consider pharmacotherapy for personality disorders?

The consensus among experts is that psychotherapy is the treatment of choice for PDs.15 Despite significant gaps in the evidence base, there has been a growing interest in using psychotropic medication to treat PDs. For example, research shows that >90% of patients with borderline PD are prescribed medication, most typically antidepressants, antipsychotics, mood stabilizers, stimulants, or sedative-hypnotics.16,17

Increased interest in pharmacotherapy for PDs could be related to research showing the importance of underlying neurobiology, particularly for antisocial and borderline PD.18,19 This work is complemented by genetic research showing the heritability of PD traits and disorders.20,21 Another factor could be renewed interest in dimensional approaches to the classification of PDs, as exemplified by DSM-5’s alternative model for PDs.1 This approach aligns with some expert recommendations to focus on treating PD symptom dimensions, rather than the syndrome itself.22

Importantly, no psychotropic medication is FDA-approved for the treatment of any PD. For that reason, prescribing medication for a PD is “off-label,” although prescribing a medication for a comorbid disorder for which the drug has an FDA-approved indication is not (eg, prescribing an antidepressant for major depressive disorder [MDD]).

Principles for prescribing

Despite gaps in research data, general principles for using medication to treat PDs have emerged from treatment guidelines for antisocial and borderline PD, clinical trial data, reviews and meta-analyses, and expert opinion. Clinicians should address the following considerations before prescribing medication to a patient with a PD.

Continue to: PD diagnosis

 

 

PD diagnosis. Has the patient been properly assessed and diagnosed? While history is the most important basis for diagnosis, the clinician should be familiar with the PDs and DSM-5 criteria. Has the patient been informed of the diagnosis and its implications for treatment?

Patient interest in medication. Is the patient interested in taking medication? Patients with borderline PD are often prescribed medication, but there are sparse data for the other PDs. The patient might have little interest in the PD diagnosis or its treatment.

Comorbidity. Has the patient been assessed for comorbid psychiatric disorders that could interfere with medication use (ie, an SUD) or might be a focus of treatment (eg, MDD)? Patients with PDs typically have significant comorbidity that a thorough evaluation will uncover.

PD symptom dimensions. Has the patient been assessed to determine cognitive or behavioral symptom dimensions of their PD? One or more symptom dimension(s) could be the focus of treatment. Table 2 lists examples of PD symptom dimensions.

Potential PD symptom dimensions to target

Strategies to guide prescribing

Strategies to help guide prescribing include targeting any comorbid disorder(s), targeting important PD symptom dimensions (eg, impulsive aggression), choosing medication based on the similarity of the PD to another disorder known to respond to medication, and targeting the PD itself.

Continue to: Targeting comorbid disorders

 

 

Targeting comorbid disorders. National Institute for Health and Care Excellence guidelines for antisocial and borderline PD recommend that clinicians focus on treating comorbid disorders, a position echoed in Cochrane and other reviews.4,9,22-26 For example, a patient with borderline PD experiencing a major depressive episode could be treated with an antidepressant. Targeting the depressive symptoms could boost the patient’s mood, perhaps lessening the individual’s PD symptoms or reducing their severity.

Targeting important symptom dimensions. For patients with borderline PD, several guidelines and reviews have suggested that treatment should focus on emotional dysregulation and impulsive aggression (mood stabilizers, antipsychotics), or cognitive-perceptual symptoms (antipsychotics).4-6,15 There is some evidence that mood stabilizers or second-generation antipsychotics could help reduce impulsive aggression in patients with antisocial PD.27

Choosing medication based on similarity to another disorder known to respond to medication. Avoidant PD overlaps with social anxiety disorder and can be conceptualized as a chronic, pervasive social phobia. Avoidant PD might respond to a medication known to be effective for treating social anxiety disorder, such as a selective serotonin reuptake inhibitor (SSRI) or venlafaxine.28 Treating obsessive-compulsive PD with an SSRI is another example of this strategy, as 1 small study of fluvoxamine suggests.29 Obsessive-compulsive PD is common in persons with obsessive-compulsive disorder, and overlap includes preoccupation with orders, rules, and lists, and an inability to throw things out.

Targeting the PD syndrome. Another strategy is to target the PD itself. Clinical trial data suggest the antipsychotic risperidone can reduce the symptoms of schizotypal PD.30 Considering that this PD has a genetic association with schizophrenia, it is not surprising that the patient’s ideas of reference, odd communication, or transient paranoia might respond to an antipsychotic. Data from randomized controlled trials (RCTs) support the use of the second-generation antipsychotics aripiprazole and quetiapine to treat BPD.31,32 While older guidelines4,5 supported the use of the mood stabilizer lamotrigine, a recent RCT found that it was no more effective than placebo for borderline PD or its symptom dimensions.33

What to do before prescribing

Before writing a prescription, the clinician and patient should discuss the presence of a PD and the desirability of treatment. The patient should understand the limited evidence base and know that medication prescribed for a PD is off-label. The clinician should discuss medication selection and its rationale, and whether the medication is targeting a comorbid disorder, symptom dimension(s), or the PD itself. Additional considerations for prescribing for patients with PDs are listed in Table 3.34

What to consider before prescribing for a patient with a PD

Continue to: Avoid polypharmacy

 

 

Avoid polypharmacy. Many patients with borderline PD are prescribed multiple psychotropic medications.16,17 This approach leads to greater expense and more adverse effects, and is not evidence-based.

Avoid benzodiazepines. Many patients with borderline PD are prescribed benzodiazepines, often as part of a polypharmacy regimen. These drugs can cause disinhibition, thereby increasing acting-out behaviors and self-harm.35 Also, patients with PDs often have SUDs, which is a contraindication for benzodiazepine use.

Validated scales that could be used to measure PD symptom dimensions

Rate the patient’s improvement. Both the patient and clinician can benefit from monitoring symptomatic improvement. Several validated scales can be used to rate depression, anxiety, impulsivity, mood lability, anger, and aggression (Table 436-41).Some validated scales for borderline PD align with DSM-5 criteria. Two such widely used instruments are the Zanarini Rating Scale for Borderline Personality Disorder (ZAN-BPD)42 and the self-rated Borderline Evaluation of Severity Over Time (BEST).43 Each has questions that could be pulled to rate a symptom dimension of interest, such as affective instability, anger dyscontrol, or abandonment fears (Table 542,43).

Sample questions from the ZAN-BPD and BEST

A visual analog scale is easy to use and can target symptom dimensions of interest.44 For example, a clinician could use a visual analog scale to rate mood instability by asking a patient to rate their mood severity by making a mark along a 10-cm line (0 = “Most erratic emotions I have experienced,” 10 = “Most stable I have ever experienced my emotions to be”). This score can be recorded at baseline and subsequent visits.

 

Take-home points

PDs are common in the general population and health care settings. They are underrecognized by the general public and mental health professionals, often because of stigma. Clinicians could boost their recognition of these disorders by embedding simple screening questions in their patient assessments. Many patients with PDs will be interested in pharmacotherapy for their disorder or symptoms. Treatment strategies include targeting the comorbid disorder(s), targeting important PD symptom dimensions, choosing medication based on the similarity of the PD to another disorder known to respond to medication, and targeting the PD itself. Each strategy has its limitations and varying degrees of empirical support. Treatment response can be monitored using validated scales or a visual analog scale.

Continue to: Bottom Line

 

 

Bottom Line

Although psychotherapy is the first-line treatment and no medications are FDAapproved for treating personality disorders (PDs), there has been growing interest in using psychotropic medication to treat PDs. Strategies for pharmacotherapy include targeting comorbid disorders, PD symptom dimensions, or the PD itself. Choice of medication can be based on the similarity of the PD with another disorder known to respond to medication.

Related Resources

Drug Brand Names

Aripiprazole • Abilify
Fluvoxamine • Luvox
Lamotrigine • Lamictal
Quetiapine • Seroquel
Risperidone • Risperdal
Venlafaxine • Effexor

DSM-5 defines personality disorders (PDs) as the presence of an enduring pattern of inner experience and behavior that “deviates markedly from the expectations of the individual’s culture, is pervasive and inflexible, has an onset in adulthood, is stable over time, and leads to distress or impairment.”1 As a general rule, PDs are not limited to episodes of illness, but reflect an individual’s long-term adjustment. These disorders occur in 10% to 15% of the general population; the rates are especially high in health care settings, in criminal offenders, and in those with a substance use disorder (SUD).2 PDs nearly always have an onset in adolescence or early adulthood and tend to diminish in severity with advancing age. They are associated with high rates of unemployment, homelessness, divorce and separation, domestic violence, substance misuse, and suicide.3

Psychotherapy is the first-line treatment for PDs, but there has been growing interest in using pharmacotherapy to treat PDs. While much of the PD treatment literature focuses on borderline PD,4-9 this article describes diagnosis, potential pharmacotherapy strategies, and methods to assess response to treatment for patients with all types of PDs.

 

Recognizing and diagnosing personality disorders

The diagnosis of a PD requires an understanding of DSM-5 criteria combined with a comprehensive psychiatric history and mental status examination. The patient’s history is the most important basis for diagnosing a PD.2 Collateral information from relatives or friends can help confirm the severity and pervasiveness of the individual’s personality problems. In some patients, long-term observation might be necessary to confirm the presence of a PD. Some clinicians are reluctant to diagnose PDs because of stigma, a problem common among patients with borderline PD.10,11

To screen for PDs, a clinician might ask the patient about problems with interpersonal relationships, sense of self, work, affect, impulse control, and reality testing. Table 112 lists general screening questions for the presence of a PD from the Iowa Personality Disorders Screen. Structured diagnostic interviews and self-report assessments could boost recognition of PDs, but these tools are rarely used outside of research settings.13,14

Questions from the Iowa Personality Disorder Screen

The PD clusters

DSM-5 divides 10 PDs into 3 clusters based on shared phenomenology and diagnostic criteria. Few patients have a “pure” case in which they meet criteria for only a single personality disorder.1

Cluster A. “Eccentric cluster” disorders are united by social aversion, a failure to form close attachments, or paranoia and suspiciousness.15 These include paranoid, schizoid, and schizotypal PD. Low self-awareness is typical. There are no treatment guidelines for these disorders, although there is some clinical trial data for schizotypal PD.

Cluster B. “Dramatic cluster” disorders share dramatic, emotional, and erratic characteristics.14 These include narcissistic, antisocial, borderline, and histrionic PD. Antisocial and narcissistic patients have low self-awareness. There are treatment guidelines for antisocial and borderline PD, and a variety of clinical trial data is available for the latter.15

Continue to: Cluster C

 

 

Cluster C. “Anxious cluster” disorders are united by anxiousness, fearfulness, and poor self-esteem. Many of these patients also display interpersonal rigidity.15 These disorders include avoidant, dependent, and obsessive-compulsive PD. There are no treatment guidelines or clinical trial data for these disorders.

Why consider pharmacotherapy for personality disorders?

The consensus among experts is that psychotherapy is the treatment of choice for PDs.15 Despite significant gaps in the evidence base, there has been a growing interest in using psychotropic medication to treat PDs. For example, research shows that >90% of patients with borderline PD are prescribed medication, most typically antidepressants, antipsychotics, mood stabilizers, stimulants, or sedative-hypnotics.16,17

Increased interest in pharmacotherapy for PDs could be related to research showing the importance of underlying neurobiology, particularly for antisocial and borderline PD.18,19 This work is complemented by genetic research showing the heritability of PD traits and disorders.20,21 Another factor could be renewed interest in dimensional approaches to the classification of PDs, as exemplified by DSM-5’s alternative model for PDs.1 This approach aligns with some expert recommendations to focus on treating PD symptom dimensions, rather than the syndrome itself.22

Importantly, no psychotropic medication is FDA-approved for the treatment of any PD. For that reason, prescribing medication for a PD is “off-label,” although prescribing a medication for a comorbid disorder for which the drug has an FDA-approved indication is not (eg, prescribing an antidepressant for major depressive disorder [MDD]).

Principles for prescribing

Despite gaps in research data, general principles for using medication to treat PDs have emerged from treatment guidelines for antisocial and borderline PD, clinical trial data, reviews and meta-analyses, and expert opinion. Clinicians should address the following considerations before prescribing medication to a patient with a PD.

Continue to: PD diagnosis

 

 

PD diagnosis. Has the patient been properly assessed and diagnosed? While history is the most important basis for diagnosis, the clinician should be familiar with the PDs and DSM-5 criteria. Has the patient been informed of the diagnosis and its implications for treatment?

Patient interest in medication. Is the patient interested in taking medication? Patients with borderline PD are often prescribed medication, but there are sparse data for the other PDs. The patient might have little interest in the PD diagnosis or its treatment.

Comorbidity. Has the patient been assessed for comorbid psychiatric disorders that could interfere with medication use (ie, an SUD) or might be a focus of treatment (eg, MDD)? Patients with PDs typically have significant comorbidity that a thorough evaluation will uncover.

PD symptom dimensions. Has the patient been assessed to determine cognitive or behavioral symptom dimensions of their PD? One or more symptom dimension(s) could be the focus of treatment. Table 2 lists examples of PD symptom dimensions.

Potential PD symptom dimensions to target

Strategies to guide prescribing

Strategies to help guide prescribing include targeting any comorbid disorder(s), targeting important PD symptom dimensions (eg, impulsive aggression), choosing medication based on the similarity of the PD to another disorder known to respond to medication, and targeting the PD itself.

Continue to: Targeting comorbid disorders

 

 

Targeting comorbid disorders. National Institute for Health and Care Excellence guidelines for antisocial and borderline PD recommend that clinicians focus on treating comorbid disorders, a position echoed in Cochrane and other reviews.4,9,22-26 For example, a patient with borderline PD experiencing a major depressive episode could be treated with an antidepressant. Targeting the depressive symptoms could boost the patient’s mood, perhaps lessening the individual’s PD symptoms or reducing their severity.

Targeting important symptom dimensions. For patients with borderline PD, several guidelines and reviews have suggested that treatment should focus on emotional dysregulation and impulsive aggression (mood stabilizers, antipsychotics), or cognitive-perceptual symptoms (antipsychotics).4-6,15 There is some evidence that mood stabilizers or second-generation antipsychotics could help reduce impulsive aggression in patients with antisocial PD.27

Choosing medication based on similarity to another disorder known to respond to medication. Avoidant PD overlaps with social anxiety disorder and can be conceptualized as a chronic, pervasive social phobia. Avoidant PD might respond to a medication known to be effective for treating social anxiety disorder, such as a selective serotonin reuptake inhibitor (SSRI) or venlafaxine.28 Treating obsessive-compulsive PD with an SSRI is another example of this strategy, as 1 small study of fluvoxamine suggests.29 Obsessive-compulsive PD is common in persons with obsessive-compulsive disorder, and overlap includes preoccupation with orders, rules, and lists, and an inability to throw things out.

Targeting the PD syndrome. Another strategy is to target the PD itself. Clinical trial data suggest the antipsychotic risperidone can reduce the symptoms of schizotypal PD.30 Considering that this PD has a genetic association with schizophrenia, it is not surprising that the patient’s ideas of reference, odd communication, or transient paranoia might respond to an antipsychotic. Data from randomized controlled trials (RCTs) support the use of the second-generation antipsychotics aripiprazole and quetiapine to treat BPD.31,32 While older guidelines4,5 supported the use of the mood stabilizer lamotrigine, a recent RCT found that it was no more effective than placebo for borderline PD or its symptom dimensions.33

What to do before prescribing

Before writing a prescription, the clinician and patient should discuss the presence of a PD and the desirability of treatment. The patient should understand the limited evidence base and know that medication prescribed for a PD is off-label. The clinician should discuss medication selection and its rationale, and whether the medication is targeting a comorbid disorder, symptom dimension(s), or the PD itself. Additional considerations for prescribing for patients with PDs are listed in Table 3.34

What to consider before prescribing for a patient with a PD

Continue to: Avoid polypharmacy

 

 

Avoid polypharmacy. Many patients with borderline PD are prescribed multiple psychotropic medications.16,17 This approach leads to greater expense and more adverse effects, and is not evidence-based.

Avoid benzodiazepines. Many patients with borderline PD are prescribed benzodiazepines, often as part of a polypharmacy regimen. These drugs can cause disinhibition, thereby increasing acting-out behaviors and self-harm.35 Also, patients with PDs often have SUDs, which is a contraindication for benzodiazepine use.

Validated scales that could be used to measure PD symptom dimensions

Rate the patient’s improvement. Both the patient and clinician can benefit from monitoring symptomatic improvement. Several validated scales can be used to rate depression, anxiety, impulsivity, mood lability, anger, and aggression (Table 436-41).Some validated scales for borderline PD align with DSM-5 criteria. Two such widely used instruments are the Zanarini Rating Scale for Borderline Personality Disorder (ZAN-BPD)42 and the self-rated Borderline Evaluation of Severity Over Time (BEST).43 Each has questions that could be pulled to rate a symptom dimension of interest, such as affective instability, anger dyscontrol, or abandonment fears (Table 542,43).

Sample questions from the ZAN-BPD and BEST

A visual analog scale is easy to use and can target symptom dimensions of interest.44 For example, a clinician could use a visual analog scale to rate mood instability by asking a patient to rate their mood severity by making a mark along a 10-cm line (0 = “Most erratic emotions I have experienced,” 10 = “Most stable I have ever experienced my emotions to be”). This score can be recorded at baseline and subsequent visits.

 

Take-home points

PDs are common in the general population and health care settings. They are underrecognized by the general public and mental health professionals, often because of stigma. Clinicians could boost their recognition of these disorders by embedding simple screening questions in their patient assessments. Many patients with PDs will be interested in pharmacotherapy for their disorder or symptoms. Treatment strategies include targeting the comorbid disorder(s), targeting important PD symptom dimensions, choosing medication based on the similarity of the PD to another disorder known to respond to medication, and targeting the PD itself. Each strategy has its limitations and varying degrees of empirical support. Treatment response can be monitored using validated scales or a visual analog scale.

Continue to: Bottom Line

 

 

Bottom Line

Although psychotherapy is the first-line treatment and no medications are FDAapproved for treating personality disorders (PDs), there has been growing interest in using psychotropic medication to treat PDs. Strategies for pharmacotherapy include targeting comorbid disorders, PD symptom dimensions, or the PD itself. Choice of medication can be based on the similarity of the PD with another disorder known to respond to medication.

Related Resources

Drug Brand Names

Aripiprazole • Abilify
Fluvoxamine • Luvox
Lamotrigine • Lamictal
Quetiapine • Seroquel
Risperidone • Risperdal
Venlafaxine • Effexor

References

1. Diagnostic and statistical manual of mental disorders, 5th ed. American Psychiatric Association; 2013.
2. Black DW, Andreasen N. Personality disorders. In: Black DW, Andreasen N. Introductory textbook of psychiatry, 7th edition. American Psychiatric Publishing; 2020:410-423.
3. Black DW, Blum N, Pfohl B, et al. Suicidal behavior in borderline personality disorder: prevalence, risk factors, prediction, and prevention. J Pers Disord 2004;18(3):226-239.
4. Lieb K, Völlm B, Rücker G, et al. Pharmacotherapy for borderline personality disorder: Cochrane systematic review of randomised trials. Br J Psychiatry. 2010;196(1):4-12.
5. Vita A, De Peri L, Sacchetti E. Antipsychotics, antidepressants, anticonvulsants, and placebo on the symptom dimensions of borderline personality disorder – a meta-analysis of randomized controlled and open-label trials. J Clin Psychopharmacol. 2011;31(5):613-624.
6. Stoffers JM, Lieb K. Pharmacotherapy for borderline personality disorder – current evidence and recent trends. Curr Psychiatry Rep. 2015;17(1):534.
7. Hancock-Johnson E, Griffiths C, Picchioni M. A focused systematic review of pharmacological treatment for borderline personality disorder. CNS Drugs. 2017;31(5):345-356.
8. Black DW, Paris J, Schulz SC. Personality disorders: evidence-based integrated biopsychosocial treatment of borderline personality disorder. In: Muse M, ed. Cognitive behavioral psychopharmacology: the clinical practice of evidence-based biopsychosocial integration. John Wiley & Sons; 2018:137-165.
9. Stoffers-Winterling J, Sorebø OJ, Lieb K. Pharmacotherapy for borderline personality disorder: an update of published, unpublished and ongoing studies. Curr Psychiatry Rep. 2020;22(8):37.
10. Lewis G, Appleby L. Personality disorder: the patients psychiatrists dislike. Br J Psychiatry. 1988;153:44-49.
11. Black DW, Pfohl B, Blum N, et al. Attitudes toward borderline personality disorder: a survey of 706 mental health clinicians. CNS Spectr. 2011;16(3):67-74.
12. Langbehn DR, Pfohl BM, Reynolds S, et al. The Iowa Personality Disorder Screen: development and preliminary validation of a brief screening interview. J Pers Disord. 1999;13(1):75-89.
13. Pfohl B, Blum N, Zimmerman M. Structured Interview for DSM-IV Personality (SIDP-IV). American Psychiatric Press; 1997.
14. First MB, Spitzer RL, Gibbon M, et al. The Structured Clinical Interview for DSM-III-R Personality Disorders (SCID-II). Part II: multisite test-retest reliability study. J Pers Disord. 1995;9(2):92-104.
15. Bateman A, Gunderson J, Mulder R. Treatment of personality disorders. Lancet. 2015;385(9969):735-743.
16. Zanarini MC, Frankenburg FR, Reich DB, et al. Treatment rates for patients with borderline personality disorder and other personality disorders: a 16-year study. Psychiatr Serv. 2015;66(1):15-20.
17. Black DW, Allen J, McCormick B, et al. Treatment received by persons with BPD participating in a randomized clinical trial of the Systems Training for Emotional Predictability and Problem Solving programme. Person Ment Health. 2011;5(3):159-168.
18. Yang Y, Glenn AL, Raine A. Brain abnormalities in antisocial individuals: implications for the law. Behav Sci Law. 2008;26(1):65-83.
19. Ruocco AC, Amirthavasagam S, Choi-Kain LW, et al. Neural correlates of negative emotionality in BPD: an activation-likelihood-estimation meta-analysis. Biol Psychiatry. 2013;73(2):153-160.
20. Livesley WJ, Jang KL, Jackson DN, et al. Genetic and environmental contributions to dimensions of personality disorder. Am J Psychiatry. 1993;150(12):1826-1831.
21. Slutske WS. The genetics of antisocial behavior. Curr Psychiatry Rep. 2001;3(2):158-162.
22. Ripoll LH, Triebwasser J, Siever LJ. Evidence-based pharmacotherapy for personality disorders. Int J Neuropsychopharmacol. 2011;14(9):1257-1288.
23. National Institute for Health and Care Excellence (NICE). Borderline personality disorder: recognition and management. Clinical guideline [CG78]. Published January 2009. https://www.nice.org.uk/guidance/cg78
24. National Institute for Health and Care Excellence (NICE). Antisocial personality disorder: prevention and management. Clinical guideline [CG77]. Published January 2009. Updated March 27, 2013. https://www.nice.org.uk/guidance/cg77
25. Khalifa N, Duggan C, Stoffers J, et al. Pharmacologic interventions for antisocial personality disorder. Cochrane Database Syst Rep. 2010;(8):CD007667.
26. Stoffers JM, Völlm BA, Rücker G, et al. Psychological therapies for people with borderline personality disorder. Cochrane Database Syst Rev. 2012;2012(8):CD005652.
27. Black DW. The treatment of antisocial personality disorder. Current Treatment Options in Psychiatry. 2017. https://doi.org/10.1007/s40501-017-0123-z
28. Stein MB, Liebowitz MR, Lydiard RB, et al. Paroxetine treatment of generalized social phobia (social anxiety disorder): a randomized controlled trial. JAMA. 1998;280(8):708-713.
29. Ansseau M. The obsessive-compulsive personality: diagnostic aspects and treatment possibilities. In: Den Boer JA, Westenberg HGM, eds. Focus on obsessive-compulsive spectrum disorders. Syn-Thesis; 1997:61-73.
30. Koenigsberg HW, Reynolds D, Goodman M, et al. Risperidone in the treatment of schizotypal personality disorder. J Clin Psychiatry. 2003;64(6):628-634.
31. Black DW, Zanarini MC, Romine A, et al. Comparison of low and moderate dosages of extended-release quetiapine in borderline personality disorder: a randomized, double-blind, placebo-controlled trial. Am J Psychiatry. 2014;171(11):1174-1182.
32. Nickel MK, Muelbacher M, Nickel C, et al. Aripiprazole in the treatment of patients with borderline personality disorder: a double-blind, placebo-controlled study. Am J Psychiatry. 2006;163(5):833-838.
33. Crawford MJ, Sanatinia R, Barrett B, et al; LABILE study team. The clinical effectiveness and cost-effectiveness of lamotrigine in borderline personality disorder: a randomized placebo-controlled trial. Am J Psychiatry. 2018;175(8):756-764.
34. Frankenburg FR, Zanarini MC. The association between borderline personality disorder and chronic medical illnesses, poor health-related lifestyle choices, and costly forms of health care utilization. J Clin Psychiatry. 2004;65(12)1660-1665.
35. Cowdry RW, Gardner DL. Pharmacotherapy of borderline personality disorder. Alprazolam, carbamazepine, trifluoperazine, and tranylcypromine. Arch Gen Psychiatry. 1988;45(2):111-119.
36. Overall JE, Gorham DR. The Brief Psychiatric Rating Scale. Psychol Rep. 1962;10:799-812.
37. Ratey JJ, Gutheil CM. The measurement of aggressive behavior: reflections on the use of the Overt Aggression Scale and the Modified Overt Aggression Scale. J Neuropsychiatr Clin Neurosci. 1991;3(2):S57-S60.
38. Spielberger CD, Sydeman SJ, Owen AE, et al. Measuring anxiety and anger with the State-Trait Anxiety Inventory (STAI) and the State-Trait Anger Expression Inventory (STAXI). In: Maruish ME, ed. The use of psychological testing for treatment planning and outcomes assessment. Lawrence Erlbaum Associates Publishers; 1999:993-1021.
39. Beck AT, Steer RA, Brown GK. Manual for the Beck Depression Inventory II. Psychological Corp; 1996.
40. Watson D, Clark LA. The PANAS-X: Manual for the Positive and Negative Affect Schedule – Expanded Form. The University of Iowa; 1999.
41. Harvey D, Greenberg BR, Serper MR, et al. The affective lability scales: development, reliability, and validity. J Clin Psychol. 1989;45(5):786-793.
42. Zanarini MC, Vujanovic AA, Parachini EA, et al. Zanarini Rating Scale for Borderline Personality Disorder (ZAN-BPD): a continuous measure of DSM-IV borderline psychopathology. J Person Disord. 2003:17(3):233-242.
43. Pfohl B, Blum N, St John D, et al. Reliability and validity of the Borderline Evaluation of Severity Over Time (BEST): a new scale to measure severity and change in borderline personality disorder. J Person Disord. 2009;23(3):281-293.
44. Ahearn EP. The use of visual analog scales in mood disorders: a critical review. J Psychiatr Res. 1997;31(5):569-579.

References

1. Diagnostic and statistical manual of mental disorders, 5th ed. American Psychiatric Association; 2013.
2. Black DW, Andreasen N. Personality disorders. In: Black DW, Andreasen N. Introductory textbook of psychiatry, 7th edition. American Psychiatric Publishing; 2020:410-423.
3. Black DW, Blum N, Pfohl B, et al. Suicidal behavior in borderline personality disorder: prevalence, risk factors, prediction, and prevention. J Pers Disord 2004;18(3):226-239.
4. Lieb K, Völlm B, Rücker G, et al. Pharmacotherapy for borderline personality disorder: Cochrane systematic review of randomised trials. Br J Psychiatry. 2010;196(1):4-12.
5. Vita A, De Peri L, Sacchetti E. Antipsychotics, antidepressants, anticonvulsants, and placebo on the symptom dimensions of borderline personality disorder – a meta-analysis of randomized controlled and open-label trials. J Clin Psychopharmacol. 2011;31(5):613-624.
6. Stoffers JM, Lieb K. Pharmacotherapy for borderline personality disorder – current evidence and recent trends. Curr Psychiatry Rep. 2015;17(1):534.
7. Hancock-Johnson E, Griffiths C, Picchioni M. A focused systematic review of pharmacological treatment for borderline personality disorder. CNS Drugs. 2017;31(5):345-356.
8. Black DW, Paris J, Schulz SC. Personality disorders: evidence-based integrated biopsychosocial treatment of borderline personality disorder. In: Muse M, ed. Cognitive behavioral psychopharmacology: the clinical practice of evidence-based biopsychosocial integration. John Wiley & Sons; 2018:137-165.
9. Stoffers-Winterling J, Sorebø OJ, Lieb K. Pharmacotherapy for borderline personality disorder: an update of published, unpublished and ongoing studies. Curr Psychiatry Rep. 2020;22(8):37.
10. Lewis G, Appleby L. Personality disorder: the patients psychiatrists dislike. Br J Psychiatry. 1988;153:44-49.
11. Black DW, Pfohl B, Blum N, et al. Attitudes toward borderline personality disorder: a survey of 706 mental health clinicians. CNS Spectr. 2011;16(3):67-74.
12. Langbehn DR, Pfohl BM, Reynolds S, et al. The Iowa Personality Disorder Screen: development and preliminary validation of a brief screening interview. J Pers Disord. 1999;13(1):75-89.
13. Pfohl B, Blum N, Zimmerman M. Structured Interview for DSM-IV Personality (SIDP-IV). American Psychiatric Press; 1997.
14. First MB, Spitzer RL, Gibbon M, et al. The Structured Clinical Interview for DSM-III-R Personality Disorders (SCID-II). Part II: multisite test-retest reliability study. J Pers Disord. 1995;9(2):92-104.
15. Bateman A, Gunderson J, Mulder R. Treatment of personality disorders. Lancet. 2015;385(9969):735-743.
16. Zanarini MC, Frankenburg FR, Reich DB, et al. Treatment rates for patients with borderline personality disorder and other personality disorders: a 16-year study. Psychiatr Serv. 2015;66(1):15-20.
17. Black DW, Allen J, McCormick B, et al. Treatment received by persons with BPD participating in a randomized clinical trial of the Systems Training for Emotional Predictability and Problem Solving programme. Person Ment Health. 2011;5(3):159-168.
18. Yang Y, Glenn AL, Raine A. Brain abnormalities in antisocial individuals: implications for the law. Behav Sci Law. 2008;26(1):65-83.
19. Ruocco AC, Amirthavasagam S, Choi-Kain LW, et al. Neural correlates of negative emotionality in BPD: an activation-likelihood-estimation meta-analysis. Biol Psychiatry. 2013;73(2):153-160.
20. Livesley WJ, Jang KL, Jackson DN, et al. Genetic and environmental contributions to dimensions of personality disorder. Am J Psychiatry. 1993;150(12):1826-1831.
21. Slutske WS. The genetics of antisocial behavior. Curr Psychiatry Rep. 2001;3(2):158-162.
22. Ripoll LH, Triebwasser J, Siever LJ. Evidence-based pharmacotherapy for personality disorders. Int J Neuropsychopharmacol. 2011;14(9):1257-1288.
23. National Institute for Health and Care Excellence (NICE). Borderline personality disorder: recognition and management. Clinical guideline [CG78]. Published January 2009. https://www.nice.org.uk/guidance/cg78
24. National Institute for Health and Care Excellence (NICE). Antisocial personality disorder: prevention and management. Clinical guideline [CG77]. Published January 2009. Updated March 27, 2013. https://www.nice.org.uk/guidance/cg77
25. Khalifa N, Duggan C, Stoffers J, et al. Pharmacologic interventions for antisocial personality disorder. Cochrane Database Syst Rep. 2010;(8):CD007667.
26. Stoffers JM, Völlm BA, Rücker G, et al. Psychological therapies for people with borderline personality disorder. Cochrane Database Syst Rev. 2012;2012(8):CD005652.
27. Black DW. The treatment of antisocial personality disorder. Current Treatment Options in Psychiatry. 2017. https://doi.org/10.1007/s40501-017-0123-z
28. Stein MB, Liebowitz MR, Lydiard RB, et al. Paroxetine treatment of generalized social phobia (social anxiety disorder): a randomized controlled trial. JAMA. 1998;280(8):708-713.
29. Ansseau M. The obsessive-compulsive personality: diagnostic aspects and treatment possibilities. In: Den Boer JA, Westenberg HGM, eds. Focus on obsessive-compulsive spectrum disorders. Syn-Thesis; 1997:61-73.
30. Koenigsberg HW, Reynolds D, Goodman M, et al. Risperidone in the treatment of schizotypal personality disorder. J Clin Psychiatry. 2003;64(6):628-634.
31. Black DW, Zanarini MC, Romine A, et al. Comparison of low and moderate dosages of extended-release quetiapine in borderline personality disorder: a randomized, double-blind, placebo-controlled trial. Am J Psychiatry. 2014;171(11):1174-1182.
32. Nickel MK, Muelbacher M, Nickel C, et al. Aripiprazole in the treatment of patients with borderline personality disorder: a double-blind, placebo-controlled study. Am J Psychiatry. 2006;163(5):833-838.
33. Crawford MJ, Sanatinia R, Barrett B, et al; LABILE study team. The clinical effectiveness and cost-effectiveness of lamotrigine in borderline personality disorder: a randomized placebo-controlled trial. Am J Psychiatry. 2018;175(8):756-764.
34. Frankenburg FR, Zanarini MC. The association between borderline personality disorder and chronic medical illnesses, poor health-related lifestyle choices, and costly forms of health care utilization. J Clin Psychiatry. 2004;65(12)1660-1665.
35. Cowdry RW, Gardner DL. Pharmacotherapy of borderline personality disorder. Alprazolam, carbamazepine, trifluoperazine, and tranylcypromine. Arch Gen Psychiatry. 1988;45(2):111-119.
36. Overall JE, Gorham DR. The Brief Psychiatric Rating Scale. Psychol Rep. 1962;10:799-812.
37. Ratey JJ, Gutheil CM. The measurement of aggressive behavior: reflections on the use of the Overt Aggression Scale and the Modified Overt Aggression Scale. J Neuropsychiatr Clin Neurosci. 1991;3(2):S57-S60.
38. Spielberger CD, Sydeman SJ, Owen AE, et al. Measuring anxiety and anger with the State-Trait Anxiety Inventory (STAI) and the State-Trait Anger Expression Inventory (STAXI). In: Maruish ME, ed. The use of psychological testing for treatment planning and outcomes assessment. Lawrence Erlbaum Associates Publishers; 1999:993-1021.
39. Beck AT, Steer RA, Brown GK. Manual for the Beck Depression Inventory II. Psychological Corp; 1996.
40. Watson D, Clark LA. The PANAS-X: Manual for the Positive and Negative Affect Schedule – Expanded Form. The University of Iowa; 1999.
41. Harvey D, Greenberg BR, Serper MR, et al. The affective lability scales: development, reliability, and validity. J Clin Psychol. 1989;45(5):786-793.
42. Zanarini MC, Vujanovic AA, Parachini EA, et al. Zanarini Rating Scale for Borderline Personality Disorder (ZAN-BPD): a continuous measure of DSM-IV borderline psychopathology. J Person Disord. 2003:17(3):233-242.
43. Pfohl B, Blum N, St John D, et al. Reliability and validity of the Borderline Evaluation of Severity Over Time (BEST): a new scale to measure severity and change in borderline personality disorder. J Person Disord. 2009;23(3):281-293.
44. Ahearn EP. The use of visual analog scales in mood disorders: a critical review. J Psychiatr Res. 1997;31(5):569-579.

Issue
Current Psychiatry - 20(4)
Issue
Current Psychiatry - 20(4)
Page Number
26-32
Page Number
26-32
Publications
Publications
Topics
Article Type
Display Headline
A clinical approach to pharmacotherapy for personality disorders
Display Headline
A clinical approach to pharmacotherapy for personality disorders
Sections
Disallow All Ads
Content Gating
No Gating (article Unlocked/Free)
Alternative CME
Disqus Comments
Default
Use ProPublica
Hide sidebar & use full width
render the right sidebar.
Conference Recap Checkbox
Not Conference Recap
Clinical Edge
Display the Slideshow in this Article
Medscape Article
Display survey writer
Reuters content
Article PDF Media

Negative symptoms of schizophrenia: An update

Article Type
Changed
Mon, 03/22/2021 - 18:23
Display Headline
Negative symptoms of schizophrenia: An update

The negative symptoms of schizophrenia have been recognized for 100 years. Characterized by a loss of a function that should be present, negative symptoms include anhedonia, asociality, amotivation, and affective blunting. Individuals with schizophrenia who have a preponderance of negative symptoms (“deficit syndrome”) may comprise a special subset of patients. Compared with positive symptoms, negative symptoms are associated with worse global functioning and worse response to antipsychotic medication. Treatment of negative symptoms is challenging. Secondary negative symptoms—those that simulate or resemble primary negative symptoms but are attributable to another cause, such as major depressive disorder or the adverse effects of antipsychotic medication—need to be ruled out. Emerging evidence suggests that newer antipsychotics with novel mechanisms might be effective in treating negative symptoms. Antidepressants might also play a role.

This article describes types of negative symptoms, their clinical relevance, neuroanatomical and neurotransmission factors associated with negative symptoms, and current and future treatment options.

Modest improvements with antipsychotics

Schizophrenia affects an estimated 1% of the population.1 Antipsychotic medication has been the mainstay of schizophrenia treatment since chlorpromazine was introduced in the 1950s; it was soon followed by many other antipsychotics. These first-generation antipsychotics (FGAs) were joined by second-generation antipsychotics (SGAs) in the 1990s. While SGAs are better tolerated and less likely to induce extrapyramidal side effects (EPS) than FGAs, they also are associated with troubling metabolic adverse effects (eg, impaired glucose tolerance).1

All antipsychotics are believed to exert their therapeutic effects by blocking dopamine (D2) receptors and are effective in ameliorating the positive symptoms of schizophrenia, including hallucinations, delusions, bizarre behavior, disordered thinking, and agitation.1 Early research had suggested that SGAs might also reduce the negative symptoms of schizophrenia, perhaps because they also block serotonin 2A receptors, a property thought to broaden their therapeutic profile. Over time, it became clear that neither FGAs nor SGAs conferred an advantage in treating negative symptoms, and that the observed improvements were modest.2-5 However, recent research suggests that several newer antipsychotics might be effective in targeting negative symptoms.2,6,7

History of negative symptoms

In the early 20th century, Swiss psychiatrist Eugen Bleuler coined the term schizophrenia to emphasize the cognitive impairment that occurs in patients with this illness, and which he conceptualized as a fragmenting of the psychic process.8 He believed that certain symptoms were fundamental to the illness, and described affective blunting, disturbance of association (ie, distorted thinking) autism (ie, impaired relationships), and ambivalence (ie, fragmented emotional responses). He viewed hallucinations and delusions as accessory symptoms because they were not unique to schizophrenia but were also found in other disorders (eg, mood disorders). Bleuler’s ideas took root, and generations of psychiatrists were taught his fundamental symptoms (“the 4 A’s”), the forerunner of today’s negative symptoms. Later, other experts chose to emphasize psychotic symptoms as most characteristic of schizophrenia, including Schneider’s “first-rank symptoms,” such as voices conversing or delusions of passivity.9

Negative symptoms were rediscovered in the 1970s and 1980s by psychiatric researchers interested in descriptive phenomenology.10,11 Research confirmed the presence of a positive dimension in schizophrenia characterized by the loss of boundaries between the patient and the real world (eg, hallucinations, delusions), and a negative dimension characterized by the loss of a function that should be present, such as alogia and asociality. These experts carefully described negative symptoms and created scales to measure them, including the Scale for the Assessment of Negative Symptoms (SANS),12 the Positive and Negative Syndrome Scale (PANSS),13 the Brief Negative Symptom Scale (BNSS),14 and the 16-item Negative Symptom Assessment (NSA-16).15 Contemporaneous to this work, a “deficit syndrome” was identified among patients with schizophrenia with prominent negative symptoms. The deficit syndrome is found in 25% to 30% of chronic cases.16 Negative symptoms are very common in patients with schizophrenia (Table 19).8,17

Frequency of negative symptoms in patients with schizophrenia

Early editions of the DSM defined schizophrenia mainly on the basis of disturbance of cognition, mood, and behavior, and a retreat from reality. With the publication of DSM-III in 1980, and in subsequent editions, schizophrenia was redefined as a relatively severe psychotic illness in which positive and negative symptoms were present, thereby acknowledging the importance of Bleuler’s fundamental symptoms. In DSM-5, negative symptoms are described as accounting for “a substantial portion of the morbidity associated with schizophrenia but are less prominent in other psychotic disorders.”18

Continue to: Types of negative symptoms

 

 

Types of negative symptoms

The following symptoms fall within the negative dimension19:

Alogia refers to the impoverished thinking and cognition that often occur in patients with schizophrenia. The patient’s thinking processes seem empty, turgid, or slow, as inferred from the patient’s speech. The 2 major manifestations of alogia are poverty of speech (nonfluent empty speech) and poverty of content of speech (fluent but empty speech). Examples of each appear in Table 2.19

Examples of poverty of speech and poverty of content of speech

Affective flattening or blunting manifests as a general impoverishment of emotional expression, reactivity, and feeling. Affective flattening can be assessed through observing a patient’s behavior and responsiveness during the interview.

Avolition-apathy manifests itself as a lack of energy and drive. Patients become inert and are unable to mobilize themselves to initiate or persist in completing many kinds of tasks.

Anhedonia-asociality encompasses the patient’s difficulties in experiencing interest or pleasure. It may express itself as a loss of interest in pleasurable activities, an inability to experience pleasure when participating in activities normally considered pleasurable, or a lack of involvement in social relationships.

Continue to: Attention

 

 

Attention is often poor in patients with severe mental illnesses. The patient may have trouble focusing his/her attention or may be able to focus only sporadically and erratically. He/she may ignore attempts to converse with him/her, wander away during an activity or a task, or appear to be inattentive when engaged in formal testing or interviewing.

Clinical relevance of negative symptoms

According to DSM-5, “Negative symptoms are more closely related to prognosis than are positive symptoms and tend to be the most persistent.”18 Research has shown that, compared with positive symptoms, negative symptoms are associated with greater impairment in overall functioning, social interaction, interpersonal relationships, economic functioning, and recreational activities.1,3,5 Negative symptoms also are associated with poorer response to medication and a positive family history of schizophrenia. Research shows that negative symptoms are persistent over time, and, in fact, become more prominent as the patient ages, whereas positive symptoms become less prominent.20

Secondary negative symptoms

Potential secondary causes of negative symptoms should be ruled out before concluding that the negative symptoms are due to schizophrenia.3 What might appear to be a negative symptom of schizophrenia, such as poor motivation or flattened affect, could be due to the presence of major depressive disorder. Such symptoms might resolve with treatment. Alternatively, a patient could have developed pseudoparkinsonism from antipsychotic medication and display unchanging facial expression and decreased spontaneous movements. These symptoms could resolve by adding benztropine or a similar medication to the treatment regimen. Other potential causes of secondary negative symptoms range from chronic substance abuse (eg, leading to poor grooming and hygiene), to paranoia and hallucinations, to sleep apnea inducing anergia and impersistence at work. Causes of secondary negative symptoms are outlined in Table 3.3

Potential causes of secondary negative symptoms

The neuroanatomy of negative symptoms

Although the neuroanatomical basis of negative symptoms has not been determined, neuroimaging studies have provided important clues.3 Structural brain imaging has consistently shown that negative symptoms in patients with schizophrenia correlate with decreased prefrontal white matter volume, anterior cingulate volume, insular cortex volume, left temporal cortex volume, and ventricular enlargement. Interestingly, volume loss starts before the appearance of negative symptoms.21,22 Functional imaging has shown that negative symptoms correlate with reduced cerebral blood perfusion in frontal, prefrontal, posterior cingulate, thalamus, parietal, and striatal regions.21,22 These findings may help explain the apathy, failure to initiate activities, and impaired social relatedness in patients with schizophrenia.

 

Neurotransmission and negative symptoms

Some experts have hypothesized that lowered cortical dopamine transmission in mesocortical pathways could give rise to negative symptoms, whereas excess transmission in subcortical structures leads to positive symptoms.23 There is also evidence for a noradrenalin deficiency based on the finding that low levels of cerebrospinal fluid 3-methoxy-4-hydroxyphenylglycol (MHPG), a noradrenaline metabolite, correlates with greater negative symptom severity.24 The presence of a serotonin deficiency has been proposed based on evidence that negative symptoms might be mitigated by serotonergic agents.25 More recently, some experts have posited that the dopamine D3 receptor might be involved in the etiology of negative symptoms. The dopamine D3 receptor activity is expressed in brain regions thought to control reward, emotions, and motivation.2 Newer medications with novel mechanisms suggest that other neuro­transmitter pathways could be involved.6,7

Continue to: Treatment options

 

 

Treatment options

Treating negative symptoms remains challenging and there are no clear answers. When they were introduced in the 1990s, SGAs were initially thought to be superior to FGAs in targeting negative symptoms. Subsequent research, including recent reviews and meta-analyses, has shown that SGAs are not superior to FGAs in treating negative symptoms, and the effect of either medication class on negative symptoms is modest.2-5 One exception is amisulpride (not available in the United States), which is known to antagonize D2 and D3 receptors. A meta-analysis of the efficacy of antipsychotics in schizophrenia showed that amisulpride was significantly more effective than placebo in treating negative symptoms in 590 patients who received the medication.26 The authors suggested that amisulpride was effective due to its binding to presynaptic receptors in the frontal cortex, thereby enhancing dopamine transmission in this region.

Cariprazine, which acts as a partial agonist at the D2 and D3 receptors, with a 10-fold affinity for the D3 receptor, also has shown promise in treating negative symptoms.2 In a clinical trial of 460 patients with predominant negative symptoms, treatment with cariprazine led to a greater reduction in negative symptoms than risperidone, although the effect size was small.27 In this study, cariprazine produced greater improvement in personal and social performance than risperidone. Animal data supports the possible use of cariprazine in treating negative symptoms.28

Other promising agentsinclude roluperidone (MIN-101), in phase 3 of development, and SEP-363856, an investigational antipsychotic agent that is in phase 2 of development. Interestingly, roluperidone acts on serotonin 2A and sigma2 receptors and does not target dopamine receptors, whereas SEP-363856 is thought to activate trace amine-associated receptor 1 (TAAR1) in addition to serotonin 1A receptors.6,7

Antidepressants also could be effective in reducing negative symptoms.3 A meta-analysis of randomized controlled trials evaluating the use of antidepressants as adjuncts to antipsychotic medications showed that adding an antidepressant was effective in reducing negative symptoms.29 The mechanism by which an antidepressant might cause a reduction in negative symptoms is uncertain, and it is possible that the antidepressant might treat depressive symptoms that are causing or contributing to the negative symptoms.

Bottom Line

Negative symptoms in patients with schizophrenia are associated with a worse functional outcome and poorer response to antipsychotic medication than positive symptoms. First- and second-generation antipsychotics are largely ineffective in consistently treating negative symptoms. Antipsychotic medications that target the D3 receptor might be more effective. Roluperidone, which targets serotonin 2A and sigma receptors, and SEP-363856, which targets TAAR1 and serotonin 1A receptors, are being studied for their effects on negative symptoms.

Continue to: Related Resources

 

 

Related Resources
  • Galderisi S, Färden A, Kaiser S. Dissecting negative symptoms of schizophrenia: History, assessment, pathophysiological mechanisms and treatment. Schizophr Res. 2017;186:1-2.
  • Rabinowitz J. Treating negative symptoms of schizophrenia. Current Psychiatry. 2018;17(12):19-23.

Drug Brand Names

Benztropine • Cogentin
Cariprazine • Vraylar
Chlorpromazine • Promapar, Thorazine
Risperidone • Risperdal

References

1. Owen MJ, Sawa A, Mortensen PD. Schizophrenia. Lancet. 2016;388(10039):86-97.
2. Cerviri G, Gesi C, Mencacci C. Pharmacological treatment of negative symptoms in schizophrenia: update and proposal of a clinical algorithm. Neuropsychiatr Dis Treat. 2019;15:1525-1535.
3. Mitra S, Mahintamani T, Kavoor AR, et al. Negative symptoms in schizophrenia. Ind Psychiatr J. 2016;25(2):135-144.
4. Fusa-Poli P, Papanastasiou E, Stahl D, et al. Treatments of negative symptoms in schizophrenia: meta-analysis of 168 randomized placebo-controlled trials. Schizophr Bull. 2015;41(4):892-899.
5. Remington G, Foussias G, Fervaha G, et al. Treating negative symptoms: an update. Curr Treat Options Psych. 2016;3:133-150.
6. Harvey PD, Saoud JB, Luthringer R, et al. Effects of roluperidone (MIN-101) on two dimensions of negative symptoms factor score: reduced emotional experience and reduced emotional expression. Schizophr Res. 2020;215:352-356.
7. Dedic N, Jones PG, Hopkins SC, et al. SEP-363856, a novel psychotropic agent with a unique, non-D2 receptor mechanism of action. J Psychopharmacol Exp Ther. 2019;371(1):1-14.
8. Bleuler E. Dementia praecox or the group of schizophrenia. New York, New York: International Universities Press; 1950.
9. Andreasen NC. The diagnosis of schizophrenia. Schizophr Bull. 1987;13(1):9-22.
10. Andreasen NC. Thought, language, and communication disorders I. Clinical assessment, definition of terms, and evaluation of their reliability. Arch Gen Psychiatry. 1979;36(12):1315-1321.
11. Crow TJ. Molecular pathology of schizophrenia: more than one disease process? Br Med J. 1980;280(6207):66-68.
12. Andreasen NC, Olsen S. Negative v positive schizophrenia. Definition and validation. Arch Gen Psychiatry. 1982;39(7):789-794.
13. Kay SR, Fiszbein A, Opler LA. The positive and negative syndrome scale (PANSS) for schizophrenia. Schizophr Bull. 1987;13(2):261-276.
14. Kirkpatrick B, Strauss GP, Nguyen L, et al. The brief negative symptom scale: psychometric properties. Schizophr Bull. 2011;37(2):300-305.
15. Axelrod BN, Goldman RS, Alphs LD. Validation of the 16-item Negative Symptoms Assessment. J Psychiatr Res. 1993;27(3):253-258.
16. Carpenter WT Jr, Heinrichs DW, Wagman AM. Deficit and nondeficit forms of schizophrenia: the concept. Am J Psychiatry. 1988;145(5):578-583.
17. Bobes J, Arango C, Garcia-Garcia M, et al. Prevalence of negative symptoms in outpatients with schizophrenia spectrum disorders treated with antipsychotics in routine clinical practice: findings from the CLAMORS Study. J Clin Psychiatry. 2010;71(3):280-286.
18. Diagnostic and statistical manual of mental disorders, 5th ed. Washington, DC: American Psychiatric Association; 2013.
19. Black DW, Andreasen NC. Interviewing and assessment. In: Introductory textbook of psychiatry, 7th ed. Black DW, Andreasen NC, eds. Washington, DC: American Psychiatric Publishing; 2020:15-53.
20. Pfohl B, Winokur G. The micropsychopathology of hebephrenic/catatonic schizophrenia. J Nerv Ment Dis. 1983;171(5):296-300.
21. Hovington CL, Lepage M. Neurocognition and neuroimaging of persistent negative symptoms of schizophrenia. Expert Rev Neurother. 2012;12(1):53-69.
22. Winograd-Gurvich C, Fitzgerald PB, Georgiou-Karistianis N, et al. A review of schizophrenia, melancholic depression and Parkinson’s disease. Brain Res Bull. 2006;70(4-6):312-321.
23. Toda M, Abi-Dargham A. Dopamine hypothesis of schizophrenia: making sense of it all. Curr Psychiatry Rep. 2007;9(4):329-336.
24. Yoshimura R, Hori H, Katsuki A, et al. Serum levels of brain-derived neurotrophic factor (BDNF), proBDNF, and plasma 3-methoxy-4-hydroxyphenylglycol levels in chronic schizophrenia. Ann Gen Psychiatry. 2016;15:1.
25. Moller HJ. Management of negative symptoms of schizophrenia: new treatment options. CNS Drugs. 2003;17(11):793-823.
26. Leucht S. Amisulpride: a selective dopamine antagonist and atypical antipsychotic: results of a meta-analysis of randomized controlled trials. Int J Neuropsychopharmacol. 2004;7(suppl 1):S15-S20. doi: 10.1017/S1461145704004109.
27. Nemeth G, Laszlovszky I, Czobor P, et al. Cariprazine versus risperidone monotherapy for treatment of predominant negative symptoms in patients with schizophrenia: a randomized, double-blind, controlled trial. Lancet. 2017;389(10074):1103-1113.
28. Neill JC, Grayson, Kiss B, et al. Effects of cariprazine, a novel antipsychotic, on cognitive deficit and negative symptoms in a rodent model of schizophrenia symptomatology. Eur Neuropsychopharmacol. 2016;26(1):3-14.
29. Helfer B, Samara MT, Huhn M, et al. Efficacy and safety of antidepressants added to antipsychotics for schizophrenia: a systematic review and meta-analysis. Am J Psychiatry. 2016;173(9):876-886.

Article PDF
Author and Disclosure Information

Donald W. Black, MD
Department of Psychiatry
University of Iowa Carver College of Medicine
Iowa City, Iowa

Disclosure
Dr. Black is a consultant to Otsuka. He serves as an Associate Editor for Current Psychiatry.

Issue
Current Psychiatry - 19(10)
Publications
Topics
Page Number
24-25,30-33,53
Sections
Author and Disclosure Information

Donald W. Black, MD
Department of Psychiatry
University of Iowa Carver College of Medicine
Iowa City, Iowa

Disclosure
Dr. Black is a consultant to Otsuka. He serves as an Associate Editor for Current Psychiatry.

Author and Disclosure Information

Donald W. Black, MD
Department of Psychiatry
University of Iowa Carver College of Medicine
Iowa City, Iowa

Disclosure
Dr. Black is a consultant to Otsuka. He serves as an Associate Editor for Current Psychiatry.

Article PDF
Article PDF

The negative symptoms of schizophrenia have been recognized for 100 years. Characterized by a loss of a function that should be present, negative symptoms include anhedonia, asociality, amotivation, and affective blunting. Individuals with schizophrenia who have a preponderance of negative symptoms (“deficit syndrome”) may comprise a special subset of patients. Compared with positive symptoms, negative symptoms are associated with worse global functioning and worse response to antipsychotic medication. Treatment of negative symptoms is challenging. Secondary negative symptoms—those that simulate or resemble primary negative symptoms but are attributable to another cause, such as major depressive disorder or the adverse effects of antipsychotic medication—need to be ruled out. Emerging evidence suggests that newer antipsychotics with novel mechanisms might be effective in treating negative symptoms. Antidepressants might also play a role.

This article describes types of negative symptoms, their clinical relevance, neuroanatomical and neurotransmission factors associated with negative symptoms, and current and future treatment options.

Modest improvements with antipsychotics

Schizophrenia affects an estimated 1% of the population.1 Antipsychotic medication has been the mainstay of schizophrenia treatment since chlorpromazine was introduced in the 1950s; it was soon followed by many other antipsychotics. These first-generation antipsychotics (FGAs) were joined by second-generation antipsychotics (SGAs) in the 1990s. While SGAs are better tolerated and less likely to induce extrapyramidal side effects (EPS) than FGAs, they also are associated with troubling metabolic adverse effects (eg, impaired glucose tolerance).1

All antipsychotics are believed to exert their therapeutic effects by blocking dopamine (D2) receptors and are effective in ameliorating the positive symptoms of schizophrenia, including hallucinations, delusions, bizarre behavior, disordered thinking, and agitation.1 Early research had suggested that SGAs might also reduce the negative symptoms of schizophrenia, perhaps because they also block serotonin 2A receptors, a property thought to broaden their therapeutic profile. Over time, it became clear that neither FGAs nor SGAs conferred an advantage in treating negative symptoms, and that the observed improvements were modest.2-5 However, recent research suggests that several newer antipsychotics might be effective in targeting negative symptoms.2,6,7

History of negative symptoms

In the early 20th century, Swiss psychiatrist Eugen Bleuler coined the term schizophrenia to emphasize the cognitive impairment that occurs in patients with this illness, and which he conceptualized as a fragmenting of the psychic process.8 He believed that certain symptoms were fundamental to the illness, and described affective blunting, disturbance of association (ie, distorted thinking) autism (ie, impaired relationships), and ambivalence (ie, fragmented emotional responses). He viewed hallucinations and delusions as accessory symptoms because they were not unique to schizophrenia but were also found in other disorders (eg, mood disorders). Bleuler’s ideas took root, and generations of psychiatrists were taught his fundamental symptoms (“the 4 A’s”), the forerunner of today’s negative symptoms. Later, other experts chose to emphasize psychotic symptoms as most characteristic of schizophrenia, including Schneider’s “first-rank symptoms,” such as voices conversing or delusions of passivity.9

Negative symptoms were rediscovered in the 1970s and 1980s by psychiatric researchers interested in descriptive phenomenology.10,11 Research confirmed the presence of a positive dimension in schizophrenia characterized by the loss of boundaries between the patient and the real world (eg, hallucinations, delusions), and a negative dimension characterized by the loss of a function that should be present, such as alogia and asociality. These experts carefully described negative symptoms and created scales to measure them, including the Scale for the Assessment of Negative Symptoms (SANS),12 the Positive and Negative Syndrome Scale (PANSS),13 the Brief Negative Symptom Scale (BNSS),14 and the 16-item Negative Symptom Assessment (NSA-16).15 Contemporaneous to this work, a “deficit syndrome” was identified among patients with schizophrenia with prominent negative symptoms. The deficit syndrome is found in 25% to 30% of chronic cases.16 Negative symptoms are very common in patients with schizophrenia (Table 19).8,17

Frequency of negative symptoms in patients with schizophrenia

Early editions of the DSM defined schizophrenia mainly on the basis of disturbance of cognition, mood, and behavior, and a retreat from reality. With the publication of DSM-III in 1980, and in subsequent editions, schizophrenia was redefined as a relatively severe psychotic illness in which positive and negative symptoms were present, thereby acknowledging the importance of Bleuler’s fundamental symptoms. In DSM-5, negative symptoms are described as accounting for “a substantial portion of the morbidity associated with schizophrenia but are less prominent in other psychotic disorders.”18

Continue to: Types of negative symptoms

 

 

Types of negative symptoms

The following symptoms fall within the negative dimension19:

Alogia refers to the impoverished thinking and cognition that often occur in patients with schizophrenia. The patient’s thinking processes seem empty, turgid, or slow, as inferred from the patient’s speech. The 2 major manifestations of alogia are poverty of speech (nonfluent empty speech) and poverty of content of speech (fluent but empty speech). Examples of each appear in Table 2.19

Examples of poverty of speech and poverty of content of speech

Affective flattening or blunting manifests as a general impoverishment of emotional expression, reactivity, and feeling. Affective flattening can be assessed through observing a patient’s behavior and responsiveness during the interview.

Avolition-apathy manifests itself as a lack of energy and drive. Patients become inert and are unable to mobilize themselves to initiate or persist in completing many kinds of tasks.

Anhedonia-asociality encompasses the patient’s difficulties in experiencing interest or pleasure. It may express itself as a loss of interest in pleasurable activities, an inability to experience pleasure when participating in activities normally considered pleasurable, or a lack of involvement in social relationships.

Continue to: Attention

 

 

Attention is often poor in patients with severe mental illnesses. The patient may have trouble focusing his/her attention or may be able to focus only sporadically and erratically. He/she may ignore attempts to converse with him/her, wander away during an activity or a task, or appear to be inattentive when engaged in formal testing or interviewing.

Clinical relevance of negative symptoms

According to DSM-5, “Negative symptoms are more closely related to prognosis than are positive symptoms and tend to be the most persistent.”18 Research has shown that, compared with positive symptoms, negative symptoms are associated with greater impairment in overall functioning, social interaction, interpersonal relationships, economic functioning, and recreational activities.1,3,5 Negative symptoms also are associated with poorer response to medication and a positive family history of schizophrenia. Research shows that negative symptoms are persistent over time, and, in fact, become more prominent as the patient ages, whereas positive symptoms become less prominent.20

Secondary negative symptoms

Potential secondary causes of negative symptoms should be ruled out before concluding that the negative symptoms are due to schizophrenia.3 What might appear to be a negative symptom of schizophrenia, such as poor motivation or flattened affect, could be due to the presence of major depressive disorder. Such symptoms might resolve with treatment. Alternatively, a patient could have developed pseudoparkinsonism from antipsychotic medication and display unchanging facial expression and decreased spontaneous movements. These symptoms could resolve by adding benztropine or a similar medication to the treatment regimen. Other potential causes of secondary negative symptoms range from chronic substance abuse (eg, leading to poor grooming and hygiene), to paranoia and hallucinations, to sleep apnea inducing anergia and impersistence at work. Causes of secondary negative symptoms are outlined in Table 3.3

Potential causes of secondary negative symptoms

The neuroanatomy of negative symptoms

Although the neuroanatomical basis of negative symptoms has not been determined, neuroimaging studies have provided important clues.3 Structural brain imaging has consistently shown that negative symptoms in patients with schizophrenia correlate with decreased prefrontal white matter volume, anterior cingulate volume, insular cortex volume, left temporal cortex volume, and ventricular enlargement. Interestingly, volume loss starts before the appearance of negative symptoms.21,22 Functional imaging has shown that negative symptoms correlate with reduced cerebral blood perfusion in frontal, prefrontal, posterior cingulate, thalamus, parietal, and striatal regions.21,22 These findings may help explain the apathy, failure to initiate activities, and impaired social relatedness in patients with schizophrenia.

 

Neurotransmission and negative symptoms

Some experts have hypothesized that lowered cortical dopamine transmission in mesocortical pathways could give rise to negative symptoms, whereas excess transmission in subcortical structures leads to positive symptoms.23 There is also evidence for a noradrenalin deficiency based on the finding that low levels of cerebrospinal fluid 3-methoxy-4-hydroxyphenylglycol (MHPG), a noradrenaline metabolite, correlates with greater negative symptom severity.24 The presence of a serotonin deficiency has been proposed based on evidence that negative symptoms might be mitigated by serotonergic agents.25 More recently, some experts have posited that the dopamine D3 receptor might be involved in the etiology of negative symptoms. The dopamine D3 receptor activity is expressed in brain regions thought to control reward, emotions, and motivation.2 Newer medications with novel mechanisms suggest that other neuro­transmitter pathways could be involved.6,7

Continue to: Treatment options

 

 

Treatment options

Treating negative symptoms remains challenging and there are no clear answers. When they were introduced in the 1990s, SGAs were initially thought to be superior to FGAs in targeting negative symptoms. Subsequent research, including recent reviews and meta-analyses, has shown that SGAs are not superior to FGAs in treating negative symptoms, and the effect of either medication class on negative symptoms is modest.2-5 One exception is amisulpride (not available in the United States), which is known to antagonize D2 and D3 receptors. A meta-analysis of the efficacy of antipsychotics in schizophrenia showed that amisulpride was significantly more effective than placebo in treating negative symptoms in 590 patients who received the medication.26 The authors suggested that amisulpride was effective due to its binding to presynaptic receptors in the frontal cortex, thereby enhancing dopamine transmission in this region.

Cariprazine, which acts as a partial agonist at the D2 and D3 receptors, with a 10-fold affinity for the D3 receptor, also has shown promise in treating negative symptoms.2 In a clinical trial of 460 patients with predominant negative symptoms, treatment with cariprazine led to a greater reduction in negative symptoms than risperidone, although the effect size was small.27 In this study, cariprazine produced greater improvement in personal and social performance than risperidone. Animal data supports the possible use of cariprazine in treating negative symptoms.28

Other promising agentsinclude roluperidone (MIN-101), in phase 3 of development, and SEP-363856, an investigational antipsychotic agent that is in phase 2 of development. Interestingly, roluperidone acts on serotonin 2A and sigma2 receptors and does not target dopamine receptors, whereas SEP-363856 is thought to activate trace amine-associated receptor 1 (TAAR1) in addition to serotonin 1A receptors.6,7

Antidepressants also could be effective in reducing negative symptoms.3 A meta-analysis of randomized controlled trials evaluating the use of antidepressants as adjuncts to antipsychotic medications showed that adding an antidepressant was effective in reducing negative symptoms.29 The mechanism by which an antidepressant might cause a reduction in negative symptoms is uncertain, and it is possible that the antidepressant might treat depressive symptoms that are causing or contributing to the negative symptoms.

Bottom Line

Negative symptoms in patients with schizophrenia are associated with a worse functional outcome and poorer response to antipsychotic medication than positive symptoms. First- and second-generation antipsychotics are largely ineffective in consistently treating negative symptoms. Antipsychotic medications that target the D3 receptor might be more effective. Roluperidone, which targets serotonin 2A and sigma receptors, and SEP-363856, which targets TAAR1 and serotonin 1A receptors, are being studied for their effects on negative symptoms.

Continue to: Related Resources

 

 

Related Resources
  • Galderisi S, Färden A, Kaiser S. Dissecting negative symptoms of schizophrenia: History, assessment, pathophysiological mechanisms and treatment. Schizophr Res. 2017;186:1-2.
  • Rabinowitz J. Treating negative symptoms of schizophrenia. Current Psychiatry. 2018;17(12):19-23.

Drug Brand Names

Benztropine • Cogentin
Cariprazine • Vraylar
Chlorpromazine • Promapar, Thorazine
Risperidone • Risperdal

The negative symptoms of schizophrenia have been recognized for 100 years. Characterized by a loss of a function that should be present, negative symptoms include anhedonia, asociality, amotivation, and affective blunting. Individuals with schizophrenia who have a preponderance of negative symptoms (“deficit syndrome”) may comprise a special subset of patients. Compared with positive symptoms, negative symptoms are associated with worse global functioning and worse response to antipsychotic medication. Treatment of negative symptoms is challenging. Secondary negative symptoms—those that simulate or resemble primary negative symptoms but are attributable to another cause, such as major depressive disorder or the adverse effects of antipsychotic medication—need to be ruled out. Emerging evidence suggests that newer antipsychotics with novel mechanisms might be effective in treating negative symptoms. Antidepressants might also play a role.

This article describes types of negative symptoms, their clinical relevance, neuroanatomical and neurotransmission factors associated with negative symptoms, and current and future treatment options.

Modest improvements with antipsychotics

Schizophrenia affects an estimated 1% of the population.1 Antipsychotic medication has been the mainstay of schizophrenia treatment since chlorpromazine was introduced in the 1950s; it was soon followed by many other antipsychotics. These first-generation antipsychotics (FGAs) were joined by second-generation antipsychotics (SGAs) in the 1990s. While SGAs are better tolerated and less likely to induce extrapyramidal side effects (EPS) than FGAs, they also are associated with troubling metabolic adverse effects (eg, impaired glucose tolerance).1

All antipsychotics are believed to exert their therapeutic effects by blocking dopamine (D2) receptors and are effective in ameliorating the positive symptoms of schizophrenia, including hallucinations, delusions, bizarre behavior, disordered thinking, and agitation.1 Early research had suggested that SGAs might also reduce the negative symptoms of schizophrenia, perhaps because they also block serotonin 2A receptors, a property thought to broaden their therapeutic profile. Over time, it became clear that neither FGAs nor SGAs conferred an advantage in treating negative symptoms, and that the observed improvements were modest.2-5 However, recent research suggests that several newer antipsychotics might be effective in targeting negative symptoms.2,6,7

History of negative symptoms

In the early 20th century, Swiss psychiatrist Eugen Bleuler coined the term schizophrenia to emphasize the cognitive impairment that occurs in patients with this illness, and which he conceptualized as a fragmenting of the psychic process.8 He believed that certain symptoms were fundamental to the illness, and described affective blunting, disturbance of association (ie, distorted thinking) autism (ie, impaired relationships), and ambivalence (ie, fragmented emotional responses). He viewed hallucinations and delusions as accessory symptoms because they were not unique to schizophrenia but were also found in other disorders (eg, mood disorders). Bleuler’s ideas took root, and generations of psychiatrists were taught his fundamental symptoms (“the 4 A’s”), the forerunner of today’s negative symptoms. Later, other experts chose to emphasize psychotic symptoms as most characteristic of schizophrenia, including Schneider’s “first-rank symptoms,” such as voices conversing or delusions of passivity.9

Negative symptoms were rediscovered in the 1970s and 1980s by psychiatric researchers interested in descriptive phenomenology.10,11 Research confirmed the presence of a positive dimension in schizophrenia characterized by the loss of boundaries between the patient and the real world (eg, hallucinations, delusions), and a negative dimension characterized by the loss of a function that should be present, such as alogia and asociality. These experts carefully described negative symptoms and created scales to measure them, including the Scale for the Assessment of Negative Symptoms (SANS),12 the Positive and Negative Syndrome Scale (PANSS),13 the Brief Negative Symptom Scale (BNSS),14 and the 16-item Negative Symptom Assessment (NSA-16).15 Contemporaneous to this work, a “deficit syndrome” was identified among patients with schizophrenia with prominent negative symptoms. The deficit syndrome is found in 25% to 30% of chronic cases.16 Negative symptoms are very common in patients with schizophrenia (Table 19).8,17

Frequency of negative symptoms in patients with schizophrenia

Early editions of the DSM defined schizophrenia mainly on the basis of disturbance of cognition, mood, and behavior, and a retreat from reality. With the publication of DSM-III in 1980, and in subsequent editions, schizophrenia was redefined as a relatively severe psychotic illness in which positive and negative symptoms were present, thereby acknowledging the importance of Bleuler’s fundamental symptoms. In DSM-5, negative symptoms are described as accounting for “a substantial portion of the morbidity associated with schizophrenia but are less prominent in other psychotic disorders.”18

Continue to: Types of negative symptoms

 

 

Types of negative symptoms

The following symptoms fall within the negative dimension19:

Alogia refers to the impoverished thinking and cognition that often occur in patients with schizophrenia. The patient’s thinking processes seem empty, turgid, or slow, as inferred from the patient’s speech. The 2 major manifestations of alogia are poverty of speech (nonfluent empty speech) and poverty of content of speech (fluent but empty speech). Examples of each appear in Table 2.19

Examples of poverty of speech and poverty of content of speech

Affective flattening or blunting manifests as a general impoverishment of emotional expression, reactivity, and feeling. Affective flattening can be assessed through observing a patient’s behavior and responsiveness during the interview.

Avolition-apathy manifests itself as a lack of energy and drive. Patients become inert and are unable to mobilize themselves to initiate or persist in completing many kinds of tasks.

Anhedonia-asociality encompasses the patient’s difficulties in experiencing interest or pleasure. It may express itself as a loss of interest in pleasurable activities, an inability to experience pleasure when participating in activities normally considered pleasurable, or a lack of involvement in social relationships.

Continue to: Attention

 

 

Attention is often poor in patients with severe mental illnesses. The patient may have trouble focusing his/her attention or may be able to focus only sporadically and erratically. He/she may ignore attempts to converse with him/her, wander away during an activity or a task, or appear to be inattentive when engaged in formal testing or interviewing.

Clinical relevance of negative symptoms

According to DSM-5, “Negative symptoms are more closely related to prognosis than are positive symptoms and tend to be the most persistent.”18 Research has shown that, compared with positive symptoms, negative symptoms are associated with greater impairment in overall functioning, social interaction, interpersonal relationships, economic functioning, and recreational activities.1,3,5 Negative symptoms also are associated with poorer response to medication and a positive family history of schizophrenia. Research shows that negative symptoms are persistent over time, and, in fact, become more prominent as the patient ages, whereas positive symptoms become less prominent.20

Secondary negative symptoms

Potential secondary causes of negative symptoms should be ruled out before concluding that the negative symptoms are due to schizophrenia.3 What might appear to be a negative symptom of schizophrenia, such as poor motivation or flattened affect, could be due to the presence of major depressive disorder. Such symptoms might resolve with treatment. Alternatively, a patient could have developed pseudoparkinsonism from antipsychotic medication and display unchanging facial expression and decreased spontaneous movements. These symptoms could resolve by adding benztropine or a similar medication to the treatment regimen. Other potential causes of secondary negative symptoms range from chronic substance abuse (eg, leading to poor grooming and hygiene), to paranoia and hallucinations, to sleep apnea inducing anergia and impersistence at work. Causes of secondary negative symptoms are outlined in Table 3.3

Potential causes of secondary negative symptoms

The neuroanatomy of negative symptoms

Although the neuroanatomical basis of negative symptoms has not been determined, neuroimaging studies have provided important clues.3 Structural brain imaging has consistently shown that negative symptoms in patients with schizophrenia correlate with decreased prefrontal white matter volume, anterior cingulate volume, insular cortex volume, left temporal cortex volume, and ventricular enlargement. Interestingly, volume loss starts before the appearance of negative symptoms.21,22 Functional imaging has shown that negative symptoms correlate with reduced cerebral blood perfusion in frontal, prefrontal, posterior cingulate, thalamus, parietal, and striatal regions.21,22 These findings may help explain the apathy, failure to initiate activities, and impaired social relatedness in patients with schizophrenia.

 

Neurotransmission and negative symptoms

Some experts have hypothesized that lowered cortical dopamine transmission in mesocortical pathways could give rise to negative symptoms, whereas excess transmission in subcortical structures leads to positive symptoms.23 There is also evidence for a noradrenalin deficiency based on the finding that low levels of cerebrospinal fluid 3-methoxy-4-hydroxyphenylglycol (MHPG), a noradrenaline metabolite, correlates with greater negative symptom severity.24 The presence of a serotonin deficiency has been proposed based on evidence that negative symptoms might be mitigated by serotonergic agents.25 More recently, some experts have posited that the dopamine D3 receptor might be involved in the etiology of negative symptoms. The dopamine D3 receptor activity is expressed in brain regions thought to control reward, emotions, and motivation.2 Newer medications with novel mechanisms suggest that other neuro­transmitter pathways could be involved.6,7

Continue to: Treatment options

 

 

Treatment options

Treating negative symptoms remains challenging and there are no clear answers. When they were introduced in the 1990s, SGAs were initially thought to be superior to FGAs in targeting negative symptoms. Subsequent research, including recent reviews and meta-analyses, has shown that SGAs are not superior to FGAs in treating negative symptoms, and the effect of either medication class on negative symptoms is modest.2-5 One exception is amisulpride (not available in the United States), which is known to antagonize D2 and D3 receptors. A meta-analysis of the efficacy of antipsychotics in schizophrenia showed that amisulpride was significantly more effective than placebo in treating negative symptoms in 590 patients who received the medication.26 The authors suggested that amisulpride was effective due to its binding to presynaptic receptors in the frontal cortex, thereby enhancing dopamine transmission in this region.

Cariprazine, which acts as a partial agonist at the D2 and D3 receptors, with a 10-fold affinity for the D3 receptor, also has shown promise in treating negative symptoms.2 In a clinical trial of 460 patients with predominant negative symptoms, treatment with cariprazine led to a greater reduction in negative symptoms than risperidone, although the effect size was small.27 In this study, cariprazine produced greater improvement in personal and social performance than risperidone. Animal data supports the possible use of cariprazine in treating negative symptoms.28

Other promising agentsinclude roluperidone (MIN-101), in phase 3 of development, and SEP-363856, an investigational antipsychotic agent that is in phase 2 of development. Interestingly, roluperidone acts on serotonin 2A and sigma2 receptors and does not target dopamine receptors, whereas SEP-363856 is thought to activate trace amine-associated receptor 1 (TAAR1) in addition to serotonin 1A receptors.6,7

Antidepressants also could be effective in reducing negative symptoms.3 A meta-analysis of randomized controlled trials evaluating the use of antidepressants as adjuncts to antipsychotic medications showed that adding an antidepressant was effective in reducing negative symptoms.29 The mechanism by which an antidepressant might cause a reduction in negative symptoms is uncertain, and it is possible that the antidepressant might treat depressive symptoms that are causing or contributing to the negative symptoms.

Bottom Line

Negative symptoms in patients with schizophrenia are associated with a worse functional outcome and poorer response to antipsychotic medication than positive symptoms. First- and second-generation antipsychotics are largely ineffective in consistently treating negative symptoms. Antipsychotic medications that target the D3 receptor might be more effective. Roluperidone, which targets serotonin 2A and sigma receptors, and SEP-363856, which targets TAAR1 and serotonin 1A receptors, are being studied for their effects on negative symptoms.

Continue to: Related Resources

 

 

Related Resources
  • Galderisi S, Färden A, Kaiser S. Dissecting negative symptoms of schizophrenia: History, assessment, pathophysiological mechanisms and treatment. Schizophr Res. 2017;186:1-2.
  • Rabinowitz J. Treating negative symptoms of schizophrenia. Current Psychiatry. 2018;17(12):19-23.

Drug Brand Names

Benztropine • Cogentin
Cariprazine • Vraylar
Chlorpromazine • Promapar, Thorazine
Risperidone • Risperdal

References

1. Owen MJ, Sawa A, Mortensen PD. Schizophrenia. Lancet. 2016;388(10039):86-97.
2. Cerviri G, Gesi C, Mencacci C. Pharmacological treatment of negative symptoms in schizophrenia: update and proposal of a clinical algorithm. Neuropsychiatr Dis Treat. 2019;15:1525-1535.
3. Mitra S, Mahintamani T, Kavoor AR, et al. Negative symptoms in schizophrenia. Ind Psychiatr J. 2016;25(2):135-144.
4. Fusa-Poli P, Papanastasiou E, Stahl D, et al. Treatments of negative symptoms in schizophrenia: meta-analysis of 168 randomized placebo-controlled trials. Schizophr Bull. 2015;41(4):892-899.
5. Remington G, Foussias G, Fervaha G, et al. Treating negative symptoms: an update. Curr Treat Options Psych. 2016;3:133-150.
6. Harvey PD, Saoud JB, Luthringer R, et al. Effects of roluperidone (MIN-101) on two dimensions of negative symptoms factor score: reduced emotional experience and reduced emotional expression. Schizophr Res. 2020;215:352-356.
7. Dedic N, Jones PG, Hopkins SC, et al. SEP-363856, a novel psychotropic agent with a unique, non-D2 receptor mechanism of action. J Psychopharmacol Exp Ther. 2019;371(1):1-14.
8. Bleuler E. Dementia praecox or the group of schizophrenia. New York, New York: International Universities Press; 1950.
9. Andreasen NC. The diagnosis of schizophrenia. Schizophr Bull. 1987;13(1):9-22.
10. Andreasen NC. Thought, language, and communication disorders I. Clinical assessment, definition of terms, and evaluation of their reliability. Arch Gen Psychiatry. 1979;36(12):1315-1321.
11. Crow TJ. Molecular pathology of schizophrenia: more than one disease process? Br Med J. 1980;280(6207):66-68.
12. Andreasen NC, Olsen S. Negative v positive schizophrenia. Definition and validation. Arch Gen Psychiatry. 1982;39(7):789-794.
13. Kay SR, Fiszbein A, Opler LA. The positive and negative syndrome scale (PANSS) for schizophrenia. Schizophr Bull. 1987;13(2):261-276.
14. Kirkpatrick B, Strauss GP, Nguyen L, et al. The brief negative symptom scale: psychometric properties. Schizophr Bull. 2011;37(2):300-305.
15. Axelrod BN, Goldman RS, Alphs LD. Validation of the 16-item Negative Symptoms Assessment. J Psychiatr Res. 1993;27(3):253-258.
16. Carpenter WT Jr, Heinrichs DW, Wagman AM. Deficit and nondeficit forms of schizophrenia: the concept. Am J Psychiatry. 1988;145(5):578-583.
17. Bobes J, Arango C, Garcia-Garcia M, et al. Prevalence of negative symptoms in outpatients with schizophrenia spectrum disorders treated with antipsychotics in routine clinical practice: findings from the CLAMORS Study. J Clin Psychiatry. 2010;71(3):280-286.
18. Diagnostic and statistical manual of mental disorders, 5th ed. Washington, DC: American Psychiatric Association; 2013.
19. Black DW, Andreasen NC. Interviewing and assessment. In: Introductory textbook of psychiatry, 7th ed. Black DW, Andreasen NC, eds. Washington, DC: American Psychiatric Publishing; 2020:15-53.
20. Pfohl B, Winokur G. The micropsychopathology of hebephrenic/catatonic schizophrenia. J Nerv Ment Dis. 1983;171(5):296-300.
21. Hovington CL, Lepage M. Neurocognition and neuroimaging of persistent negative symptoms of schizophrenia. Expert Rev Neurother. 2012;12(1):53-69.
22. Winograd-Gurvich C, Fitzgerald PB, Georgiou-Karistianis N, et al. A review of schizophrenia, melancholic depression and Parkinson’s disease. Brain Res Bull. 2006;70(4-6):312-321.
23. Toda M, Abi-Dargham A. Dopamine hypothesis of schizophrenia: making sense of it all. Curr Psychiatry Rep. 2007;9(4):329-336.
24. Yoshimura R, Hori H, Katsuki A, et al. Serum levels of brain-derived neurotrophic factor (BDNF), proBDNF, and plasma 3-methoxy-4-hydroxyphenylglycol levels in chronic schizophrenia. Ann Gen Psychiatry. 2016;15:1.
25. Moller HJ. Management of negative symptoms of schizophrenia: new treatment options. CNS Drugs. 2003;17(11):793-823.
26. Leucht S. Amisulpride: a selective dopamine antagonist and atypical antipsychotic: results of a meta-analysis of randomized controlled trials. Int J Neuropsychopharmacol. 2004;7(suppl 1):S15-S20. doi: 10.1017/S1461145704004109.
27. Nemeth G, Laszlovszky I, Czobor P, et al. Cariprazine versus risperidone monotherapy for treatment of predominant negative symptoms in patients with schizophrenia: a randomized, double-blind, controlled trial. Lancet. 2017;389(10074):1103-1113.
28. Neill JC, Grayson, Kiss B, et al. Effects of cariprazine, a novel antipsychotic, on cognitive deficit and negative symptoms in a rodent model of schizophrenia symptomatology. Eur Neuropsychopharmacol. 2016;26(1):3-14.
29. Helfer B, Samara MT, Huhn M, et al. Efficacy and safety of antidepressants added to antipsychotics for schizophrenia: a systematic review and meta-analysis. Am J Psychiatry. 2016;173(9):876-886.

References

1. Owen MJ, Sawa A, Mortensen PD. Schizophrenia. Lancet. 2016;388(10039):86-97.
2. Cerviri G, Gesi C, Mencacci C. Pharmacological treatment of negative symptoms in schizophrenia: update and proposal of a clinical algorithm. Neuropsychiatr Dis Treat. 2019;15:1525-1535.
3. Mitra S, Mahintamani T, Kavoor AR, et al. Negative symptoms in schizophrenia. Ind Psychiatr J. 2016;25(2):135-144.
4. Fusa-Poli P, Papanastasiou E, Stahl D, et al. Treatments of negative symptoms in schizophrenia: meta-analysis of 168 randomized placebo-controlled trials. Schizophr Bull. 2015;41(4):892-899.
5. Remington G, Foussias G, Fervaha G, et al. Treating negative symptoms: an update. Curr Treat Options Psych. 2016;3:133-150.
6. Harvey PD, Saoud JB, Luthringer R, et al. Effects of roluperidone (MIN-101) on two dimensions of negative symptoms factor score: reduced emotional experience and reduced emotional expression. Schizophr Res. 2020;215:352-356.
7. Dedic N, Jones PG, Hopkins SC, et al. SEP-363856, a novel psychotropic agent with a unique, non-D2 receptor mechanism of action. J Psychopharmacol Exp Ther. 2019;371(1):1-14.
8. Bleuler E. Dementia praecox or the group of schizophrenia. New York, New York: International Universities Press; 1950.
9. Andreasen NC. The diagnosis of schizophrenia. Schizophr Bull. 1987;13(1):9-22.
10. Andreasen NC. Thought, language, and communication disorders I. Clinical assessment, definition of terms, and evaluation of their reliability. Arch Gen Psychiatry. 1979;36(12):1315-1321.
11. Crow TJ. Molecular pathology of schizophrenia: more than one disease process? Br Med J. 1980;280(6207):66-68.
12. Andreasen NC, Olsen S. Negative v positive schizophrenia. Definition and validation. Arch Gen Psychiatry. 1982;39(7):789-794.
13. Kay SR, Fiszbein A, Opler LA. The positive and negative syndrome scale (PANSS) for schizophrenia. Schizophr Bull. 1987;13(2):261-276.
14. Kirkpatrick B, Strauss GP, Nguyen L, et al. The brief negative symptom scale: psychometric properties. Schizophr Bull. 2011;37(2):300-305.
15. Axelrod BN, Goldman RS, Alphs LD. Validation of the 16-item Negative Symptoms Assessment. J Psychiatr Res. 1993;27(3):253-258.
16. Carpenter WT Jr, Heinrichs DW, Wagman AM. Deficit and nondeficit forms of schizophrenia: the concept. Am J Psychiatry. 1988;145(5):578-583.
17. Bobes J, Arango C, Garcia-Garcia M, et al. Prevalence of negative symptoms in outpatients with schizophrenia spectrum disorders treated with antipsychotics in routine clinical practice: findings from the CLAMORS Study. J Clin Psychiatry. 2010;71(3):280-286.
18. Diagnostic and statistical manual of mental disorders, 5th ed. Washington, DC: American Psychiatric Association; 2013.
19. Black DW, Andreasen NC. Interviewing and assessment. In: Introductory textbook of psychiatry, 7th ed. Black DW, Andreasen NC, eds. Washington, DC: American Psychiatric Publishing; 2020:15-53.
20. Pfohl B, Winokur G. The micropsychopathology of hebephrenic/catatonic schizophrenia. J Nerv Ment Dis. 1983;171(5):296-300.
21. Hovington CL, Lepage M. Neurocognition and neuroimaging of persistent negative symptoms of schizophrenia. Expert Rev Neurother. 2012;12(1):53-69.
22. Winograd-Gurvich C, Fitzgerald PB, Georgiou-Karistianis N, et al. A review of schizophrenia, melancholic depression and Parkinson’s disease. Brain Res Bull. 2006;70(4-6):312-321.
23. Toda M, Abi-Dargham A. Dopamine hypothesis of schizophrenia: making sense of it all. Curr Psychiatry Rep. 2007;9(4):329-336.
24. Yoshimura R, Hori H, Katsuki A, et al. Serum levels of brain-derived neurotrophic factor (BDNF), proBDNF, and plasma 3-methoxy-4-hydroxyphenylglycol levels in chronic schizophrenia. Ann Gen Psychiatry. 2016;15:1.
25. Moller HJ. Management of negative symptoms of schizophrenia: new treatment options. CNS Drugs. 2003;17(11):793-823.
26. Leucht S. Amisulpride: a selective dopamine antagonist and atypical antipsychotic: results of a meta-analysis of randomized controlled trials. Int J Neuropsychopharmacol. 2004;7(suppl 1):S15-S20. doi: 10.1017/S1461145704004109.
27. Nemeth G, Laszlovszky I, Czobor P, et al. Cariprazine versus risperidone monotherapy for treatment of predominant negative symptoms in patients with schizophrenia: a randomized, double-blind, controlled trial. Lancet. 2017;389(10074):1103-1113.
28. Neill JC, Grayson, Kiss B, et al. Effects of cariprazine, a novel antipsychotic, on cognitive deficit and negative symptoms in a rodent model of schizophrenia symptomatology. Eur Neuropsychopharmacol. 2016;26(1):3-14.
29. Helfer B, Samara MT, Huhn M, et al. Efficacy and safety of antidepressants added to antipsychotics for schizophrenia: a systematic review and meta-analysis. Am J Psychiatry. 2016;173(9):876-886.

Issue
Current Psychiatry - 19(10)
Issue
Current Psychiatry - 19(10)
Page Number
24-25,30-33,53
Page Number
24-25,30-33,53
Publications
Publications
Topics
Article Type
Display Headline
Negative symptoms of schizophrenia: An update
Display Headline
Negative symptoms of schizophrenia: An update
Sections
Disallow All Ads
Content Gating
No Gating (article Unlocked/Free)
Alternative CME
Disqus Comments
Default
Use ProPublica
Hide sidebar & use full width
render the right sidebar.
Conference Recap Checkbox
Not Conference Recap
Clinical Edge
Display the Slideshow in this Article
Medscape Article
Display survey writer
Reuters content
Article PDF Media

Schizoaffective disorder: A challenging diagnosis

Article Type
Changed
Mon, 01/11/2021 - 09:32
Display Headline
Schizoaffective disorder: A challenging diagnosis

Mr. C, age 34, presented to the emergency department with his wife because of increasingly bizarre behavior. He reported auditory and visual hallucinations, and believed that the “mob had ordered a hit” against him. He had threatened to shoot his wife and children, which led to his arrest and being briefly jailed. In jail, he was agitated, defecated on the floor, and disrobed. His wife reported that Mr. C had a long history of bipolar disorder and had experienced his first manic episode and hospitalization at age 17. Since then, he had been treated with many different antidepressants, antipsychotics, and mood stabilizers.

Mr. C was admitted to the hospital, where he developed a catatonic syndrome that was treated with a course of electroconvulsive therapy. He was eventually stabilized with olanzapine, 20 mg by mouth nightly, with moderate improvement in his symptoms, although he never fully returned to baseline.

Over the next 8 years, Mr. C was often noncompliant with medication and frequently was hospitalized for mania. His symptoms included poor sleep, grandiosity, pressured speech, racing and disorganized thoughts, increased risk-taking behavior (ie, driving at excessive speeds), and hyperreligiosity (ie, speaking with God). Mr. C also occasionally used methamphetamine, cannabis, and cocaine. Although he had responded well to treatment early in the course of his illness, as he entered his late 30s, his response was less complete, and by his 40s, Mr. C was no longer able to function independently. He eventually was prescribed a long-acting injectable antipsychotic, paliperidone palmitate, 156 mg monthly. Eventually, his family was no longer able to care for him at home, so he was admitted to a residential care facility.

In this facility, based on the long-standing nature of Mr. C’s psychotic disorder and frequency with which he presented with mania, his clinicians changed his diagnosis to schizoaffective disorder, bipolar type. It had become clear that mood symptoms comprised >50% of the total duration of his illness.

Schizoaffective disorder (SAD) often has been used as a diagnosis for patients who have an admixture of mood and psychotic symptoms whose diagnosis is uncertain. Its hallmark is the presence of symptoms of a major mood episode (either a depressive or manic episode) concurrent with symptoms characteristic of schizophrenia, such as delusions, hallucinations, or disorganized speech.1

SAD is a controversial diagnosis. There has been inadequate research regarding the epidemiology, course, etiologic factors, and treatment of this disorder. Debate continues to swirl around its conceptualization; some experts view SAD as an independent disorder, while others see SAD as either a form of schizophrenia or a mood disorder.1 In this review, we describe the classification of SAD and its features, diagnosis, and treatment.

An evolving diagnosis

The term schizoaffective was first used by Jacob Kasanin, MD, in 1933.2 He described 9 patients with “acute schizoaffective psychoses,” each of whom had an abrupt onset. The term was used in the first edition of the DSM as a subtype of schizophrenia.3 In DSM-I, the “schizo-affective type” was defined as a diagnosis for patients with a “significant admixture of schizophrenic and affective reactions.”3 Diagnostic criteria for SAD were developed for DSM-III-R, published in 1987.4 These criteria continued to evolve with subsequent editions of the DSM.

Continue to: DSM-5 provides...

 

 

DSM-5 criteria for schizoaffective disorder

DSM-5 provides a clearer separation between schizophrenia with mood symptoms, bipolar disorder, and SAD (Table5). In addition, DSM-5 shifts away from the DSM-IV diagnosis of SAD as an episode, and instead focuses more on the longitudinal course of the illness. It has been suggested that this change will likely lead to reduced rates of diagnosis of SAD.6 Despite improvements in classification, the diagnosis remains controversial (Box7-11).

Box 1

Classification controversies with schizoaffective disorder

Despite improvements in classification, controversy continues to swirl around the question of whether schizoaffective disorder (SAD) represents an independent disorder that stands apart from schizophrenia and bipolar disorder, whether it is a form of schizophrenia, or whether it is a form of bipolar disorder or a depressive disorder.7,8 Other possibilities are that SAD is heterogeneous or that it represents a middle point on a spectrum that bridges mood and psychotic disorders. While the merits of each possibility are beyond the scope of this review, it is safe to say that each possibility has its proponents. For these reasons, some argue that the concept itself lacks validity and shows the pitfalls of our classification system.7

Poor diagnostic reliability is one reason for concerns about validity. Most recently, a field trial using DSM-5 criteria produced a kappa of 0.50, which is moderate,9 but earlier definitions produced relatively poor results. Wilson et al10 point out that Criterion C, which concerns duration of mood symptoms, produces a particularly low kappa. Another reason is diagnostic switching, whereby patients initially diagnosed with 1 disorder receive a different diagnosis at followup. Diagnostic switching is especially problematic for SAD. In a large meta-analysis by Santelmann et al,11 36% of patients initially diagnosed with SAD had their diagnosis changed when reassessed. This diagnostic shift tended more toward schizophrenia than bipolar disorder. In addition, more than one-half of all patients initially diagnosed with schizophrenia, bipolar disorder, or major depressive disorder were re-diagnosed with SAD when reassessed.

DSM-5 subtypes and specifiers

In DSM-5,SAD has 2 subtypes5:

  • Bipolar type. The bipolar type is marked by the presence of a manic episode (major depressive episodes may also occur)
  • Depressive type. The depressive type is marked by the presence of only major depressive episodes.

SAD also includes several specifiers, with the express purpose of giving clinicians greater descriptive ability. The course of SAD can be described as either “first episode,” defined as the first manifestation of the disorder, or as having “multiple episodes,” defined as a minimum of 2 episodes with 1 relapse. In addition, SAD can be described as an acute episode, in partial remission, or in full remission. The course can be described as “continuous” if it is clear that symptoms have been present for the majority of the illness with very brief subthreshold periods. The course is designated as “unspecified” when information is unavailable or lacking. The 5-point Clinician-Rated Dimensions of Psychosis Symptoms was introduced to enable clinicians to make a quantitative assessment of the psychotic symptoms, although its use is not required.

Epidemiology and gender ratio

The epidemiology of SAD has not been well studied. DSM-5 estimates that SAD is approximately one-third as common as schizophrenia, which has a lifetime prevalence of 0.5% to 0.8%.5 This is similar to an estimate by Perälä et al12 of a 0.32% lifetime prevalence based on a nationally representative sample of persons in Finland age ≥30. Scully et al13 calculated a prevalence estimate of 1.1% in a representative sample of adults in rural Ireland. Based on pooled clinical data, Keck et al14 estimated the prevalence in clinical settings at 16%, similar to the figure of 19% reported by Levinson et al15 based on data from New York State psychiatric hospitals. In clinical practice, the diagnosis of SAD is used frequently when there is diagnostic uncertainty, which potentially inflates estimates of lifetime prevalence.

The prevalence of SAD is higher in women than men, with a sex ratio of about 2:1, similar to that seen in mood disorders.13,16-19 There are an equal number of men and women with the bipolar subtype, but a female preponderance with the depressive subtype.5 The bipolar subtype is more common in younger patients, while the depressive subtype is more common in older patients. SAD is a rare diagnosis in children.20

Continue to: Course and outcome

 

 

Course and outcome

The onset of SAD typically occurs in early adulthood, but can range from childhood to senescence. Approximately one-third of patients are diagnosed before age 25, one-third between age 25 and 35, and one-third after age 35.21-23 Based on a literature review, Cheniaux et al7 concluded that that age at onset for patients with SAD is between those with schizophrenia and those with mood disorders.

The course of SAD is variable but represents a middle ground between that of schizophrenia and the mood disorders. In a 4- to 5-year follow-up,24 patients with SAD had a better overall course than patients with schizophrenia but had poorer functioning than those with bipolar mania, and much poorer than those with unipolar depression. Mood-incongruent psychotic features predict a particularly worse outcome. These findings were reaffirmed at a 10-year follow-up.25 Mood symptoms portend a better outcome than do symptoms of schizophrenia.

The lifetime suicide risk for patients with SAD is estimated at 5%, with a higher risk associated with the presence of depressive symptoms.26 One study found that women with SAD had a 17.5-year reduced life expectancy (64.1 years) compared with a reduction of 8.0 years for men (69.4 years).27

 

Comorbidity

Patients with SAD are commonly diagnosed with other psychiatric disorders, including anxiety disorders, obsessive-compulsive disorder, posttraumatic stress disorder, and substance use disorders.21,28,29 When compared with the general population, patients with SAD are at higher risk for coronary heart disease, stroke, obesity, and smoking, likely contributing to their decreased life expectancy.27,30 Because second-generation antipsychotics (SGAs) are often used to treat SAD, patients with SAD are at risk for metabolic syndrome and diabetes mellitus.30

Clinical assessment

Because there are no diagnostic, laboratory, or neuroimaging tests for SAD, the most important basis for making the diagnosis is the patient’s history, supplemented by collateral history from family members or friends, and medical records. Determining the percentage of time spent in a mood episode (DSM-5 Criterion C) is especially important.31 This requires the clinician to pay close attention to the temporal relationship of psychotic and mood symptoms.

Continue to: Differential diagnosis

 

 

Differential diagnosis

The differential diagnosis for SAD is broad because it includes all of the possibilities usually considered for major mood disorders and for psychotic disorders5:

  • schizophrenia
  • bipolar disorder with psychotic features
  • major depressive disorder with psychotic features
  • depressive or bipolar disorders with catatonic features
  • personality disorders (especially the schizotypal, paranoid, and borderline types)
  • major neurocognitive disorders in which there are mood and psychotic symptoms
  • substance/medication-induced psychotic disorder
  • disorders induced by medical conditions.

With schizophrenia, the duration of all episodes of a mood syndrome is brief (<50% of the total duration of the illness) relative to the duration of the psychotic symptoms. Although psychotic symptoms may occur in persons with mood disorders, they are generally not present in the absence of depression or mania, helping to set the boundary between SAD and psychotic mania or depression. As for personality disorders, the individual will not have a true psychosis, although some symptoms, such as feelings of unreality, paranoia, or magical thinking, may cause diagnostic confusion.

Medical conditions also can present with psychotic and mood symptoms and need to be ruled out. These include psychotic disorder due to another medical condition, and delirium. A thorough medical workup should be performed to rule out any possible medical causes for the symptoms.

Substance use should also be ruled out as the cause of the symptoms because many substances are associated with mood and psychotic symptoms. It is usually clear from the history, physical examination, or laboratory tests when a medication/illicit substance has initiated and maintained the disorder.

Neurologic conditions. If a neurologic condition is suspected, a neurologic evaluation may be warranted, including laboratory tests, brain imaging to identify specific anatomical abnormalities, lumbar puncture with cerebrospinal fluid analysis, and an electroencephalogram to rule out a convulsive disorder.

Continue to: Clinical symptoms

 

 

Clinical symptoms

The signs and symptoms of SAD include those typically seen in schizophrenia and the mood disorders. Thus, the patient may exhibit elated mood and/or grandiosity, or severe depression, combined with mood-incongruent psychotic features such as paranoid delusions. The symptoms may present together or in an alternating fashion, and psychotic symptoms may be mood-congruent or mood-incongruent. Mr. C’s case illustrates some of the symptoms of the disorder.

Brain imaging

Significant changes have been reported to occur in the brain structure and function in persons with SAD. Neuroimaging studies using voxel-based morphometry have shown significant reductions in gray matter volume in several areas of the brain, including the medial prefrontal cortex, insula, Rolandic operculum, parts of the temporal lobe, and the hippocampus.32-35 Amann et al32 found that patients with SAD and schizophrenia had widespread and overlapping areas of significant volume reduction, but patients with bipolar disorder did not. These studies suggest that at least from a neuroimaging standpoint, SAD is more closely related to schizophrenia than bipolar disorder, and could represent a variant of schizophrenia.

Treatment of SAD

The pharmacotherapy of SAD is mostly empirical because of the lack of randomized controlled trials. Clinicians have traditionally prescribed an antipsychotic agent along with either a mood stabilizer (eg, lithium, valproate) or an antidepressant, depending on the patient’s SAD subtype. Jäger et al36 reviewed 33 treatment studies published up to 2007 that employed widely accepted diagnostic criteria and reported results for SAD patients. They concluded that mood stabilizers and antipsychotics appeared to be effective, but that it was not possible to provide treatment guidelines.

Since that exhaustive review, aripiprazole was compared with placebo in 2 separate trials that include patients with schizophrenia and patients with SAD.37 In a pooled sub-analysis of SAD, aripiprazole was found to be more effective on some but not all measures, suggesting efficacy. Based on 2 randomized controlled trials, the FDA approved the use of paliperidone, an SGA, as monotherapy in the acute treatment of SAD and in combination with mood stabilizers and/or antidepressants.38,39 It is likely that other SGAs are also effective.

Patients with SAD will require maintenance treatment for ongoing symptom control. Medication that is effective for treatment of an acute episode should be considered for maintenance treatment. Both the extended-release and long-acting injectable (LAI) formulations of paliperidone have been shown to be efficacious in the maintenance treatment of patients with SAD.40 The LAI form of paliperidone significantly delayed psychotic, depressive, and manic relapses, improved clinical rating scale scores, and increased medication adherence.41,42 In an open-label study, olanzapine LAI was effective in long-term maintenance treatment, although approximately 40% of patients experienced significant weight gain.43 One concern with olanzapine is the possible occurrence of a post-injection delirium/sedation syndrome. For that reason, patients receiving olanzapine must be monitored for at least 3 hours post-injection. The paliperidone LAI does not require monitoring after injection.

Continue to: There is a single clinical trial...

 

 

There is a single clinical trial showing that patients with SAD can be successfully switched from other antipsychotics to lurasidone, although this study had no long-term follow-up.44

Other approaches

Electroconvulsive therapy (ECT) should be considered for patients with SAD who are acutely ill and have failed to respond adequately to medication. ECT is especially relevant in the setting of acute mood symptoms (ie, depressive or manic symptoms co-occurring with psychosis or in the absence of psychosis).45

As currently conceptualized, the diagnosis of SAD is made in persons having an admixture of mood and psychotic symptoms, although by definition mood symptoms must take up the majority (≥50%) of the total duration of the illness. Unfortunately, SAD has been inadequately researched due to the unreliability of its definition and concerns about its validity. The long-term course of SAD is midway between mood and psychotic disorders, and the disorder can cause significant disability.

 

Bottom Line

Schizoaffective disorder (SAD) is characterized by the presence of symptoms of a major mood episode (a depressive or manic episode) concurrent with symptoms of schizophrenia. The most important basis for establishing the diagnosis is the patient’s history. Determining the percentage of time spent in a mood episode is especially important. Treatment usually consists of an antipsychotic plus a mood stabilizer or antidepressant. Electroconvulsive therapy is an option for patients with SAD who do not respond well to medication.

Related Resources

  • Wy TJP, Saadabadi A. Schizoaffective disorder. NCBI Bookshelf: StatPearls Publishing. Published January 2020. https://www.ncbi.nlm.nih.gov/books/NBK541012/. Updated April 15, 2020.
  • Parker G. How well does the DSM-5 capture schizoaffective disorder? Can J Psychiatry. 2019;64(9):607-610.

Drug Brand Names

Aripiprazole • Abilify
Lithium • Eskalith, Lithobid
Lurasidone • Latuda
Olanzapine • Zyprexa
Olanzapine long-acting injectable • Zyprexa Relprevv
Paliperidone • Invega
Paliperidone palmitate • Invega sustenna
Valproate • Depacon

References

1. Miller JN, Black DW. Schizoaffective disorder: a review. Ann Clin Psychiatry. 2019;31(1):47-53.
2. Kasanin J. The acute schizoaffective psychoses. Am J Psychiatry. 1933;90:97-126.
3. Diagnostic and statistical manual of mental disorders, 1st ed. Washington, DC: American Psychiatric Association; 1952.
4. Diagnostic and statistical manual of mental disorders, 3rd ed, revision. Washington, DC: American Psychiatric Association; 1987.
5. Diagnostic and statistical manual of mental disorders, 5th ed. Washington, DC: American Psychiatric Association; 2013.
6. Malaspina D, Owen M, Heckers S, et al. Schizoaffective disorder in the DSM-5. Schizophr Res. 2013;150:21-25.
7. Cheniaux E, Landeria-Fernandez J, Telles LL, et al. Does schizoaffective disorder really exist? A systematic review of the studies that compared schizoaffective disorder with schizophrenia or mood disorders. J Affect Disord. 2008;106:209-217.
8. Kantrowitz JT, Citrome L. Schizoaffective disorder: a review of current research themes and pharmacologic management. CNS Drugs. 2011;25:317-331.
9. Regier DA, Narrow WE, Clarke DE, et al. DSM-5 field trials in the United States and Canada, Part II: test-retest reliability of selected categorical diagnoses. Am J Psychiatry. 2013;170:59-70.
10. Wilson JE, Nian H, Heckers S. The schizoaffective disorder diagnosis: a conundrum in the clinical setting. Eur Arch Psychiatry Clin Neurosci. 2014;264:29-34.
11. Santelmann H, Franklin J, Bußhoff J, Baethge C. Test-retest reliability of schizoaffective disorder compared with schizophrenia, bipolar disorder, and unipolar depression--a systematic review and meta-analysis. Bipolar Disord. 2015;17:753-768.
12. Perälä J, Suvisaari J, Saarni SI, et al. Lifetime Prevalence of psychotic and bipolar I disorders in a general population. JAMA Psychiatry. 2007;64:19-28.
13. Scully PJ, Owens JM, Kinsella A, et al. Schizophrenia, schizoaffective and bipolar disorder within an epidemiologically complete, homogeneous population in rural Ireland: small area variation in rate. Schizophr Res. 2004;67:143-155.
14. Keck PE Jr, McElroy SE, Strakowski SM, et al. Pharmacologic treatment of schizoaffective disorder. Psychopharmacol. 1994;114:529-538.
15. Levinson DF, Umapathy C, Musthaq M. Treatment of schizoaffective disorder and schizophrenia with mood symptoms. Am J Psychiatry. 1999;156:1138-1148.
16. Angst J, Felder W, Lohmeyer B. Course of schizoaffective psychoses: results of a follow-up study. Schizophr Bull. 1980;6:579-585.
17. Lenz G, Simhandl C, Thau K, et al. Temporal stability of diagnostic criteria for functional psychoses. Psychopathol. 1991;24:328-335.
18. Malhi GS, Green M, Fagiolini A, et al. Schizoaffective disorder: diagnostic issues and future recommendations. Bipolar Disord. 2008;10:215-230.
19. Marneros A, Deister A, Rohde A. Psychopathological and social status of patients with affective, schizophrenic and schizoaffective disorders after long‐term course. Acta Psychiatr Scand. 1990;82:352-358.
20. Werry JS, McClellan JM, Chard L. Childhood and adolescent schizophrenic, bipolar, and schizoaffective disorders: a clinical and outcome study. J Am Acad Child Adolesc Psychiatry. 1991;30:457-465.
21. Abrams DJ, Rojas DC, Arciniegas DB. Is schizoaffective disorder a distinct categorical diagnosis? A critical review of the literature. Neuropsychiatr Dis Treat. 2008;4:1089-1109.
22. Bromet EJ, Kotov R, Fochtmann LJ, et al. Diagnostic shifts during the decade following first admission for psychosis. Am J Psychiatry. 2011;168:1186-1194.
23. Salvatore P, Baldessarini RJ, Tohen M, et al. The McLean-Harvard First Episode Project: two-year stability of DSM-IV diagnoses in 500 first-episode psychotic disorder patients. J Clin Psychiatry. 2009;70:458-466.
24. Grossman LS, Harrow M, Goldberg JF, et al. Outcome of schizoaffective disorder at two long term follow-ups: comparisons with outcome of schizophrenia and affective disorders. Am J Psychiatry. 1991;148:1359-1365.
25. Harrow M, Grossman L, Herbener E, et al. Ten-year outcome: patients with schizoaffective disorders, schizophrenia, affective disorders and mood-incongruent psychotic symptoms. Br J Psychiatry. 2000;177:421-426.
26. Hor K, Taylor M. Review: suicide and schizophrenia: a systematic review of rates and risk factors. J Psychopharmacol. 2010;24:81-90.
27. Chang CK, Hayes RD, Perera G, et al. Life expectancy at birth for people with serious mental illness and other major disorders from a secondary mental health care case register in London. PLoS ONE. 2011;6:e19590.
28. Byerly M, Goodman W, Acholonu W, et al. Obsessive compulsive symptoms in schizophrenia: frequency and clinical features. Schizophr Res. 2005;76:309-316.
29. Strauss JL, Calhoun PS, Marx CE, et al. Comorbid posttraumatic stress disorder is associated with suicidality in male veterans with schizophrenia or schizoaffective disorder. Schizophr Res. 2006;84:165-169.
30. Fagiolini A, Goracci A. The effects of undertreated chronic medical illnesses in patients with severe mental disorders. J Clin Psychiatry. 2009;70:22-29.
31. Black DW, Grant JE. DSM-5 guidebook: the essential companion to the diagnostic and statistical manual of mental disorders, 5th edition. Washington, DC: American Psychiatric Publishing; 2014.
32. Amann BL, Canales-Rodríguez EJ, Madre M, et al. Brain structural changes in schizoaffective disorder compared to schizophrenia and bipolar disorder. Acta Psychiatr Scand. 2016;133:23-33.
33. Ivleva EI, Bidesi AS, Keshavan MS, et al. Gray matter volume as an intermediate phenotype for psychosis: Bipolar-Schizophrenia Network on Intermediate Phenotypes (B-SNIP). Am J Psychiatry. 2013;170:1285-1296.
34. Ivleva EI, Bidesi AS, Thomas BP, et al. Brain gray matter phenotypes across the psychosis dimension. Psychiatry Res. 2012;204:13-24.
35. Radonic´ E, Rados M, Kalember P, et al. Comparison of hippocampal volumes in schizophrenia, schizoaffective and bipolar disorder. Collegium Antropologicum. 2011;35:249-252.
36. Jäger M, Becker T, Weinmann S, et al. Treatment of schizoaffective disorder - a challenge for evidence-based psychiatry. Acta Psychiatr Scand. 2010;121:22-32.
37. Glick ID, Mankosli R, Eudicone JM, et al. The efficacy, safety, and tolerability of aripiprazole for the treatment of schizoaffective disorder: results from a pooled analysis of a sub-population of subjects from two randomized, double-blind, placebo controlled, pivotal trials. J Affect Disord. 2009;115:18-26.
38. Canuso CM, Lindenmayer JP, Kosik-Gonzalez C, et al. A randomized, double-blind, placebo controlled study of 2 dose ranges of paliperidone extended-release in the treatment of subjects with schizoaffective disorder. J Clin Psychiatry. 2010;71:587-598.
39. Canuso CM, Schooler NR, Carothers J, et al. Paliperidone extended-release in schizoaffective disorder: a randomized controlled trial comparing a flexible-dose with placebo in patients treated with and without antidepressants and/or mood stabilizers. J Clin Psychopharmacol. 2010;30:487-495.
40. Lindenmayer JP, Kaur A. Antipsychotic management of schizoaffective disorder: a review. Drugs. 2016;76:589-604.
41. Alphs L, Fu DJ, Turkoz I. Paliperidone for the treatment of schizoaffective disorder. Expert Opin Pharmacother. 2016;176:871-883.
42. Bossie CA, Turkoz I, Alphs L, et al. Paliperidone palmitate once-monthly treatment in recent onset and chronic illness patients with schizoaffective disorder. J Nerv Ment Dis. 2017;205:324-328.
43. McDonnell DP, Landry J, Detke HC. Long-term safety and efficacy of olanzapine long-acting injection in patients with schizophrenia or schizoaffective disorder: a 6-year, multinational, single-arm, open-label study. Int Clin Psychopharmacol. 2014;29:322-331.
44. McEvoy JP, Citrome L, Hernandez D, et al. Effectiveness of lurasidone in patients with schizophrenia or schizoaffective disorder switched from other antipsychotics: a randomized, 6-week, open-label study. J Clin Psychiatry. 2013;74:170-179.
45. Mankad MV, Beyer JL, Wiener RD, et al. Manual of electroconvulsive therapy. Washington, DC: American Psychiatric Publishing; 2010.

Article PDF
Author and Disclosure Information

Jacob N. Miller, MD, PhD
Department of Psychiatry
University of Iowa Hospitals and Clinics
Iowa City, Iowa

Donald W. Black, MD
Department of Psychiatry
University of Iowa Roy J. and Lucille A. Carver College of Medicine
Iowa City, Iowa

Disclosures
Dr. Miller reports no financial relationships with any companies whose products are mentioned in this article, or with manufacturers of competing products. Dr. Black is a consultant to Otsuka and receives royalties from American Psychiatric Publishing, Oxford University Press, Merck, and UpToDate.

Issue
Current Psychiatry - 19(8)
Publications
Topics
Page Number
30-37
Sections
Author and Disclosure Information

Jacob N. Miller, MD, PhD
Department of Psychiatry
University of Iowa Hospitals and Clinics
Iowa City, Iowa

Donald W. Black, MD
Department of Psychiatry
University of Iowa Roy J. and Lucille A. Carver College of Medicine
Iowa City, Iowa

Disclosures
Dr. Miller reports no financial relationships with any companies whose products are mentioned in this article, or with manufacturers of competing products. Dr. Black is a consultant to Otsuka and receives royalties from American Psychiatric Publishing, Oxford University Press, Merck, and UpToDate.

Author and Disclosure Information

Jacob N. Miller, MD, PhD
Department of Psychiatry
University of Iowa Hospitals and Clinics
Iowa City, Iowa

Donald W. Black, MD
Department of Psychiatry
University of Iowa Roy J. and Lucille A. Carver College of Medicine
Iowa City, Iowa

Disclosures
Dr. Miller reports no financial relationships with any companies whose products are mentioned in this article, or with manufacturers of competing products. Dr. Black is a consultant to Otsuka and receives royalties from American Psychiatric Publishing, Oxford University Press, Merck, and UpToDate.

Article PDF
Article PDF

Mr. C, age 34, presented to the emergency department with his wife because of increasingly bizarre behavior. He reported auditory and visual hallucinations, and believed that the “mob had ordered a hit” against him. He had threatened to shoot his wife and children, which led to his arrest and being briefly jailed. In jail, he was agitated, defecated on the floor, and disrobed. His wife reported that Mr. C had a long history of bipolar disorder and had experienced his first manic episode and hospitalization at age 17. Since then, he had been treated with many different antidepressants, antipsychotics, and mood stabilizers.

Mr. C was admitted to the hospital, where he developed a catatonic syndrome that was treated with a course of electroconvulsive therapy. He was eventually stabilized with olanzapine, 20 mg by mouth nightly, with moderate improvement in his symptoms, although he never fully returned to baseline.

Over the next 8 years, Mr. C was often noncompliant with medication and frequently was hospitalized for mania. His symptoms included poor sleep, grandiosity, pressured speech, racing and disorganized thoughts, increased risk-taking behavior (ie, driving at excessive speeds), and hyperreligiosity (ie, speaking with God). Mr. C also occasionally used methamphetamine, cannabis, and cocaine. Although he had responded well to treatment early in the course of his illness, as he entered his late 30s, his response was less complete, and by his 40s, Mr. C was no longer able to function independently. He eventually was prescribed a long-acting injectable antipsychotic, paliperidone palmitate, 156 mg monthly. Eventually, his family was no longer able to care for him at home, so he was admitted to a residential care facility.

In this facility, based on the long-standing nature of Mr. C’s psychotic disorder and frequency with which he presented with mania, his clinicians changed his diagnosis to schizoaffective disorder, bipolar type. It had become clear that mood symptoms comprised >50% of the total duration of his illness.

Schizoaffective disorder (SAD) often has been used as a diagnosis for patients who have an admixture of mood and psychotic symptoms whose diagnosis is uncertain. Its hallmark is the presence of symptoms of a major mood episode (either a depressive or manic episode) concurrent with symptoms characteristic of schizophrenia, such as delusions, hallucinations, or disorganized speech.1

SAD is a controversial diagnosis. There has been inadequate research regarding the epidemiology, course, etiologic factors, and treatment of this disorder. Debate continues to swirl around its conceptualization; some experts view SAD as an independent disorder, while others see SAD as either a form of schizophrenia or a mood disorder.1 In this review, we describe the classification of SAD and its features, diagnosis, and treatment.

An evolving diagnosis

The term schizoaffective was first used by Jacob Kasanin, MD, in 1933.2 He described 9 patients with “acute schizoaffective psychoses,” each of whom had an abrupt onset. The term was used in the first edition of the DSM as a subtype of schizophrenia.3 In DSM-I, the “schizo-affective type” was defined as a diagnosis for patients with a “significant admixture of schizophrenic and affective reactions.”3 Diagnostic criteria for SAD were developed for DSM-III-R, published in 1987.4 These criteria continued to evolve with subsequent editions of the DSM.

Continue to: DSM-5 provides...

 

 

DSM-5 criteria for schizoaffective disorder

DSM-5 provides a clearer separation between schizophrenia with mood symptoms, bipolar disorder, and SAD (Table5). In addition, DSM-5 shifts away from the DSM-IV diagnosis of SAD as an episode, and instead focuses more on the longitudinal course of the illness. It has been suggested that this change will likely lead to reduced rates of diagnosis of SAD.6 Despite improvements in classification, the diagnosis remains controversial (Box7-11).

Box 1

Classification controversies with schizoaffective disorder

Despite improvements in classification, controversy continues to swirl around the question of whether schizoaffective disorder (SAD) represents an independent disorder that stands apart from schizophrenia and bipolar disorder, whether it is a form of schizophrenia, or whether it is a form of bipolar disorder or a depressive disorder.7,8 Other possibilities are that SAD is heterogeneous or that it represents a middle point on a spectrum that bridges mood and psychotic disorders. While the merits of each possibility are beyond the scope of this review, it is safe to say that each possibility has its proponents. For these reasons, some argue that the concept itself lacks validity and shows the pitfalls of our classification system.7

Poor diagnostic reliability is one reason for concerns about validity. Most recently, a field trial using DSM-5 criteria produced a kappa of 0.50, which is moderate,9 but earlier definitions produced relatively poor results. Wilson et al10 point out that Criterion C, which concerns duration of mood symptoms, produces a particularly low kappa. Another reason is diagnostic switching, whereby patients initially diagnosed with 1 disorder receive a different diagnosis at followup. Diagnostic switching is especially problematic for SAD. In a large meta-analysis by Santelmann et al,11 36% of patients initially diagnosed with SAD had their diagnosis changed when reassessed. This diagnostic shift tended more toward schizophrenia than bipolar disorder. In addition, more than one-half of all patients initially diagnosed with schizophrenia, bipolar disorder, or major depressive disorder were re-diagnosed with SAD when reassessed.

DSM-5 subtypes and specifiers

In DSM-5,SAD has 2 subtypes5:

  • Bipolar type. The bipolar type is marked by the presence of a manic episode (major depressive episodes may also occur)
  • Depressive type. The depressive type is marked by the presence of only major depressive episodes.

SAD also includes several specifiers, with the express purpose of giving clinicians greater descriptive ability. The course of SAD can be described as either “first episode,” defined as the first manifestation of the disorder, or as having “multiple episodes,” defined as a minimum of 2 episodes with 1 relapse. In addition, SAD can be described as an acute episode, in partial remission, or in full remission. The course can be described as “continuous” if it is clear that symptoms have been present for the majority of the illness with very brief subthreshold periods. The course is designated as “unspecified” when information is unavailable or lacking. The 5-point Clinician-Rated Dimensions of Psychosis Symptoms was introduced to enable clinicians to make a quantitative assessment of the psychotic symptoms, although its use is not required.

Epidemiology and gender ratio

The epidemiology of SAD has not been well studied. DSM-5 estimates that SAD is approximately one-third as common as schizophrenia, which has a lifetime prevalence of 0.5% to 0.8%.5 This is similar to an estimate by Perälä et al12 of a 0.32% lifetime prevalence based on a nationally representative sample of persons in Finland age ≥30. Scully et al13 calculated a prevalence estimate of 1.1% in a representative sample of adults in rural Ireland. Based on pooled clinical data, Keck et al14 estimated the prevalence in clinical settings at 16%, similar to the figure of 19% reported by Levinson et al15 based on data from New York State psychiatric hospitals. In clinical practice, the diagnosis of SAD is used frequently when there is diagnostic uncertainty, which potentially inflates estimates of lifetime prevalence.

The prevalence of SAD is higher in women than men, with a sex ratio of about 2:1, similar to that seen in mood disorders.13,16-19 There are an equal number of men and women with the bipolar subtype, but a female preponderance with the depressive subtype.5 The bipolar subtype is more common in younger patients, while the depressive subtype is more common in older patients. SAD is a rare diagnosis in children.20

Continue to: Course and outcome

 

 

Course and outcome

The onset of SAD typically occurs in early adulthood, but can range from childhood to senescence. Approximately one-third of patients are diagnosed before age 25, one-third between age 25 and 35, and one-third after age 35.21-23 Based on a literature review, Cheniaux et al7 concluded that that age at onset for patients with SAD is between those with schizophrenia and those with mood disorders.

The course of SAD is variable but represents a middle ground between that of schizophrenia and the mood disorders. In a 4- to 5-year follow-up,24 patients with SAD had a better overall course than patients with schizophrenia but had poorer functioning than those with bipolar mania, and much poorer than those with unipolar depression. Mood-incongruent psychotic features predict a particularly worse outcome. These findings were reaffirmed at a 10-year follow-up.25 Mood symptoms portend a better outcome than do symptoms of schizophrenia.

The lifetime suicide risk for patients with SAD is estimated at 5%, with a higher risk associated with the presence of depressive symptoms.26 One study found that women with SAD had a 17.5-year reduced life expectancy (64.1 years) compared with a reduction of 8.0 years for men (69.4 years).27

 

Comorbidity

Patients with SAD are commonly diagnosed with other psychiatric disorders, including anxiety disorders, obsessive-compulsive disorder, posttraumatic stress disorder, and substance use disorders.21,28,29 When compared with the general population, patients with SAD are at higher risk for coronary heart disease, stroke, obesity, and smoking, likely contributing to their decreased life expectancy.27,30 Because second-generation antipsychotics (SGAs) are often used to treat SAD, patients with SAD are at risk for metabolic syndrome and diabetes mellitus.30

Clinical assessment

Because there are no diagnostic, laboratory, or neuroimaging tests for SAD, the most important basis for making the diagnosis is the patient’s history, supplemented by collateral history from family members or friends, and medical records. Determining the percentage of time spent in a mood episode (DSM-5 Criterion C) is especially important.31 This requires the clinician to pay close attention to the temporal relationship of psychotic and mood symptoms.

Continue to: Differential diagnosis

 

 

Differential diagnosis

The differential diagnosis for SAD is broad because it includes all of the possibilities usually considered for major mood disorders and for psychotic disorders5:

  • schizophrenia
  • bipolar disorder with psychotic features
  • major depressive disorder with psychotic features
  • depressive or bipolar disorders with catatonic features
  • personality disorders (especially the schizotypal, paranoid, and borderline types)
  • major neurocognitive disorders in which there are mood and psychotic symptoms
  • substance/medication-induced psychotic disorder
  • disorders induced by medical conditions.

With schizophrenia, the duration of all episodes of a mood syndrome is brief (<50% of the total duration of the illness) relative to the duration of the psychotic symptoms. Although psychotic symptoms may occur in persons with mood disorders, they are generally not present in the absence of depression or mania, helping to set the boundary between SAD and psychotic mania or depression. As for personality disorders, the individual will not have a true psychosis, although some symptoms, such as feelings of unreality, paranoia, or magical thinking, may cause diagnostic confusion.

Medical conditions also can present with psychotic and mood symptoms and need to be ruled out. These include psychotic disorder due to another medical condition, and delirium. A thorough medical workup should be performed to rule out any possible medical causes for the symptoms.

Substance use should also be ruled out as the cause of the symptoms because many substances are associated with mood and psychotic symptoms. It is usually clear from the history, physical examination, or laboratory tests when a medication/illicit substance has initiated and maintained the disorder.

Neurologic conditions. If a neurologic condition is suspected, a neurologic evaluation may be warranted, including laboratory tests, brain imaging to identify specific anatomical abnormalities, lumbar puncture with cerebrospinal fluid analysis, and an electroencephalogram to rule out a convulsive disorder.

Continue to: Clinical symptoms

 

 

Clinical symptoms

The signs and symptoms of SAD include those typically seen in schizophrenia and the mood disorders. Thus, the patient may exhibit elated mood and/or grandiosity, or severe depression, combined with mood-incongruent psychotic features such as paranoid delusions. The symptoms may present together or in an alternating fashion, and psychotic symptoms may be mood-congruent or mood-incongruent. Mr. C’s case illustrates some of the symptoms of the disorder.

Brain imaging

Significant changes have been reported to occur in the brain structure and function in persons with SAD. Neuroimaging studies using voxel-based morphometry have shown significant reductions in gray matter volume in several areas of the brain, including the medial prefrontal cortex, insula, Rolandic operculum, parts of the temporal lobe, and the hippocampus.32-35 Amann et al32 found that patients with SAD and schizophrenia had widespread and overlapping areas of significant volume reduction, but patients with bipolar disorder did not. These studies suggest that at least from a neuroimaging standpoint, SAD is more closely related to schizophrenia than bipolar disorder, and could represent a variant of schizophrenia.

Treatment of SAD

The pharmacotherapy of SAD is mostly empirical because of the lack of randomized controlled trials. Clinicians have traditionally prescribed an antipsychotic agent along with either a mood stabilizer (eg, lithium, valproate) or an antidepressant, depending on the patient’s SAD subtype. Jäger et al36 reviewed 33 treatment studies published up to 2007 that employed widely accepted diagnostic criteria and reported results for SAD patients. They concluded that mood stabilizers and antipsychotics appeared to be effective, but that it was not possible to provide treatment guidelines.

Since that exhaustive review, aripiprazole was compared with placebo in 2 separate trials that include patients with schizophrenia and patients with SAD.37 In a pooled sub-analysis of SAD, aripiprazole was found to be more effective on some but not all measures, suggesting efficacy. Based on 2 randomized controlled trials, the FDA approved the use of paliperidone, an SGA, as monotherapy in the acute treatment of SAD and in combination with mood stabilizers and/or antidepressants.38,39 It is likely that other SGAs are also effective.

Patients with SAD will require maintenance treatment for ongoing symptom control. Medication that is effective for treatment of an acute episode should be considered for maintenance treatment. Both the extended-release and long-acting injectable (LAI) formulations of paliperidone have been shown to be efficacious in the maintenance treatment of patients with SAD.40 The LAI form of paliperidone significantly delayed psychotic, depressive, and manic relapses, improved clinical rating scale scores, and increased medication adherence.41,42 In an open-label study, olanzapine LAI was effective in long-term maintenance treatment, although approximately 40% of patients experienced significant weight gain.43 One concern with olanzapine is the possible occurrence of a post-injection delirium/sedation syndrome. For that reason, patients receiving olanzapine must be monitored for at least 3 hours post-injection. The paliperidone LAI does not require monitoring after injection.

Continue to: There is a single clinical trial...

 

 

There is a single clinical trial showing that patients with SAD can be successfully switched from other antipsychotics to lurasidone, although this study had no long-term follow-up.44

Other approaches

Electroconvulsive therapy (ECT) should be considered for patients with SAD who are acutely ill and have failed to respond adequately to medication. ECT is especially relevant in the setting of acute mood symptoms (ie, depressive or manic symptoms co-occurring with psychosis or in the absence of psychosis).45

As currently conceptualized, the diagnosis of SAD is made in persons having an admixture of mood and psychotic symptoms, although by definition mood symptoms must take up the majority (≥50%) of the total duration of the illness. Unfortunately, SAD has been inadequately researched due to the unreliability of its definition and concerns about its validity. The long-term course of SAD is midway between mood and psychotic disorders, and the disorder can cause significant disability.

 

Bottom Line

Schizoaffective disorder (SAD) is characterized by the presence of symptoms of a major mood episode (a depressive or manic episode) concurrent with symptoms of schizophrenia. The most important basis for establishing the diagnosis is the patient’s history. Determining the percentage of time spent in a mood episode is especially important. Treatment usually consists of an antipsychotic plus a mood stabilizer or antidepressant. Electroconvulsive therapy is an option for patients with SAD who do not respond well to medication.

Related Resources

  • Wy TJP, Saadabadi A. Schizoaffective disorder. NCBI Bookshelf: StatPearls Publishing. Published January 2020. https://www.ncbi.nlm.nih.gov/books/NBK541012/. Updated April 15, 2020.
  • Parker G. How well does the DSM-5 capture schizoaffective disorder? Can J Psychiatry. 2019;64(9):607-610.

Drug Brand Names

Aripiprazole • Abilify
Lithium • Eskalith, Lithobid
Lurasidone • Latuda
Olanzapine • Zyprexa
Olanzapine long-acting injectable • Zyprexa Relprevv
Paliperidone • Invega
Paliperidone palmitate • Invega sustenna
Valproate • Depacon

Mr. C, age 34, presented to the emergency department with his wife because of increasingly bizarre behavior. He reported auditory and visual hallucinations, and believed that the “mob had ordered a hit” against him. He had threatened to shoot his wife and children, which led to his arrest and being briefly jailed. In jail, he was agitated, defecated on the floor, and disrobed. His wife reported that Mr. C had a long history of bipolar disorder and had experienced his first manic episode and hospitalization at age 17. Since then, he had been treated with many different antidepressants, antipsychotics, and mood stabilizers.

Mr. C was admitted to the hospital, where he developed a catatonic syndrome that was treated with a course of electroconvulsive therapy. He was eventually stabilized with olanzapine, 20 mg by mouth nightly, with moderate improvement in his symptoms, although he never fully returned to baseline.

Over the next 8 years, Mr. C was often noncompliant with medication and frequently was hospitalized for mania. His symptoms included poor sleep, grandiosity, pressured speech, racing and disorganized thoughts, increased risk-taking behavior (ie, driving at excessive speeds), and hyperreligiosity (ie, speaking with God). Mr. C also occasionally used methamphetamine, cannabis, and cocaine. Although he had responded well to treatment early in the course of his illness, as he entered his late 30s, his response was less complete, and by his 40s, Mr. C was no longer able to function independently. He eventually was prescribed a long-acting injectable antipsychotic, paliperidone palmitate, 156 mg monthly. Eventually, his family was no longer able to care for him at home, so he was admitted to a residential care facility.

In this facility, based on the long-standing nature of Mr. C’s psychotic disorder and frequency with which he presented with mania, his clinicians changed his diagnosis to schizoaffective disorder, bipolar type. It had become clear that mood symptoms comprised >50% of the total duration of his illness.

Schizoaffective disorder (SAD) often has been used as a diagnosis for patients who have an admixture of mood and psychotic symptoms whose diagnosis is uncertain. Its hallmark is the presence of symptoms of a major mood episode (either a depressive or manic episode) concurrent with symptoms characteristic of schizophrenia, such as delusions, hallucinations, or disorganized speech.1

SAD is a controversial diagnosis. There has been inadequate research regarding the epidemiology, course, etiologic factors, and treatment of this disorder. Debate continues to swirl around its conceptualization; some experts view SAD as an independent disorder, while others see SAD as either a form of schizophrenia or a mood disorder.1 In this review, we describe the classification of SAD and its features, diagnosis, and treatment.

An evolving diagnosis

The term schizoaffective was first used by Jacob Kasanin, MD, in 1933.2 He described 9 patients with “acute schizoaffective psychoses,” each of whom had an abrupt onset. The term was used in the first edition of the DSM as a subtype of schizophrenia.3 In DSM-I, the “schizo-affective type” was defined as a diagnosis for patients with a “significant admixture of schizophrenic and affective reactions.”3 Diagnostic criteria for SAD were developed for DSM-III-R, published in 1987.4 These criteria continued to evolve with subsequent editions of the DSM.

Continue to: DSM-5 provides...

 

 

DSM-5 criteria for schizoaffective disorder

DSM-5 provides a clearer separation between schizophrenia with mood symptoms, bipolar disorder, and SAD (Table5). In addition, DSM-5 shifts away from the DSM-IV diagnosis of SAD as an episode, and instead focuses more on the longitudinal course of the illness. It has been suggested that this change will likely lead to reduced rates of diagnosis of SAD.6 Despite improvements in classification, the diagnosis remains controversial (Box7-11).

Box 1

Classification controversies with schizoaffective disorder

Despite improvements in classification, controversy continues to swirl around the question of whether schizoaffective disorder (SAD) represents an independent disorder that stands apart from schizophrenia and bipolar disorder, whether it is a form of schizophrenia, or whether it is a form of bipolar disorder or a depressive disorder.7,8 Other possibilities are that SAD is heterogeneous or that it represents a middle point on a spectrum that bridges mood and psychotic disorders. While the merits of each possibility are beyond the scope of this review, it is safe to say that each possibility has its proponents. For these reasons, some argue that the concept itself lacks validity and shows the pitfalls of our classification system.7

Poor diagnostic reliability is one reason for concerns about validity. Most recently, a field trial using DSM-5 criteria produced a kappa of 0.50, which is moderate,9 but earlier definitions produced relatively poor results. Wilson et al10 point out that Criterion C, which concerns duration of mood symptoms, produces a particularly low kappa. Another reason is diagnostic switching, whereby patients initially diagnosed with 1 disorder receive a different diagnosis at followup. Diagnostic switching is especially problematic for SAD. In a large meta-analysis by Santelmann et al,11 36% of patients initially diagnosed with SAD had their diagnosis changed when reassessed. This diagnostic shift tended more toward schizophrenia than bipolar disorder. In addition, more than one-half of all patients initially diagnosed with schizophrenia, bipolar disorder, or major depressive disorder were re-diagnosed with SAD when reassessed.

DSM-5 subtypes and specifiers

In DSM-5,SAD has 2 subtypes5:

  • Bipolar type. The bipolar type is marked by the presence of a manic episode (major depressive episodes may also occur)
  • Depressive type. The depressive type is marked by the presence of only major depressive episodes.

SAD also includes several specifiers, with the express purpose of giving clinicians greater descriptive ability. The course of SAD can be described as either “first episode,” defined as the first manifestation of the disorder, or as having “multiple episodes,” defined as a minimum of 2 episodes with 1 relapse. In addition, SAD can be described as an acute episode, in partial remission, or in full remission. The course can be described as “continuous” if it is clear that symptoms have been present for the majority of the illness with very brief subthreshold periods. The course is designated as “unspecified” when information is unavailable or lacking. The 5-point Clinician-Rated Dimensions of Psychosis Symptoms was introduced to enable clinicians to make a quantitative assessment of the psychotic symptoms, although its use is not required.

Epidemiology and gender ratio

The epidemiology of SAD has not been well studied. DSM-5 estimates that SAD is approximately one-third as common as schizophrenia, which has a lifetime prevalence of 0.5% to 0.8%.5 This is similar to an estimate by Perälä et al12 of a 0.32% lifetime prevalence based on a nationally representative sample of persons in Finland age ≥30. Scully et al13 calculated a prevalence estimate of 1.1% in a representative sample of adults in rural Ireland. Based on pooled clinical data, Keck et al14 estimated the prevalence in clinical settings at 16%, similar to the figure of 19% reported by Levinson et al15 based on data from New York State psychiatric hospitals. In clinical practice, the diagnosis of SAD is used frequently when there is diagnostic uncertainty, which potentially inflates estimates of lifetime prevalence.

The prevalence of SAD is higher in women than men, with a sex ratio of about 2:1, similar to that seen in mood disorders.13,16-19 There are an equal number of men and women with the bipolar subtype, but a female preponderance with the depressive subtype.5 The bipolar subtype is more common in younger patients, while the depressive subtype is more common in older patients. SAD is a rare diagnosis in children.20

Continue to: Course and outcome

 

 

Course and outcome

The onset of SAD typically occurs in early adulthood, but can range from childhood to senescence. Approximately one-third of patients are diagnosed before age 25, one-third between age 25 and 35, and one-third after age 35.21-23 Based on a literature review, Cheniaux et al7 concluded that that age at onset for patients with SAD is between those with schizophrenia and those with mood disorders.

The course of SAD is variable but represents a middle ground between that of schizophrenia and the mood disorders. In a 4- to 5-year follow-up,24 patients with SAD had a better overall course than patients with schizophrenia but had poorer functioning than those with bipolar mania, and much poorer than those with unipolar depression. Mood-incongruent psychotic features predict a particularly worse outcome. These findings were reaffirmed at a 10-year follow-up.25 Mood symptoms portend a better outcome than do symptoms of schizophrenia.

The lifetime suicide risk for patients with SAD is estimated at 5%, with a higher risk associated with the presence of depressive symptoms.26 One study found that women with SAD had a 17.5-year reduced life expectancy (64.1 years) compared with a reduction of 8.0 years for men (69.4 years).27

 

Comorbidity

Patients with SAD are commonly diagnosed with other psychiatric disorders, including anxiety disorders, obsessive-compulsive disorder, posttraumatic stress disorder, and substance use disorders.21,28,29 When compared with the general population, patients with SAD are at higher risk for coronary heart disease, stroke, obesity, and smoking, likely contributing to their decreased life expectancy.27,30 Because second-generation antipsychotics (SGAs) are often used to treat SAD, patients with SAD are at risk for metabolic syndrome and diabetes mellitus.30

Clinical assessment

Because there are no diagnostic, laboratory, or neuroimaging tests for SAD, the most important basis for making the diagnosis is the patient’s history, supplemented by collateral history from family members or friends, and medical records. Determining the percentage of time spent in a mood episode (DSM-5 Criterion C) is especially important.31 This requires the clinician to pay close attention to the temporal relationship of psychotic and mood symptoms.

Continue to: Differential diagnosis

 

 

Differential diagnosis

The differential diagnosis for SAD is broad because it includes all of the possibilities usually considered for major mood disorders and for psychotic disorders5:

  • schizophrenia
  • bipolar disorder with psychotic features
  • major depressive disorder with psychotic features
  • depressive or bipolar disorders with catatonic features
  • personality disorders (especially the schizotypal, paranoid, and borderline types)
  • major neurocognitive disorders in which there are mood and psychotic symptoms
  • substance/medication-induced psychotic disorder
  • disorders induced by medical conditions.

With schizophrenia, the duration of all episodes of a mood syndrome is brief (<50% of the total duration of the illness) relative to the duration of the psychotic symptoms. Although psychotic symptoms may occur in persons with mood disorders, they are generally not present in the absence of depression or mania, helping to set the boundary between SAD and psychotic mania or depression. As for personality disorders, the individual will not have a true psychosis, although some symptoms, such as feelings of unreality, paranoia, or magical thinking, may cause diagnostic confusion.

Medical conditions also can present with psychotic and mood symptoms and need to be ruled out. These include psychotic disorder due to another medical condition, and delirium. A thorough medical workup should be performed to rule out any possible medical causes for the symptoms.

Substance use should also be ruled out as the cause of the symptoms because many substances are associated with mood and psychotic symptoms. It is usually clear from the history, physical examination, or laboratory tests when a medication/illicit substance has initiated and maintained the disorder.

Neurologic conditions. If a neurologic condition is suspected, a neurologic evaluation may be warranted, including laboratory tests, brain imaging to identify specific anatomical abnormalities, lumbar puncture with cerebrospinal fluid analysis, and an electroencephalogram to rule out a convulsive disorder.

Continue to: Clinical symptoms

 

 

Clinical symptoms

The signs and symptoms of SAD include those typically seen in schizophrenia and the mood disorders. Thus, the patient may exhibit elated mood and/or grandiosity, or severe depression, combined with mood-incongruent psychotic features such as paranoid delusions. The symptoms may present together or in an alternating fashion, and psychotic symptoms may be mood-congruent or mood-incongruent. Mr. C’s case illustrates some of the symptoms of the disorder.

Brain imaging

Significant changes have been reported to occur in the brain structure and function in persons with SAD. Neuroimaging studies using voxel-based morphometry have shown significant reductions in gray matter volume in several areas of the brain, including the medial prefrontal cortex, insula, Rolandic operculum, parts of the temporal lobe, and the hippocampus.32-35 Amann et al32 found that patients with SAD and schizophrenia had widespread and overlapping areas of significant volume reduction, but patients with bipolar disorder did not. These studies suggest that at least from a neuroimaging standpoint, SAD is more closely related to schizophrenia than bipolar disorder, and could represent a variant of schizophrenia.

Treatment of SAD

The pharmacotherapy of SAD is mostly empirical because of the lack of randomized controlled trials. Clinicians have traditionally prescribed an antipsychotic agent along with either a mood stabilizer (eg, lithium, valproate) or an antidepressant, depending on the patient’s SAD subtype. Jäger et al36 reviewed 33 treatment studies published up to 2007 that employed widely accepted diagnostic criteria and reported results for SAD patients. They concluded that mood stabilizers and antipsychotics appeared to be effective, but that it was not possible to provide treatment guidelines.

Since that exhaustive review, aripiprazole was compared with placebo in 2 separate trials that include patients with schizophrenia and patients with SAD.37 In a pooled sub-analysis of SAD, aripiprazole was found to be more effective on some but not all measures, suggesting efficacy. Based on 2 randomized controlled trials, the FDA approved the use of paliperidone, an SGA, as monotherapy in the acute treatment of SAD and in combination with mood stabilizers and/or antidepressants.38,39 It is likely that other SGAs are also effective.

Patients with SAD will require maintenance treatment for ongoing symptom control. Medication that is effective for treatment of an acute episode should be considered for maintenance treatment. Both the extended-release and long-acting injectable (LAI) formulations of paliperidone have been shown to be efficacious in the maintenance treatment of patients with SAD.40 The LAI form of paliperidone significantly delayed psychotic, depressive, and manic relapses, improved clinical rating scale scores, and increased medication adherence.41,42 In an open-label study, olanzapine LAI was effective in long-term maintenance treatment, although approximately 40% of patients experienced significant weight gain.43 One concern with olanzapine is the possible occurrence of a post-injection delirium/sedation syndrome. For that reason, patients receiving olanzapine must be monitored for at least 3 hours post-injection. The paliperidone LAI does not require monitoring after injection.

Continue to: There is a single clinical trial...

 

 

There is a single clinical trial showing that patients with SAD can be successfully switched from other antipsychotics to lurasidone, although this study had no long-term follow-up.44

Other approaches

Electroconvulsive therapy (ECT) should be considered for patients with SAD who are acutely ill and have failed to respond adequately to medication. ECT is especially relevant in the setting of acute mood symptoms (ie, depressive or manic symptoms co-occurring with psychosis or in the absence of psychosis).45

As currently conceptualized, the diagnosis of SAD is made in persons having an admixture of mood and psychotic symptoms, although by definition mood symptoms must take up the majority (≥50%) of the total duration of the illness. Unfortunately, SAD has been inadequately researched due to the unreliability of its definition and concerns about its validity. The long-term course of SAD is midway between mood and psychotic disorders, and the disorder can cause significant disability.

 

Bottom Line

Schizoaffective disorder (SAD) is characterized by the presence of symptoms of a major mood episode (a depressive or manic episode) concurrent with symptoms of schizophrenia. The most important basis for establishing the diagnosis is the patient’s history. Determining the percentage of time spent in a mood episode is especially important. Treatment usually consists of an antipsychotic plus a mood stabilizer or antidepressant. Electroconvulsive therapy is an option for patients with SAD who do not respond well to medication.

Related Resources

  • Wy TJP, Saadabadi A. Schizoaffective disorder. NCBI Bookshelf: StatPearls Publishing. Published January 2020. https://www.ncbi.nlm.nih.gov/books/NBK541012/. Updated April 15, 2020.
  • Parker G. How well does the DSM-5 capture schizoaffective disorder? Can J Psychiatry. 2019;64(9):607-610.

Drug Brand Names

Aripiprazole • Abilify
Lithium • Eskalith, Lithobid
Lurasidone • Latuda
Olanzapine • Zyprexa
Olanzapine long-acting injectable • Zyprexa Relprevv
Paliperidone • Invega
Paliperidone palmitate • Invega sustenna
Valproate • Depacon

References

1. Miller JN, Black DW. Schizoaffective disorder: a review. Ann Clin Psychiatry. 2019;31(1):47-53.
2. Kasanin J. The acute schizoaffective psychoses. Am J Psychiatry. 1933;90:97-126.
3. Diagnostic and statistical manual of mental disorders, 1st ed. Washington, DC: American Psychiatric Association; 1952.
4. Diagnostic and statistical manual of mental disorders, 3rd ed, revision. Washington, DC: American Psychiatric Association; 1987.
5. Diagnostic and statistical manual of mental disorders, 5th ed. Washington, DC: American Psychiatric Association; 2013.
6. Malaspina D, Owen M, Heckers S, et al. Schizoaffective disorder in the DSM-5. Schizophr Res. 2013;150:21-25.
7. Cheniaux E, Landeria-Fernandez J, Telles LL, et al. Does schizoaffective disorder really exist? A systematic review of the studies that compared schizoaffective disorder with schizophrenia or mood disorders. J Affect Disord. 2008;106:209-217.
8. Kantrowitz JT, Citrome L. Schizoaffective disorder: a review of current research themes and pharmacologic management. CNS Drugs. 2011;25:317-331.
9. Regier DA, Narrow WE, Clarke DE, et al. DSM-5 field trials in the United States and Canada, Part II: test-retest reliability of selected categorical diagnoses. Am J Psychiatry. 2013;170:59-70.
10. Wilson JE, Nian H, Heckers S. The schizoaffective disorder diagnosis: a conundrum in the clinical setting. Eur Arch Psychiatry Clin Neurosci. 2014;264:29-34.
11. Santelmann H, Franklin J, Bußhoff J, Baethge C. Test-retest reliability of schizoaffective disorder compared with schizophrenia, bipolar disorder, and unipolar depression--a systematic review and meta-analysis. Bipolar Disord. 2015;17:753-768.
12. Perälä J, Suvisaari J, Saarni SI, et al. Lifetime Prevalence of psychotic and bipolar I disorders in a general population. JAMA Psychiatry. 2007;64:19-28.
13. Scully PJ, Owens JM, Kinsella A, et al. Schizophrenia, schizoaffective and bipolar disorder within an epidemiologically complete, homogeneous population in rural Ireland: small area variation in rate. Schizophr Res. 2004;67:143-155.
14. Keck PE Jr, McElroy SE, Strakowski SM, et al. Pharmacologic treatment of schizoaffective disorder. Psychopharmacol. 1994;114:529-538.
15. Levinson DF, Umapathy C, Musthaq M. Treatment of schizoaffective disorder and schizophrenia with mood symptoms. Am J Psychiatry. 1999;156:1138-1148.
16. Angst J, Felder W, Lohmeyer B. Course of schizoaffective psychoses: results of a follow-up study. Schizophr Bull. 1980;6:579-585.
17. Lenz G, Simhandl C, Thau K, et al. Temporal stability of diagnostic criteria for functional psychoses. Psychopathol. 1991;24:328-335.
18. Malhi GS, Green M, Fagiolini A, et al. Schizoaffective disorder: diagnostic issues and future recommendations. Bipolar Disord. 2008;10:215-230.
19. Marneros A, Deister A, Rohde A. Psychopathological and social status of patients with affective, schizophrenic and schizoaffective disorders after long‐term course. Acta Psychiatr Scand. 1990;82:352-358.
20. Werry JS, McClellan JM, Chard L. Childhood and adolescent schizophrenic, bipolar, and schizoaffective disorders: a clinical and outcome study. J Am Acad Child Adolesc Psychiatry. 1991;30:457-465.
21. Abrams DJ, Rojas DC, Arciniegas DB. Is schizoaffective disorder a distinct categorical diagnosis? A critical review of the literature. Neuropsychiatr Dis Treat. 2008;4:1089-1109.
22. Bromet EJ, Kotov R, Fochtmann LJ, et al. Diagnostic shifts during the decade following first admission for psychosis. Am J Psychiatry. 2011;168:1186-1194.
23. Salvatore P, Baldessarini RJ, Tohen M, et al. The McLean-Harvard First Episode Project: two-year stability of DSM-IV diagnoses in 500 first-episode psychotic disorder patients. J Clin Psychiatry. 2009;70:458-466.
24. Grossman LS, Harrow M, Goldberg JF, et al. Outcome of schizoaffective disorder at two long term follow-ups: comparisons with outcome of schizophrenia and affective disorders. Am J Psychiatry. 1991;148:1359-1365.
25. Harrow M, Grossman L, Herbener E, et al. Ten-year outcome: patients with schizoaffective disorders, schizophrenia, affective disorders and mood-incongruent psychotic symptoms. Br J Psychiatry. 2000;177:421-426.
26. Hor K, Taylor M. Review: suicide and schizophrenia: a systematic review of rates and risk factors. J Psychopharmacol. 2010;24:81-90.
27. Chang CK, Hayes RD, Perera G, et al. Life expectancy at birth for people with serious mental illness and other major disorders from a secondary mental health care case register in London. PLoS ONE. 2011;6:e19590.
28. Byerly M, Goodman W, Acholonu W, et al. Obsessive compulsive symptoms in schizophrenia: frequency and clinical features. Schizophr Res. 2005;76:309-316.
29. Strauss JL, Calhoun PS, Marx CE, et al. Comorbid posttraumatic stress disorder is associated with suicidality in male veterans with schizophrenia or schizoaffective disorder. Schizophr Res. 2006;84:165-169.
30. Fagiolini A, Goracci A. The effects of undertreated chronic medical illnesses in patients with severe mental disorders. J Clin Psychiatry. 2009;70:22-29.
31. Black DW, Grant JE. DSM-5 guidebook: the essential companion to the diagnostic and statistical manual of mental disorders, 5th edition. Washington, DC: American Psychiatric Publishing; 2014.
32. Amann BL, Canales-Rodríguez EJ, Madre M, et al. Brain structural changes in schizoaffective disorder compared to schizophrenia and bipolar disorder. Acta Psychiatr Scand. 2016;133:23-33.
33. Ivleva EI, Bidesi AS, Keshavan MS, et al. Gray matter volume as an intermediate phenotype for psychosis: Bipolar-Schizophrenia Network on Intermediate Phenotypes (B-SNIP). Am J Psychiatry. 2013;170:1285-1296.
34. Ivleva EI, Bidesi AS, Thomas BP, et al. Brain gray matter phenotypes across the psychosis dimension. Psychiatry Res. 2012;204:13-24.
35. Radonic´ E, Rados M, Kalember P, et al. Comparison of hippocampal volumes in schizophrenia, schizoaffective and bipolar disorder. Collegium Antropologicum. 2011;35:249-252.
36. Jäger M, Becker T, Weinmann S, et al. Treatment of schizoaffective disorder - a challenge for evidence-based psychiatry. Acta Psychiatr Scand. 2010;121:22-32.
37. Glick ID, Mankosli R, Eudicone JM, et al. The efficacy, safety, and tolerability of aripiprazole for the treatment of schizoaffective disorder: results from a pooled analysis of a sub-population of subjects from two randomized, double-blind, placebo controlled, pivotal trials. J Affect Disord. 2009;115:18-26.
38. Canuso CM, Lindenmayer JP, Kosik-Gonzalez C, et al. A randomized, double-blind, placebo controlled study of 2 dose ranges of paliperidone extended-release in the treatment of subjects with schizoaffective disorder. J Clin Psychiatry. 2010;71:587-598.
39. Canuso CM, Schooler NR, Carothers J, et al. Paliperidone extended-release in schizoaffective disorder: a randomized controlled trial comparing a flexible-dose with placebo in patients treated with and without antidepressants and/or mood stabilizers. J Clin Psychopharmacol. 2010;30:487-495.
40. Lindenmayer JP, Kaur A. Antipsychotic management of schizoaffective disorder: a review. Drugs. 2016;76:589-604.
41. Alphs L, Fu DJ, Turkoz I. Paliperidone for the treatment of schizoaffective disorder. Expert Opin Pharmacother. 2016;176:871-883.
42. Bossie CA, Turkoz I, Alphs L, et al. Paliperidone palmitate once-monthly treatment in recent onset and chronic illness patients with schizoaffective disorder. J Nerv Ment Dis. 2017;205:324-328.
43. McDonnell DP, Landry J, Detke HC. Long-term safety and efficacy of olanzapine long-acting injection in patients with schizophrenia or schizoaffective disorder: a 6-year, multinational, single-arm, open-label study. Int Clin Psychopharmacol. 2014;29:322-331.
44. McEvoy JP, Citrome L, Hernandez D, et al. Effectiveness of lurasidone in patients with schizophrenia or schizoaffective disorder switched from other antipsychotics: a randomized, 6-week, open-label study. J Clin Psychiatry. 2013;74:170-179.
45. Mankad MV, Beyer JL, Wiener RD, et al. Manual of electroconvulsive therapy. Washington, DC: American Psychiatric Publishing; 2010.

References

1. Miller JN, Black DW. Schizoaffective disorder: a review. Ann Clin Psychiatry. 2019;31(1):47-53.
2. Kasanin J. The acute schizoaffective psychoses. Am J Psychiatry. 1933;90:97-126.
3. Diagnostic and statistical manual of mental disorders, 1st ed. Washington, DC: American Psychiatric Association; 1952.
4. Diagnostic and statistical manual of mental disorders, 3rd ed, revision. Washington, DC: American Psychiatric Association; 1987.
5. Diagnostic and statistical manual of mental disorders, 5th ed. Washington, DC: American Psychiatric Association; 2013.
6. Malaspina D, Owen M, Heckers S, et al. Schizoaffective disorder in the DSM-5. Schizophr Res. 2013;150:21-25.
7. Cheniaux E, Landeria-Fernandez J, Telles LL, et al. Does schizoaffective disorder really exist? A systematic review of the studies that compared schizoaffective disorder with schizophrenia or mood disorders. J Affect Disord. 2008;106:209-217.
8. Kantrowitz JT, Citrome L. Schizoaffective disorder: a review of current research themes and pharmacologic management. CNS Drugs. 2011;25:317-331.
9. Regier DA, Narrow WE, Clarke DE, et al. DSM-5 field trials in the United States and Canada, Part II: test-retest reliability of selected categorical diagnoses. Am J Psychiatry. 2013;170:59-70.
10. Wilson JE, Nian H, Heckers S. The schizoaffective disorder diagnosis: a conundrum in the clinical setting. Eur Arch Psychiatry Clin Neurosci. 2014;264:29-34.
11. Santelmann H, Franklin J, Bußhoff J, Baethge C. Test-retest reliability of schizoaffective disorder compared with schizophrenia, bipolar disorder, and unipolar depression--a systematic review and meta-analysis. Bipolar Disord. 2015;17:753-768.
12. Perälä J, Suvisaari J, Saarni SI, et al. Lifetime Prevalence of psychotic and bipolar I disorders in a general population. JAMA Psychiatry. 2007;64:19-28.
13. Scully PJ, Owens JM, Kinsella A, et al. Schizophrenia, schizoaffective and bipolar disorder within an epidemiologically complete, homogeneous population in rural Ireland: small area variation in rate. Schizophr Res. 2004;67:143-155.
14. Keck PE Jr, McElroy SE, Strakowski SM, et al. Pharmacologic treatment of schizoaffective disorder. Psychopharmacol. 1994;114:529-538.
15. Levinson DF, Umapathy C, Musthaq M. Treatment of schizoaffective disorder and schizophrenia with mood symptoms. Am J Psychiatry. 1999;156:1138-1148.
16. Angst J, Felder W, Lohmeyer B. Course of schizoaffective psychoses: results of a follow-up study. Schizophr Bull. 1980;6:579-585.
17. Lenz G, Simhandl C, Thau K, et al. Temporal stability of diagnostic criteria for functional psychoses. Psychopathol. 1991;24:328-335.
18. Malhi GS, Green M, Fagiolini A, et al. Schizoaffective disorder: diagnostic issues and future recommendations. Bipolar Disord. 2008;10:215-230.
19. Marneros A, Deister A, Rohde A. Psychopathological and social status of patients with affective, schizophrenic and schizoaffective disorders after long‐term course. Acta Psychiatr Scand. 1990;82:352-358.
20. Werry JS, McClellan JM, Chard L. Childhood and adolescent schizophrenic, bipolar, and schizoaffective disorders: a clinical and outcome study. J Am Acad Child Adolesc Psychiatry. 1991;30:457-465.
21. Abrams DJ, Rojas DC, Arciniegas DB. Is schizoaffective disorder a distinct categorical diagnosis? A critical review of the literature. Neuropsychiatr Dis Treat. 2008;4:1089-1109.
22. Bromet EJ, Kotov R, Fochtmann LJ, et al. Diagnostic shifts during the decade following first admission for psychosis. Am J Psychiatry. 2011;168:1186-1194.
23. Salvatore P, Baldessarini RJ, Tohen M, et al. The McLean-Harvard First Episode Project: two-year stability of DSM-IV diagnoses in 500 first-episode psychotic disorder patients. J Clin Psychiatry. 2009;70:458-466.
24. Grossman LS, Harrow M, Goldberg JF, et al. Outcome of schizoaffective disorder at two long term follow-ups: comparisons with outcome of schizophrenia and affective disorders. Am J Psychiatry. 1991;148:1359-1365.
25. Harrow M, Grossman L, Herbener E, et al. Ten-year outcome: patients with schizoaffective disorders, schizophrenia, affective disorders and mood-incongruent psychotic symptoms. Br J Psychiatry. 2000;177:421-426.
26. Hor K, Taylor M. Review: suicide and schizophrenia: a systematic review of rates and risk factors. J Psychopharmacol. 2010;24:81-90.
27. Chang CK, Hayes RD, Perera G, et al. Life expectancy at birth for people with serious mental illness and other major disorders from a secondary mental health care case register in London. PLoS ONE. 2011;6:e19590.
28. Byerly M, Goodman W, Acholonu W, et al. Obsessive compulsive symptoms in schizophrenia: frequency and clinical features. Schizophr Res. 2005;76:309-316.
29. Strauss JL, Calhoun PS, Marx CE, et al. Comorbid posttraumatic stress disorder is associated with suicidality in male veterans with schizophrenia or schizoaffective disorder. Schizophr Res. 2006;84:165-169.
30. Fagiolini A, Goracci A. The effects of undertreated chronic medical illnesses in patients with severe mental disorders. J Clin Psychiatry. 2009;70:22-29.
31. Black DW, Grant JE. DSM-5 guidebook: the essential companion to the diagnostic and statistical manual of mental disorders, 5th edition. Washington, DC: American Psychiatric Publishing; 2014.
32. Amann BL, Canales-Rodríguez EJ, Madre M, et al. Brain structural changes in schizoaffective disorder compared to schizophrenia and bipolar disorder. Acta Psychiatr Scand. 2016;133:23-33.
33. Ivleva EI, Bidesi AS, Keshavan MS, et al. Gray matter volume as an intermediate phenotype for psychosis: Bipolar-Schizophrenia Network on Intermediate Phenotypes (B-SNIP). Am J Psychiatry. 2013;170:1285-1296.
34. Ivleva EI, Bidesi AS, Thomas BP, et al. Brain gray matter phenotypes across the psychosis dimension. Psychiatry Res. 2012;204:13-24.
35. Radonic´ E, Rados M, Kalember P, et al. Comparison of hippocampal volumes in schizophrenia, schizoaffective and bipolar disorder. Collegium Antropologicum. 2011;35:249-252.
36. Jäger M, Becker T, Weinmann S, et al. Treatment of schizoaffective disorder - a challenge for evidence-based psychiatry. Acta Psychiatr Scand. 2010;121:22-32.
37. Glick ID, Mankosli R, Eudicone JM, et al. The efficacy, safety, and tolerability of aripiprazole for the treatment of schizoaffective disorder: results from a pooled analysis of a sub-population of subjects from two randomized, double-blind, placebo controlled, pivotal trials. J Affect Disord. 2009;115:18-26.
38. Canuso CM, Lindenmayer JP, Kosik-Gonzalez C, et al. A randomized, double-blind, placebo controlled study of 2 dose ranges of paliperidone extended-release in the treatment of subjects with schizoaffective disorder. J Clin Psychiatry. 2010;71:587-598.
39. Canuso CM, Schooler NR, Carothers J, et al. Paliperidone extended-release in schizoaffective disorder: a randomized controlled trial comparing a flexible-dose with placebo in patients treated with and without antidepressants and/or mood stabilizers. J Clin Psychopharmacol. 2010;30:487-495.
40. Lindenmayer JP, Kaur A. Antipsychotic management of schizoaffective disorder: a review. Drugs. 2016;76:589-604.
41. Alphs L, Fu DJ, Turkoz I. Paliperidone for the treatment of schizoaffective disorder. Expert Opin Pharmacother. 2016;176:871-883.
42. Bossie CA, Turkoz I, Alphs L, et al. Paliperidone palmitate once-monthly treatment in recent onset and chronic illness patients with schizoaffective disorder. J Nerv Ment Dis. 2017;205:324-328.
43. McDonnell DP, Landry J, Detke HC. Long-term safety and efficacy of olanzapine long-acting injection in patients with schizophrenia or schizoaffective disorder: a 6-year, multinational, single-arm, open-label study. Int Clin Psychopharmacol. 2014;29:322-331.
44. McEvoy JP, Citrome L, Hernandez D, et al. Effectiveness of lurasidone in patients with schizophrenia or schizoaffective disorder switched from other antipsychotics: a randomized, 6-week, open-label study. J Clin Psychiatry. 2013;74:170-179.
45. Mankad MV, Beyer JL, Wiener RD, et al. Manual of electroconvulsive therapy. Washington, DC: American Psychiatric Publishing; 2010.

Issue
Current Psychiatry - 19(8)
Issue
Current Psychiatry - 19(8)
Page Number
30-37
Page Number
30-37
Publications
Publications
Topics
Article Type
Display Headline
Schizoaffective disorder: A challenging diagnosis
Display Headline
Schizoaffective disorder: A challenging diagnosis
Sections
Disallow All Ads
Content Gating
No Gating (article Unlocked/Free)
Alternative CME
Disqus Comments
Default
Use ProPublica
Hide sidebar & use full width
render the right sidebar.
Conference Recap Checkbox
Not Conference Recap
Clinical Edge
Display the Slideshow in this Article
Medscape Article
Article PDF Media

Career Choices: Academic psychiatry

Article Type
Changed
Mon, 08/05/2019 - 11:31
Display Headline
Career Choices: Academic psychiatry

Editor’s note:  Career Choices features a psychiatry resident/fellow interviewing a psychiatrist about why he or she has chosen a specific career path. The goal is to inform trainees about the various psychiatric career options, and to give them a feel for the pros and cons of the various paths.

In this Career Choices, Saeed Ahmed, MD, Chief Resident at Nassau University Medical Center, East Meadow, New York, talked with Donald W. Black, MD, Professor of Psychiatry, Department of Psychiatry, University of Iowa Roy J. and Lucille A. Carver College of Medicine, Iowa City, Iowa. Dr. Black is also Editor-in-Chief of Annals of Clinical Psychiatry, and Secretary/Treasurer and former President of the American Academy of Clinical Psychiatrists. He is a clinical and translational researcher with more than 300 publications. His work has focused on the course and treatment of severe personality disorders, including researching the effectiveness of the Systems Training for Emotional Predictability and Problem Solving (STEPPS) program for borderline personality disorder. He also conducts family and follow-up studies of behavioral addictions, including gambling disorder.

Dr. Ahmed: What made you choose the academic track, and how did your training lead you towards this path?

Dr. Black: I had always been interested in the idea of working at a medical school, and enjoyed writing and speaking. I was exposed to clinical research as a resident, and that confirmed my interest in academia, because I could envision combining all my interests, along with patient care. I always thought that patients were a major source of ideas for research and writing.

Dr. Ahmed: What are some of the pros and cons of working in academia?

Dr. Black: The pros include being able to influence future physicians through my teaching and writing; being able to pursue important research; and not being isolated from peers. Other advantages are being largely protected from utilization review; having more free time than peers in the private sector, who have difficulty finding coverage; and having defined benefits and a steady salary. I also share call with many peers.

When it comes to the cons, salaries are lower than in the private sector. The cons also include not being my own boss, and sometimes having to bend to the whims of an institution or supervisor.

Continue to: Dr. Ahmed...

 

 

Dr. Ahmed: Are you required to conduct research?

Dr. Black: Yes. This is one of the best aspects of my job: being able to make clinical discoveries that I can disseminate through writing and speaking. Over time, this has become increasingly challenging due to the difficulty of obtaining research funding from foundations or the federal government. This has become highly problematic, particularly for clinical researchers, because the National Institutes of Health has clearly been favoring neuroscience.

Dr. Ahmed: What is your typical day like?

Dr. Black: Because of the many hats I wear (or have worn), each day is different from the other. I combine patient care with research, writing, speaking, teaching, and administration. As a tenure-track faculty member, I am expected to write grants, conduct research, and publish. My clinical-track peers primarily provide patient care and teach students and residents.

Dr. Ahmed: What is unique about working in a training institute vs private practice?

Continue to: Dr. Black...

 

 

Dr. Black: As an academic psychiatrist, I feel I have the best of both worlds: patient care combined with opportunities my private practice colleagues do not have. Because I have published widely, and have developed a reputation, I am frequently invited to speak at meetings throughout the United States, and sometimes internationally. Travel is a perk of academia, and as someone who loves travel, that is important.

Dr. Ahmed: Where do you see psychiatry going?

Dr. Black: Psychiatry will always be an important specialty because no one else truly cares about patients with psychiatric illnesses. Mental illness will not go away, and society needs highly trained individuals to provide care. There are many “me too” clinicians who now share in caring for patients with psychiatric illnesses, but psychiatrists will always have the most training, and are in a position to provide supervision to others and to direct mental health care teams.

Dr. Ahmed: What advice do you have for residents contemplating a career in academic psychiatry?

Dr. Black: Because most medical schools now have both tenure and clinical tracks, no one needs to feel left out. Those who are interested in scholarly activities will gravitate to the tenure tract, and all that requires in terms of grants and papers, while those who are primarily interested in patient care and teaching will choose the clinical track.

Article PDF
Author and Disclosure Information

Dr. Ahmed is a PGY-4 Psychiatry Resident, Nassau University Medical Center, East Meadow, New York. Dr. Black is Professor of Psychiatry, University of Iowa Roy J. and Lucille A. Carver College of Medicine, Iowa City, Iowa.

Disclosures
The authors report no financial relationships with any companies whose products are mentioned in this article, or with manufacturers of competing products.

Issue
Current Psychiatry - 18(7)
Publications
Page Number
e3-e4
Sections
Author and Disclosure Information

Dr. Ahmed is a PGY-4 Psychiatry Resident, Nassau University Medical Center, East Meadow, New York. Dr. Black is Professor of Psychiatry, University of Iowa Roy J. and Lucille A. Carver College of Medicine, Iowa City, Iowa.

Disclosures
The authors report no financial relationships with any companies whose products are mentioned in this article, or with manufacturers of competing products.

Author and Disclosure Information

Dr. Ahmed is a PGY-4 Psychiatry Resident, Nassau University Medical Center, East Meadow, New York. Dr. Black is Professor of Psychiatry, University of Iowa Roy J. and Lucille A. Carver College of Medicine, Iowa City, Iowa.

Disclosures
The authors report no financial relationships with any companies whose products are mentioned in this article, or with manufacturers of competing products.

Article PDF
Article PDF

Editor’s note:  Career Choices features a psychiatry resident/fellow interviewing a psychiatrist about why he or she has chosen a specific career path. The goal is to inform trainees about the various psychiatric career options, and to give them a feel for the pros and cons of the various paths.

In this Career Choices, Saeed Ahmed, MD, Chief Resident at Nassau University Medical Center, East Meadow, New York, talked with Donald W. Black, MD, Professor of Psychiatry, Department of Psychiatry, University of Iowa Roy J. and Lucille A. Carver College of Medicine, Iowa City, Iowa. Dr. Black is also Editor-in-Chief of Annals of Clinical Psychiatry, and Secretary/Treasurer and former President of the American Academy of Clinical Psychiatrists. He is a clinical and translational researcher with more than 300 publications. His work has focused on the course and treatment of severe personality disorders, including researching the effectiveness of the Systems Training for Emotional Predictability and Problem Solving (STEPPS) program for borderline personality disorder. He also conducts family and follow-up studies of behavioral addictions, including gambling disorder.

Dr. Ahmed: What made you choose the academic track, and how did your training lead you towards this path?

Dr. Black: I had always been interested in the idea of working at a medical school, and enjoyed writing and speaking. I was exposed to clinical research as a resident, and that confirmed my interest in academia, because I could envision combining all my interests, along with patient care. I always thought that patients were a major source of ideas for research and writing.

Dr. Ahmed: What are some of the pros and cons of working in academia?

Dr. Black: The pros include being able to influence future physicians through my teaching and writing; being able to pursue important research; and not being isolated from peers. Other advantages are being largely protected from utilization review; having more free time than peers in the private sector, who have difficulty finding coverage; and having defined benefits and a steady salary. I also share call with many peers.

When it comes to the cons, salaries are lower than in the private sector. The cons also include not being my own boss, and sometimes having to bend to the whims of an institution or supervisor.

Continue to: Dr. Ahmed...

 

 

Dr. Ahmed: Are you required to conduct research?

Dr. Black: Yes. This is one of the best aspects of my job: being able to make clinical discoveries that I can disseminate through writing and speaking. Over time, this has become increasingly challenging due to the difficulty of obtaining research funding from foundations or the federal government. This has become highly problematic, particularly for clinical researchers, because the National Institutes of Health has clearly been favoring neuroscience.

Dr. Ahmed: What is your typical day like?

Dr. Black: Because of the many hats I wear (or have worn), each day is different from the other. I combine patient care with research, writing, speaking, teaching, and administration. As a tenure-track faculty member, I am expected to write grants, conduct research, and publish. My clinical-track peers primarily provide patient care and teach students and residents.

Dr. Ahmed: What is unique about working in a training institute vs private practice?

Continue to: Dr. Black...

 

 

Dr. Black: As an academic psychiatrist, I feel I have the best of both worlds: patient care combined with opportunities my private practice colleagues do not have. Because I have published widely, and have developed a reputation, I am frequently invited to speak at meetings throughout the United States, and sometimes internationally. Travel is a perk of academia, and as someone who loves travel, that is important.

Dr. Ahmed: Where do you see psychiatry going?

Dr. Black: Psychiatry will always be an important specialty because no one else truly cares about patients with psychiatric illnesses. Mental illness will not go away, and society needs highly trained individuals to provide care. There are many “me too” clinicians who now share in caring for patients with psychiatric illnesses, but psychiatrists will always have the most training, and are in a position to provide supervision to others and to direct mental health care teams.

Dr. Ahmed: What advice do you have for residents contemplating a career in academic psychiatry?

Dr. Black: Because most medical schools now have both tenure and clinical tracks, no one needs to feel left out. Those who are interested in scholarly activities will gravitate to the tenure tract, and all that requires in terms of grants and papers, while those who are primarily interested in patient care and teaching will choose the clinical track.

Editor’s note:  Career Choices features a psychiatry resident/fellow interviewing a psychiatrist about why he or she has chosen a specific career path. The goal is to inform trainees about the various psychiatric career options, and to give them a feel for the pros and cons of the various paths.

In this Career Choices, Saeed Ahmed, MD, Chief Resident at Nassau University Medical Center, East Meadow, New York, talked with Donald W. Black, MD, Professor of Psychiatry, Department of Psychiatry, University of Iowa Roy J. and Lucille A. Carver College of Medicine, Iowa City, Iowa. Dr. Black is also Editor-in-Chief of Annals of Clinical Psychiatry, and Secretary/Treasurer and former President of the American Academy of Clinical Psychiatrists. He is a clinical and translational researcher with more than 300 publications. His work has focused on the course and treatment of severe personality disorders, including researching the effectiveness of the Systems Training for Emotional Predictability and Problem Solving (STEPPS) program for borderline personality disorder. He also conducts family and follow-up studies of behavioral addictions, including gambling disorder.

Dr. Ahmed: What made you choose the academic track, and how did your training lead you towards this path?

Dr. Black: I had always been interested in the idea of working at a medical school, and enjoyed writing and speaking. I was exposed to clinical research as a resident, and that confirmed my interest in academia, because I could envision combining all my interests, along with patient care. I always thought that patients were a major source of ideas for research and writing.

Dr. Ahmed: What are some of the pros and cons of working in academia?

Dr. Black: The pros include being able to influence future physicians through my teaching and writing; being able to pursue important research; and not being isolated from peers. Other advantages are being largely protected from utilization review; having more free time than peers in the private sector, who have difficulty finding coverage; and having defined benefits and a steady salary. I also share call with many peers.

When it comes to the cons, salaries are lower than in the private sector. The cons also include not being my own boss, and sometimes having to bend to the whims of an institution or supervisor.

Continue to: Dr. Ahmed...

 

 

Dr. Ahmed: Are you required to conduct research?

Dr. Black: Yes. This is one of the best aspects of my job: being able to make clinical discoveries that I can disseminate through writing and speaking. Over time, this has become increasingly challenging due to the difficulty of obtaining research funding from foundations or the federal government. This has become highly problematic, particularly for clinical researchers, because the National Institutes of Health has clearly been favoring neuroscience.

Dr. Ahmed: What is your typical day like?

Dr. Black: Because of the many hats I wear (or have worn), each day is different from the other. I combine patient care with research, writing, speaking, teaching, and administration. As a tenure-track faculty member, I am expected to write grants, conduct research, and publish. My clinical-track peers primarily provide patient care and teach students and residents.

Dr. Ahmed: What is unique about working in a training institute vs private practice?

Continue to: Dr. Black...

 

 

Dr. Black: As an academic psychiatrist, I feel I have the best of both worlds: patient care combined with opportunities my private practice colleagues do not have. Because I have published widely, and have developed a reputation, I am frequently invited to speak at meetings throughout the United States, and sometimes internationally. Travel is a perk of academia, and as someone who loves travel, that is important.

Dr. Ahmed: Where do you see psychiatry going?

Dr. Black: Psychiatry will always be an important specialty because no one else truly cares about patients with psychiatric illnesses. Mental illness will not go away, and society needs highly trained individuals to provide care. There are many “me too” clinicians who now share in caring for patients with psychiatric illnesses, but psychiatrists will always have the most training, and are in a position to provide supervision to others and to direct mental health care teams.

Dr. Ahmed: What advice do you have for residents contemplating a career in academic psychiatry?

Dr. Black: Because most medical schools now have both tenure and clinical tracks, no one needs to feel left out. Those who are interested in scholarly activities will gravitate to the tenure tract, and all that requires in terms of grants and papers, while those who are primarily interested in patient care and teaching will choose the clinical track.

Issue
Current Psychiatry - 18(7)
Issue
Current Psychiatry - 18(7)
Page Number
e3-e4
Page Number
e3-e4
Publications
Publications
Article Type
Display Headline
Career Choices: Academic psychiatry
Display Headline
Career Choices: Academic psychiatry
Sections
Disallow All Ads
Content Gating
No Gating (article Unlocked/Free)
Alternative CME
Disqus Comments
Default
Use ProPublica
Hide sidebar & use full width
render the right sidebar.
Article PDF Media

How proposed changes to personality disorders in DSM-5 will affect researchers

Article Type
Changed
Wed, 09/26/2018 - 11:46
Display Headline
How proposed changes to personality disorders in DSM-5 will affect researchers

Issue
Current Psychiatry - 10(09)
Publications
Topics
Sections

Issue
Current Psychiatry - 10(09)
Issue
Current Psychiatry - 10(09)
Publications
Publications
Topics
Article Type
Display Headline
How proposed changes to personality disorders in DSM-5 will affect researchers
Display Headline
How proposed changes to personality disorders in DSM-5 will affect researchers
Sections
Disallow All Ads
Alternative CME
Use ProPublica

Redefining personality disorders: Proposed revisions for DSM-5

Article Type
Changed
Tue, 12/11/2018 - 15:04
Display Headline
Redefining personality disorders: Proposed revisions for DSM-5

A major update to the diagnostic manual used by mental health clinicians around the world is expected to inspire lively debate. Proposed revisions to the personality disorders (PD) section of the next edition of the Diagnostic and Statistical Manual of Mental Disorders (DSM-5), which is scheduled to be published in 2013, have generated great controversy because they would introduce a dimensional model to the categorical system and 4 PDs would be eliminated.

“The importance of personality functioning and personality traits is the major innovation here,” said Andrew Skodol, MD, the DSM-5 Personality and Personality Disorders Work Group’s chair and a Research Professor of Psychiatry at the University of Arizona College of Medicine. “In the past, we viewed personality disorders as binary. You either had one or you didn’t. But we now understand that personality pathology is a matter of degree.”1

Mark Zimmerman, MD, has written several papers—some of which are in press—about how these revisions might impact clinicians and whether the revisions are necessary. He is Director of the Rhode Island Methods to Improve Diagnostic Assessment and Services (MIDAS) project, an ongoing clinical research study involving the integration of research assessment methods into clinical practice.

Proposed revisions, rationale, and literature reviews for DSM-5 are available at www.DSM5.org and anyone, including the general public, was invited to provide feedback through the Web site. Current Psychiatry Associate Editor Donald W. Black, MD, interviewed Dr. Zimmerman on June 29, 2011, just a few days after the latest proposed revision was posted on June 21, 2011.

DR. BLACK: What is your understanding of the DSM-5 Personality Disorders Work Group proposal to revamp the PD category?

DR. ZIMMERMAN: The initial proposal, released in February 2010, was complex and generated a fair amount of critical commentary related to the marked changes in the approach toward diagnosis of PDs. That proposal replaced diagnostic criteria with a prototype description of personality types that patients would need to match. It also eliminated 5 PDs—paranoid, schizoid, histrionic, dependent, and narcissistic—retained antisocial, avoidant, borderline, obsessive-compulsive, and schizotypal, and introduced trait level ratings. The June 21 revision proposes eliminating only 4 disorders—narcissistic was retained—and the Work Group is no longer suggesting using prototypes but instead have diagnostic criteria (Table).2,3 We do not know if this is the final proposal because similar to the first proposal, it is not presented with much supporting empirical evidence that demonstrates its superiority toward diagnosing PDs compared with the DSM-IV approach.

Table

Personality disorder criteria: DSM-IV vs DSM-5

 

DSM-IVDSM-5 proposal (posted June 21, 2011)
General diagnostic criteria
  1. An enduring pattern of inner experience and behavior that deviates markedly from the expectations of the individual’s culture. This pattern is manifested in 2 or more of the following areas:
    1. ognition (ie, ways of perceiving and interpreting self, other people, and events)
    2. affectivity (ie, the range, intensity, lability, and appropriateness of emotional response)
    3. interpersonal functioning
    4. impulse control
  2. The enduring pattern is inflexible and pervasive across a broad range of personal and social situations
  3. The enduring pattern leads to clinically significant distress or impairment in social, occupational, or other important areas of functioning
  4. The pattern is stable and of long duration and its onset can be traced back at least to adolescence or early adulthood
  5. The enduring pattern is not better accounted for as a manifestation or consequence of another mental disorder
  6. The enduring pattern is not due to the direct physiological effects of a substance (eg, a drug of abuse, a medication) or a general medical condition (eg, head trauma)
  1. Significant impairments in self (identity or self-direction) and interpersonal (empathy or intimacy) functioning
  2. One or more pathological personality trait domains or trait facets
  3. The impairments in personality functioning and the individual’s personality trait expression are relatively stable across time and consistent across situations
  4. The impairments in personality functioning and the individual’s personality trait expression are not better understood as normative for the individual’s developmental stage or socio-cultural environment
  5. The impairments in personality functioning and the individual’s personality trait expression are not solely due to the direct physiological effects of a substance (eg, a drug of abuse, a medication) or a general medical condition (eg, severe head trauma)
Personality disorders included
Antisocial, avoidant, borderline, dependent, histrionic, narcissistic, obsessive-compulsive, paranoid, schizoid, schizotypal, personality disorder not otherwise specifiedAntisocial, avoidant, borderline, narcissistic, obsessive-compulsive, schizotypal, personality disorder trait specified (requires a rating of significant impairment in personality functioning, combined with the presence of pathological trait domains or facets)
Source: References 2,3

I’m not suggesting that the DSM-IV approach is without problems. My attitude is that before going forward with a change to the official diagnostic nomenclature, you need to clearly establish that the new way of doing things is better than the previous way by whatever metric you use.

 

 

DR. BLACK: Do you believe there is a need to revamp or revise the DSM-IV PD criteria?

DR. ZIMMERMAN: I think a number of the arguments put forth by the DSM-5 Work Group as justifications for revising the criteria do not hold up to empirical study.

 

One of the issues is the argument that there’s too much comorbidity among PDs. The theory is that disorders are not unique diagnostic entities if they are so frequently comorbid with other disorders. But how much comorbidity is too much? The DSM-5 Work Group doesn’t say. Oldham et al4 found comorbidity rates of 70% to 90%, depending on which semi-structured diagnostic interview was used; however, this was among individuals presenting for psychodynamic treatment of PDs.

I wanted to look at the comorbidity rates in nontreatment-seeking samples to find out if treatment seeking is associated with comorbidity. I reviewed the literature and identified 7 general population epidemiological studies that presented data on the number of individuals with ≥2 PD diagnoses. In these studies, the comorbidity rate is approximately 25%, which is one-half or less than the rates found in patient populations.5 This finding suggested to me that this may not be a nosology problem unless you think 25% comorbidity is too high. The DSM-5 people don’t speak to that, although quite frankly with 10 PDs I don’t think the 25% comorbidity rate is excessive. However, a comorbidity rate of 25% was much lower than that found in patient samples and suggests to me that one of the primary stated reasons of deleting 4 PDs may not be valid.

DR. BLACK: Assuming there is a need to revise the PD section, how would you have gone about that process?

DR. ZIMMERMAN: Whatever deficiencies you perceive in the criteria, the process should be that you come up with an alternative, examine the alternative empirically, and this is followed by independent replication that the new approach is superior to the prior one. My view is that it is not sufficient justification to make a change because there is a problem with the prior approach.

 

We can argue as to whether there really are problems with, for example, the categorical nature of classification. My research group and I wrote a paper arguing that DSM-IV can be interpreted as having a dimensional component (Box).6 DSM-IV suggests that clinicians record on axis II that a patient has some traits of a disorder even when the full criteria are not met. With that in mind, we conceptualized DSM-IV as having a 3-point dimension, where 0 means no traits of the disorder, 1 indicates subthreshold traits, and 2 indicates that the disorder is present. In a study of >2,000 patients, we found that DSM-IV’s 3-point dimensional approach was as highly associated with measures of psychosocial morbidity as more finely graded dimensional systems.6 We therefore concluded that DSM-IV already includes a dimensional system and questioned why we need to change that approach.

Box

 

Does DSM-IV already have a dimensional component?

Zimmerman et al suggested that DSM-IV personality disorder (PD) criteria can be thought of as a dimensional system.6 They evaluated 2,150 psychiatric outpatients using semi-structured diagnostic interviews and computed dimensional PD scores in 3 ways:

 

  • 3-point dimension, where 0 means no traits of the disorder, 1 indicates subthreshold traits, and 2 indicates that the disorder is present
  • number of DSM-IV criteria met
  • 5-point dimension analogous to what was being proposed for DSM-5.

Patients also were evaluated for the presence of a PD based on DSM-IV diagnostic threshold. They then correlated these assessment methods with 7 indices of psychosocial morbidity—the number of current axis I disorders, Global Assessment of Functioning scores, unemployment in the past 5 years, number of psychiatric hospitalizations, level of psychosocial functioning, suicidal ideation at the time of the evaluation, and number of lifetime suicide attempts. All methods of dimensional assessment were more highly correlated with psychosocial morbidity than categorical classification and there was no difference among the 3 dimensional methods.

One of my concerns with the dimensional system as currently proposed is the uncertain significance and possible implications of someone being given a low, non-zero rating. How might this play out in a custody evaluation of someone who is said to be “a little borderline”? What might the implications of non-zero ratings be in obtaining life insurance? The potential practical consequences of low ratings have not, to my knowledge, been discussed. Because of this concern we decided to do a study to determine if there was any clinical significance to low dimensional scores. I had hypothesized that if we compared individuals who had no criteria and only 1 BPD criterion, there would be no difference.

 

 

 

To be frank, I was seeking to show that there was no validity to low levels of pathology and therefore the DSM-5 group probably is getting into dangerous territory. In fact, we found that there were rather significant and robust differences between individuals with 0 criteria and 1 criterion.7 Even though this finding didn’t support my hypothesis, I thought it was significant because it supported the DSM-5 Work Group and I felt compelled to publish that data.

We now had 2 interesting pieces of information. A few years ago we published a study on borderline personality disorder (BPD) that found once you hit the diagnostic threshold it made no difference how many criteria you met.8 On the other hand, when you were below the diagnostic threshold, having 1 criterion vs 0 made a big difference. In addition, a fair number of studies show that dimensional models capture more of the variance in personality pathology than categorical variables.9-12

This lead to our next study in which we hypothesized that dimensionality was only important when the person didn’t meet criteria, not when they did meet criteria.13 So we divided patients in the MIDAS study into those with 0 to 4 BPD criteria and those with ≥5 and counted the number of criteria that were met. Then we correlated each of those 2 dimensional scores with various indicators of illness severity, such as number of suicide attempts, number of psychiatric hospitalizations, and amount of time missed from work in the past 5 years. We found that for individuals who already achieved the diagnostic threshold there were very low correlations with these psychosocial morbidity variables. But for patients with subthreshold symptomatology, there were significant correlations and those correlations were significantly higher than the correlations for the other group. We therefore suggested that dimensionality is important but only when you don’t meet the diagnostic threshold. Thus, we came to the conclusion that DSM-IV already provides for capturing the important dimensional nature of PDs.

DR. BLACK: I’ve discussed this issue with a number of people who basically say doctors tend to think categorically, they don’t think along dimensions. Would it be difficult for psychiatrists to accept this type of system because it’s so different from how physicians are trained to think?

DR. ZIMMERMAN: I think doctors do think categorically and about traits, not necessarily disorders. For example, we’ll see a patient and a clinician will say he’s overly perfectionistic, but there’s no perfectionistic disorder in DSM-IV. This patient may or may not have obsessive-compulsive personality disorder.

I think assessment and diagnosis in routine clinical practice are not nearly as comprehensive as in research. I think psychiatrists often are picking up on traits that they think are clinically significant, but even within that context, they’re thinking categorically, that the patient is perfectionistic rather than rating him a 7 on a scale from 0 to 10 in terms of perfectionism.

Eliminated disorders

DR. BLACK: The proposal will cut the number of PDs to 6 plus personality disorder trait specified and those remaining are to be called types. How did the DSM-5 Work Group select the 5 (now 4) disorders to get rid of? Did they just pick ones that were infrequently used?

DR. ZIMMERMAN: They retained the disorders that were studied in the Collaborative Longitudinal Personality Disorders Study study14 plus others with well established validity.

DR. BLACK: What do you think about that plan to reduce the number of PDs?

DR. ZIMMERMAN: The biggest problem I have is that the DSM-5 Work Group didn’t present any data on the implications of their plan. The conceptual justification was to reduce comorbidity rates. Well, you can hypothesize that comorbidity would actually increase if you retained only those disorders that are more frequently comorbid with other disorders. Would there be any individuals who only have 1 of the excluded diagnoses? Would there be false negatives? They didn’t indicate whether comorbidity would drop and by how much. And they didn’t indicate if there would be a potential impact on missing cases.

We did such an analysis because we had the data set available from the MIDAS project.15 We wanted to know if you excluded the 5 diagnoses that (at the time) were proposed for exclusion—narcissistic, paranoid, schizoid, dependent, and histrionic—what percentage of individuals would no longer be diagnosed with a PD? Second, how much would comorbidity rates change? And third, how did individuals who would no longer be diagnosed with a PD compare with individuals who never had a PD?

 

 

 

We found that the comorbidity rates did, in fact, drop from 30% to 21%. We found that the rate of PDs dropped only a little, but approximately 10% of individuals who previously would have been diagnosed with a PD would no longer be diagnosed. We compared individuals in the excluded group—those who had only 1 of the PDs that would no longer be considered a PD—with a group of patients who had a retained PD and also compared them to individuals with no PD. We found that the retained PD group and the excluded group did not differ on measures of psychosocial morbidity, such as Global Assessment of Functioning scores, hospitalizations, suicidality, number of current axis I disorders, etc. Also, the excluded group clearly was different than the no PD group. We questioned whether or not those in the excluded group might end up being false negative diagnoses in DSM-5. Certainly DSM-5 provides a provision to use trait ratings to still diagnose a PD, called personality disorder trait specified, which would be somewhat analogous to PD not otherwise specified (NOS).

 

It’s ironic insofar as another of the issues considered by the DSM-5 Work Group to be a problem with axis II is lack of coverage and that too many individuals are diagnosed with PD NOS. Their proposal to exclude PDs could result in more individuals being diagnosed with PD NOS. I know the group would disagree with that perspective, but they provided no evidence to support its view.

As I said at the beginning of this interview, I think we should be talking about this from a scientific perspective and nothing more than that.

Related Resource

 

  • Widiger TA, Simonsen E, Sirovatka PJ, et al. Dimensional models of personality disorders: Refining the research agenda for DSM-V. Arlington, VA: American Psychiatric Publishing, Inc; 2007.

Disclosures

 

  • Dr. Zimmerman reports no financial relationship with any company whose products are mentioned in this article or with manufacturers of competing products.
  • Dr. Black receives research support from AstraZeneca and Psyadon.
References

 

1. DSM-5 revisions for personality disorders reflect major change. Public comment period for proposed diagnostic criteria extended through July 15 [news release]. Arlington, VA: American Psychiatric Association; July 7, 2011. http://www.psych.org/MainMenu/Newsroom/NewsReleases/2011-News-Releases_1/DSM-5-Revisions-for-Personality-Disorders-Reflect-Major-Change-.aspx?FT=.pdf. Accessed July 26, 2011.

2. Diagnostic and statistical manual of mental disorders, 4th ed, text rev. Washington, DC: American Psychiatric Association; 2000.

3. Personality disorders. American Psychiatric Association DSM-5 development. http://www.dsm5.org/proposedrevision/Pages/PersonalityDisorders.aspx. Updated June 21, 2011. Accessed July 26, 2011.

4. Oldham JM, Skodol AE, Kellman HD, et al. Diagnosis of DSM-III-R personality disorders by two structured interviews: patterns of comorbidity. Am J Psychiatry. 1992;149(2):213-220.

5. Zimmerman M. Is there adequate empirical justification for radically revising the personality disorders section for DSM-5? Personality Disorders: Theory, Research and Treatment. In press.

6. Zimmerman M, Chelminski I, Young D, et al. Does DSM-IV already capture the dimensional nature of personality disorders? J Clin Psychiatry. In press.

7. Zimmerman M, Chelminski I, Young D, et al. Does the presence of one feature of borderline personality disorder have clinical significance?: Implications for dimensional ratings of personality disorders. J Clin Psychiatry. In press.

8. Asnaani A, Chelminski I, Young D, et al. Heterogeneity of borderline personality disorder: do the number of criteria met make a difference? J Pers Disord. 2007;21(6):615-625.

9. Skodol AE, Oldham JM, Bender DS, et al. Dimensional representations of DSM-IV personality disorders: relationships to functional impairment. Am J Psychiatry. 2005;162:1919-1925.

10. Durbin CE, Klein DN. Ten-year stability of personality disorders among outpatients with mood disorders. J Abnorm Psychol. 2006;115:75-84.

11. Grilo CM, Sanislow CA, Gunderson JG, et al. Two-year stability and change of schizotypal, borderline, avoidant, and obsessive-compulsive personality disorders. J Consult Clin Psychol. 2004;72:767-775.

12. Morey LC, Hopwood CJ, Gunderson JG, et al. Comparison of alternative models for personality disorders. Psychol Med. 2007;37:983-994.

13. Zimmerman M, Chelminski I, Young D, et al. Is dimensional scoring of borderline personality disorder only important for subthreshold levels of severity? J Pers Disord. In press.

14. Gunderson JG, Shea MT, Skodol AE, et al. The Collaborative Longitudinal Personality Disorders Study: development, aims, design, and sample characteristics. J Pers Disord. 2000;14(4):300-315.

15. Zimmerman M, Chelminski I, Young D, et al. Impact of deleting 5 DSM-IV personality disorders on prevalence, comorbidity, and the association between personality disorder pathology and psychosocial morbidity. J Clin Psychiatry. In press.

Article PDF
Author and Disclosure Information

 


Donald W. Black, MD
Current Psychiatry Associate Editor, is Professor of Psychiatry and Director of the Residency Training Program at the University of Iowa, Iowa City, IA.

Mark Zimmerman, MD
Associate Professor of Psychiatry and Human Behavior at Brown University and Director of Outpatient Psychiatry at Rhode Island Hospital, Providence, RI.

Audio / Podcast
Issue
Current Psychiatry - 10(09)
Publications
Topics
Page Number
26-38
Legacy Keywords
Mark Zimmerman; Donald Black; revisions to DSM-5; personality disorders; PD; redefining; eliminate personality disorders; DSM-IV; revise
Sections
Audio / Podcast
Audio / Podcast
Author and Disclosure Information

 


Donald W. Black, MD
Current Psychiatry Associate Editor, is Professor of Psychiatry and Director of the Residency Training Program at the University of Iowa, Iowa City, IA.

Mark Zimmerman, MD
Associate Professor of Psychiatry and Human Behavior at Brown University and Director of Outpatient Psychiatry at Rhode Island Hospital, Providence, RI.

Author and Disclosure Information

 


Donald W. Black, MD
Current Psychiatry Associate Editor, is Professor of Psychiatry and Director of the Residency Training Program at the University of Iowa, Iowa City, IA.

Mark Zimmerman, MD
Associate Professor of Psychiatry and Human Behavior at Brown University and Director of Outpatient Psychiatry at Rhode Island Hospital, Providence, RI.

Article PDF
Article PDF

A major update to the diagnostic manual used by mental health clinicians around the world is expected to inspire lively debate. Proposed revisions to the personality disorders (PD) section of the next edition of the Diagnostic and Statistical Manual of Mental Disorders (DSM-5), which is scheduled to be published in 2013, have generated great controversy because they would introduce a dimensional model to the categorical system and 4 PDs would be eliminated.

“The importance of personality functioning and personality traits is the major innovation here,” said Andrew Skodol, MD, the DSM-5 Personality and Personality Disorders Work Group’s chair and a Research Professor of Psychiatry at the University of Arizona College of Medicine. “In the past, we viewed personality disorders as binary. You either had one or you didn’t. But we now understand that personality pathology is a matter of degree.”1

Mark Zimmerman, MD, has written several papers—some of which are in press—about how these revisions might impact clinicians and whether the revisions are necessary. He is Director of the Rhode Island Methods to Improve Diagnostic Assessment and Services (MIDAS) project, an ongoing clinical research study involving the integration of research assessment methods into clinical practice.

Proposed revisions, rationale, and literature reviews for DSM-5 are available at www.DSM5.org and anyone, including the general public, was invited to provide feedback through the Web site. Current Psychiatry Associate Editor Donald W. Black, MD, interviewed Dr. Zimmerman on June 29, 2011, just a few days after the latest proposed revision was posted on June 21, 2011.

DR. BLACK: What is your understanding of the DSM-5 Personality Disorders Work Group proposal to revamp the PD category?

DR. ZIMMERMAN: The initial proposal, released in February 2010, was complex and generated a fair amount of critical commentary related to the marked changes in the approach toward diagnosis of PDs. That proposal replaced diagnostic criteria with a prototype description of personality types that patients would need to match. It also eliminated 5 PDs—paranoid, schizoid, histrionic, dependent, and narcissistic—retained antisocial, avoidant, borderline, obsessive-compulsive, and schizotypal, and introduced trait level ratings. The June 21 revision proposes eliminating only 4 disorders—narcissistic was retained—and the Work Group is no longer suggesting using prototypes but instead have diagnostic criteria (Table).2,3 We do not know if this is the final proposal because similar to the first proposal, it is not presented with much supporting empirical evidence that demonstrates its superiority toward diagnosing PDs compared with the DSM-IV approach.

Table

Personality disorder criteria: DSM-IV vs DSM-5

 

DSM-IVDSM-5 proposal (posted June 21, 2011)
General diagnostic criteria
  1. An enduring pattern of inner experience and behavior that deviates markedly from the expectations of the individual’s culture. This pattern is manifested in 2 or more of the following areas:
    1. ognition (ie, ways of perceiving and interpreting self, other people, and events)
    2. affectivity (ie, the range, intensity, lability, and appropriateness of emotional response)
    3. interpersonal functioning
    4. impulse control
  2. The enduring pattern is inflexible and pervasive across a broad range of personal and social situations
  3. The enduring pattern leads to clinically significant distress or impairment in social, occupational, or other important areas of functioning
  4. The pattern is stable and of long duration and its onset can be traced back at least to adolescence or early adulthood
  5. The enduring pattern is not better accounted for as a manifestation or consequence of another mental disorder
  6. The enduring pattern is not due to the direct physiological effects of a substance (eg, a drug of abuse, a medication) or a general medical condition (eg, head trauma)
  1. Significant impairments in self (identity or self-direction) and interpersonal (empathy or intimacy) functioning
  2. One or more pathological personality trait domains or trait facets
  3. The impairments in personality functioning and the individual’s personality trait expression are relatively stable across time and consistent across situations
  4. The impairments in personality functioning and the individual’s personality trait expression are not better understood as normative for the individual’s developmental stage or socio-cultural environment
  5. The impairments in personality functioning and the individual’s personality trait expression are not solely due to the direct physiological effects of a substance (eg, a drug of abuse, a medication) or a general medical condition (eg, severe head trauma)
Personality disorders included
Antisocial, avoidant, borderline, dependent, histrionic, narcissistic, obsessive-compulsive, paranoid, schizoid, schizotypal, personality disorder not otherwise specifiedAntisocial, avoidant, borderline, narcissistic, obsessive-compulsive, schizotypal, personality disorder trait specified (requires a rating of significant impairment in personality functioning, combined with the presence of pathological trait domains or facets)
Source: References 2,3

I’m not suggesting that the DSM-IV approach is without problems. My attitude is that before going forward with a change to the official diagnostic nomenclature, you need to clearly establish that the new way of doing things is better than the previous way by whatever metric you use.

 

 

DR. BLACK: Do you believe there is a need to revamp or revise the DSM-IV PD criteria?

DR. ZIMMERMAN: I think a number of the arguments put forth by the DSM-5 Work Group as justifications for revising the criteria do not hold up to empirical study.

 

One of the issues is the argument that there’s too much comorbidity among PDs. The theory is that disorders are not unique diagnostic entities if they are so frequently comorbid with other disorders. But how much comorbidity is too much? The DSM-5 Work Group doesn’t say. Oldham et al4 found comorbidity rates of 70% to 90%, depending on which semi-structured diagnostic interview was used; however, this was among individuals presenting for psychodynamic treatment of PDs.

I wanted to look at the comorbidity rates in nontreatment-seeking samples to find out if treatment seeking is associated with comorbidity. I reviewed the literature and identified 7 general population epidemiological studies that presented data on the number of individuals with ≥2 PD diagnoses. In these studies, the comorbidity rate is approximately 25%, which is one-half or less than the rates found in patient populations.5 This finding suggested to me that this may not be a nosology problem unless you think 25% comorbidity is too high. The DSM-5 people don’t speak to that, although quite frankly with 10 PDs I don’t think the 25% comorbidity rate is excessive. However, a comorbidity rate of 25% was much lower than that found in patient samples and suggests to me that one of the primary stated reasons of deleting 4 PDs may not be valid.

DR. BLACK: Assuming there is a need to revise the PD section, how would you have gone about that process?

DR. ZIMMERMAN: Whatever deficiencies you perceive in the criteria, the process should be that you come up with an alternative, examine the alternative empirically, and this is followed by independent replication that the new approach is superior to the prior one. My view is that it is not sufficient justification to make a change because there is a problem with the prior approach.

 

We can argue as to whether there really are problems with, for example, the categorical nature of classification. My research group and I wrote a paper arguing that DSM-IV can be interpreted as having a dimensional component (Box).6 DSM-IV suggests that clinicians record on axis II that a patient has some traits of a disorder even when the full criteria are not met. With that in mind, we conceptualized DSM-IV as having a 3-point dimension, where 0 means no traits of the disorder, 1 indicates subthreshold traits, and 2 indicates that the disorder is present. In a study of >2,000 patients, we found that DSM-IV’s 3-point dimensional approach was as highly associated with measures of psychosocial morbidity as more finely graded dimensional systems.6 We therefore concluded that DSM-IV already includes a dimensional system and questioned why we need to change that approach.

Box

 

Does DSM-IV already have a dimensional component?

Zimmerman et al suggested that DSM-IV personality disorder (PD) criteria can be thought of as a dimensional system.6 They evaluated 2,150 psychiatric outpatients using semi-structured diagnostic interviews and computed dimensional PD scores in 3 ways:

 

  • 3-point dimension, where 0 means no traits of the disorder, 1 indicates subthreshold traits, and 2 indicates that the disorder is present
  • number of DSM-IV criteria met
  • 5-point dimension analogous to what was being proposed for DSM-5.

Patients also were evaluated for the presence of a PD based on DSM-IV diagnostic threshold. They then correlated these assessment methods with 7 indices of psychosocial morbidity—the number of current axis I disorders, Global Assessment of Functioning scores, unemployment in the past 5 years, number of psychiatric hospitalizations, level of psychosocial functioning, suicidal ideation at the time of the evaluation, and number of lifetime suicide attempts. All methods of dimensional assessment were more highly correlated with psychosocial morbidity than categorical classification and there was no difference among the 3 dimensional methods.

One of my concerns with the dimensional system as currently proposed is the uncertain significance and possible implications of someone being given a low, non-zero rating. How might this play out in a custody evaluation of someone who is said to be “a little borderline”? What might the implications of non-zero ratings be in obtaining life insurance? The potential practical consequences of low ratings have not, to my knowledge, been discussed. Because of this concern we decided to do a study to determine if there was any clinical significance to low dimensional scores. I had hypothesized that if we compared individuals who had no criteria and only 1 BPD criterion, there would be no difference.

 

 

 

To be frank, I was seeking to show that there was no validity to low levels of pathology and therefore the DSM-5 group probably is getting into dangerous territory. In fact, we found that there were rather significant and robust differences between individuals with 0 criteria and 1 criterion.7 Even though this finding didn’t support my hypothesis, I thought it was significant because it supported the DSM-5 Work Group and I felt compelled to publish that data.

We now had 2 interesting pieces of information. A few years ago we published a study on borderline personality disorder (BPD) that found once you hit the diagnostic threshold it made no difference how many criteria you met.8 On the other hand, when you were below the diagnostic threshold, having 1 criterion vs 0 made a big difference. In addition, a fair number of studies show that dimensional models capture more of the variance in personality pathology than categorical variables.9-12

This lead to our next study in which we hypothesized that dimensionality was only important when the person didn’t meet criteria, not when they did meet criteria.13 So we divided patients in the MIDAS study into those with 0 to 4 BPD criteria and those with ≥5 and counted the number of criteria that were met. Then we correlated each of those 2 dimensional scores with various indicators of illness severity, such as number of suicide attempts, number of psychiatric hospitalizations, and amount of time missed from work in the past 5 years. We found that for individuals who already achieved the diagnostic threshold there were very low correlations with these psychosocial morbidity variables. But for patients with subthreshold symptomatology, there were significant correlations and those correlations were significantly higher than the correlations for the other group. We therefore suggested that dimensionality is important but only when you don’t meet the diagnostic threshold. Thus, we came to the conclusion that DSM-IV already provides for capturing the important dimensional nature of PDs.

DR. BLACK: I’ve discussed this issue with a number of people who basically say doctors tend to think categorically, they don’t think along dimensions. Would it be difficult for psychiatrists to accept this type of system because it’s so different from how physicians are trained to think?

DR. ZIMMERMAN: I think doctors do think categorically and about traits, not necessarily disorders. For example, we’ll see a patient and a clinician will say he’s overly perfectionistic, but there’s no perfectionistic disorder in DSM-IV. This patient may or may not have obsessive-compulsive personality disorder.

I think assessment and diagnosis in routine clinical practice are not nearly as comprehensive as in research. I think psychiatrists often are picking up on traits that they think are clinically significant, but even within that context, they’re thinking categorically, that the patient is perfectionistic rather than rating him a 7 on a scale from 0 to 10 in terms of perfectionism.

Eliminated disorders

DR. BLACK: The proposal will cut the number of PDs to 6 plus personality disorder trait specified and those remaining are to be called types. How did the DSM-5 Work Group select the 5 (now 4) disorders to get rid of? Did they just pick ones that were infrequently used?

DR. ZIMMERMAN: They retained the disorders that were studied in the Collaborative Longitudinal Personality Disorders Study study14 plus others with well established validity.

DR. BLACK: What do you think about that plan to reduce the number of PDs?

DR. ZIMMERMAN: The biggest problem I have is that the DSM-5 Work Group didn’t present any data on the implications of their plan. The conceptual justification was to reduce comorbidity rates. Well, you can hypothesize that comorbidity would actually increase if you retained only those disorders that are more frequently comorbid with other disorders. Would there be any individuals who only have 1 of the excluded diagnoses? Would there be false negatives? They didn’t indicate whether comorbidity would drop and by how much. And they didn’t indicate if there would be a potential impact on missing cases.

We did such an analysis because we had the data set available from the MIDAS project.15 We wanted to know if you excluded the 5 diagnoses that (at the time) were proposed for exclusion—narcissistic, paranoid, schizoid, dependent, and histrionic—what percentage of individuals would no longer be diagnosed with a PD? Second, how much would comorbidity rates change? And third, how did individuals who would no longer be diagnosed with a PD compare with individuals who never had a PD?

 

 

 

We found that the comorbidity rates did, in fact, drop from 30% to 21%. We found that the rate of PDs dropped only a little, but approximately 10% of individuals who previously would have been diagnosed with a PD would no longer be diagnosed. We compared individuals in the excluded group—those who had only 1 of the PDs that would no longer be considered a PD—with a group of patients who had a retained PD and also compared them to individuals with no PD. We found that the retained PD group and the excluded group did not differ on measures of psychosocial morbidity, such as Global Assessment of Functioning scores, hospitalizations, suicidality, number of current axis I disorders, etc. Also, the excluded group clearly was different than the no PD group. We questioned whether or not those in the excluded group might end up being false negative diagnoses in DSM-5. Certainly DSM-5 provides a provision to use trait ratings to still diagnose a PD, called personality disorder trait specified, which would be somewhat analogous to PD not otherwise specified (NOS).

 

It’s ironic insofar as another of the issues considered by the DSM-5 Work Group to be a problem with axis II is lack of coverage and that too many individuals are diagnosed with PD NOS. Their proposal to exclude PDs could result in more individuals being diagnosed with PD NOS. I know the group would disagree with that perspective, but they provided no evidence to support its view.

As I said at the beginning of this interview, I think we should be talking about this from a scientific perspective and nothing more than that.

Related Resource

 

  • Widiger TA, Simonsen E, Sirovatka PJ, et al. Dimensional models of personality disorders: Refining the research agenda for DSM-V. Arlington, VA: American Psychiatric Publishing, Inc; 2007.

Disclosures

 

  • Dr. Zimmerman reports no financial relationship with any company whose products are mentioned in this article or with manufacturers of competing products.
  • Dr. Black receives research support from AstraZeneca and Psyadon.

A major update to the diagnostic manual used by mental health clinicians around the world is expected to inspire lively debate. Proposed revisions to the personality disorders (PD) section of the next edition of the Diagnostic and Statistical Manual of Mental Disorders (DSM-5), which is scheduled to be published in 2013, have generated great controversy because they would introduce a dimensional model to the categorical system and 4 PDs would be eliminated.

“The importance of personality functioning and personality traits is the major innovation here,” said Andrew Skodol, MD, the DSM-5 Personality and Personality Disorders Work Group’s chair and a Research Professor of Psychiatry at the University of Arizona College of Medicine. “In the past, we viewed personality disorders as binary. You either had one or you didn’t. But we now understand that personality pathology is a matter of degree.”1

Mark Zimmerman, MD, has written several papers—some of which are in press—about how these revisions might impact clinicians and whether the revisions are necessary. He is Director of the Rhode Island Methods to Improve Diagnostic Assessment and Services (MIDAS) project, an ongoing clinical research study involving the integration of research assessment methods into clinical practice.

Proposed revisions, rationale, and literature reviews for DSM-5 are available at www.DSM5.org and anyone, including the general public, was invited to provide feedback through the Web site. Current Psychiatry Associate Editor Donald W. Black, MD, interviewed Dr. Zimmerman on June 29, 2011, just a few days after the latest proposed revision was posted on June 21, 2011.

DR. BLACK: What is your understanding of the DSM-5 Personality Disorders Work Group proposal to revamp the PD category?

DR. ZIMMERMAN: The initial proposal, released in February 2010, was complex and generated a fair amount of critical commentary related to the marked changes in the approach toward diagnosis of PDs. That proposal replaced diagnostic criteria with a prototype description of personality types that patients would need to match. It also eliminated 5 PDs—paranoid, schizoid, histrionic, dependent, and narcissistic—retained antisocial, avoidant, borderline, obsessive-compulsive, and schizotypal, and introduced trait level ratings. The June 21 revision proposes eliminating only 4 disorders—narcissistic was retained—and the Work Group is no longer suggesting using prototypes but instead have diagnostic criteria (Table).2,3 We do not know if this is the final proposal because similar to the first proposal, it is not presented with much supporting empirical evidence that demonstrates its superiority toward diagnosing PDs compared with the DSM-IV approach.

Table

Personality disorder criteria: DSM-IV vs DSM-5

 

DSM-IVDSM-5 proposal (posted June 21, 2011)
General diagnostic criteria
  1. An enduring pattern of inner experience and behavior that deviates markedly from the expectations of the individual’s culture. This pattern is manifested in 2 or more of the following areas:
    1. ognition (ie, ways of perceiving and interpreting self, other people, and events)
    2. affectivity (ie, the range, intensity, lability, and appropriateness of emotional response)
    3. interpersonal functioning
    4. impulse control
  2. The enduring pattern is inflexible and pervasive across a broad range of personal and social situations
  3. The enduring pattern leads to clinically significant distress or impairment in social, occupational, or other important areas of functioning
  4. The pattern is stable and of long duration and its onset can be traced back at least to adolescence or early adulthood
  5. The enduring pattern is not better accounted for as a manifestation or consequence of another mental disorder
  6. The enduring pattern is not due to the direct physiological effects of a substance (eg, a drug of abuse, a medication) or a general medical condition (eg, head trauma)
  1. Significant impairments in self (identity or self-direction) and interpersonal (empathy or intimacy) functioning
  2. One or more pathological personality trait domains or trait facets
  3. The impairments in personality functioning and the individual’s personality trait expression are relatively stable across time and consistent across situations
  4. The impairments in personality functioning and the individual’s personality trait expression are not better understood as normative for the individual’s developmental stage or socio-cultural environment
  5. The impairments in personality functioning and the individual’s personality trait expression are not solely due to the direct physiological effects of a substance (eg, a drug of abuse, a medication) or a general medical condition (eg, severe head trauma)
Personality disorders included
Antisocial, avoidant, borderline, dependent, histrionic, narcissistic, obsessive-compulsive, paranoid, schizoid, schizotypal, personality disorder not otherwise specifiedAntisocial, avoidant, borderline, narcissistic, obsessive-compulsive, schizotypal, personality disorder trait specified (requires a rating of significant impairment in personality functioning, combined with the presence of pathological trait domains or facets)
Source: References 2,3

I’m not suggesting that the DSM-IV approach is without problems. My attitude is that before going forward with a change to the official diagnostic nomenclature, you need to clearly establish that the new way of doing things is better than the previous way by whatever metric you use.

 

 

DR. BLACK: Do you believe there is a need to revamp or revise the DSM-IV PD criteria?

DR. ZIMMERMAN: I think a number of the arguments put forth by the DSM-5 Work Group as justifications for revising the criteria do not hold up to empirical study.

 

One of the issues is the argument that there’s too much comorbidity among PDs. The theory is that disorders are not unique diagnostic entities if they are so frequently comorbid with other disorders. But how much comorbidity is too much? The DSM-5 Work Group doesn’t say. Oldham et al4 found comorbidity rates of 70% to 90%, depending on which semi-structured diagnostic interview was used; however, this was among individuals presenting for psychodynamic treatment of PDs.

I wanted to look at the comorbidity rates in nontreatment-seeking samples to find out if treatment seeking is associated with comorbidity. I reviewed the literature and identified 7 general population epidemiological studies that presented data on the number of individuals with ≥2 PD diagnoses. In these studies, the comorbidity rate is approximately 25%, which is one-half or less than the rates found in patient populations.5 This finding suggested to me that this may not be a nosology problem unless you think 25% comorbidity is too high. The DSM-5 people don’t speak to that, although quite frankly with 10 PDs I don’t think the 25% comorbidity rate is excessive. However, a comorbidity rate of 25% was much lower than that found in patient samples and suggests to me that one of the primary stated reasons of deleting 4 PDs may not be valid.

DR. BLACK: Assuming there is a need to revise the PD section, how would you have gone about that process?

DR. ZIMMERMAN: Whatever deficiencies you perceive in the criteria, the process should be that you come up with an alternative, examine the alternative empirically, and this is followed by independent replication that the new approach is superior to the prior one. My view is that it is not sufficient justification to make a change because there is a problem with the prior approach.

 

We can argue as to whether there really are problems with, for example, the categorical nature of classification. My research group and I wrote a paper arguing that DSM-IV can be interpreted as having a dimensional component (Box).6 DSM-IV suggests that clinicians record on axis II that a patient has some traits of a disorder even when the full criteria are not met. With that in mind, we conceptualized DSM-IV as having a 3-point dimension, where 0 means no traits of the disorder, 1 indicates subthreshold traits, and 2 indicates that the disorder is present. In a study of >2,000 patients, we found that DSM-IV’s 3-point dimensional approach was as highly associated with measures of psychosocial morbidity as more finely graded dimensional systems.6 We therefore concluded that DSM-IV already includes a dimensional system and questioned why we need to change that approach.

Box

 

Does DSM-IV already have a dimensional component?

Zimmerman et al suggested that DSM-IV personality disorder (PD) criteria can be thought of as a dimensional system.6 They evaluated 2,150 psychiatric outpatients using semi-structured diagnostic interviews and computed dimensional PD scores in 3 ways:

 

  • 3-point dimension, where 0 means no traits of the disorder, 1 indicates subthreshold traits, and 2 indicates that the disorder is present
  • number of DSM-IV criteria met
  • 5-point dimension analogous to what was being proposed for DSM-5.

Patients also were evaluated for the presence of a PD based on DSM-IV diagnostic threshold. They then correlated these assessment methods with 7 indices of psychosocial morbidity—the number of current axis I disorders, Global Assessment of Functioning scores, unemployment in the past 5 years, number of psychiatric hospitalizations, level of psychosocial functioning, suicidal ideation at the time of the evaluation, and number of lifetime suicide attempts. All methods of dimensional assessment were more highly correlated with psychosocial morbidity than categorical classification and there was no difference among the 3 dimensional methods.

One of my concerns with the dimensional system as currently proposed is the uncertain significance and possible implications of someone being given a low, non-zero rating. How might this play out in a custody evaluation of someone who is said to be “a little borderline”? What might the implications of non-zero ratings be in obtaining life insurance? The potential practical consequences of low ratings have not, to my knowledge, been discussed. Because of this concern we decided to do a study to determine if there was any clinical significance to low dimensional scores. I had hypothesized that if we compared individuals who had no criteria and only 1 BPD criterion, there would be no difference.

 

 

 

To be frank, I was seeking to show that there was no validity to low levels of pathology and therefore the DSM-5 group probably is getting into dangerous territory. In fact, we found that there were rather significant and robust differences between individuals with 0 criteria and 1 criterion.7 Even though this finding didn’t support my hypothesis, I thought it was significant because it supported the DSM-5 Work Group and I felt compelled to publish that data.

We now had 2 interesting pieces of information. A few years ago we published a study on borderline personality disorder (BPD) that found once you hit the diagnostic threshold it made no difference how many criteria you met.8 On the other hand, when you were below the diagnostic threshold, having 1 criterion vs 0 made a big difference. In addition, a fair number of studies show that dimensional models capture more of the variance in personality pathology than categorical variables.9-12

This lead to our next study in which we hypothesized that dimensionality was only important when the person didn’t meet criteria, not when they did meet criteria.13 So we divided patients in the MIDAS study into those with 0 to 4 BPD criteria and those with ≥5 and counted the number of criteria that were met. Then we correlated each of those 2 dimensional scores with various indicators of illness severity, such as number of suicide attempts, number of psychiatric hospitalizations, and amount of time missed from work in the past 5 years. We found that for individuals who already achieved the diagnostic threshold there were very low correlations with these psychosocial morbidity variables. But for patients with subthreshold symptomatology, there were significant correlations and those correlations were significantly higher than the correlations for the other group. We therefore suggested that dimensionality is important but only when you don’t meet the diagnostic threshold. Thus, we came to the conclusion that DSM-IV already provides for capturing the important dimensional nature of PDs.

DR. BLACK: I’ve discussed this issue with a number of people who basically say doctors tend to think categorically, they don’t think along dimensions. Would it be difficult for psychiatrists to accept this type of system because it’s so different from how physicians are trained to think?

DR. ZIMMERMAN: I think doctors do think categorically and about traits, not necessarily disorders. For example, we’ll see a patient and a clinician will say he’s overly perfectionistic, but there’s no perfectionistic disorder in DSM-IV. This patient may or may not have obsessive-compulsive personality disorder.

I think assessment and diagnosis in routine clinical practice are not nearly as comprehensive as in research. I think psychiatrists often are picking up on traits that they think are clinically significant, but even within that context, they’re thinking categorically, that the patient is perfectionistic rather than rating him a 7 on a scale from 0 to 10 in terms of perfectionism.

Eliminated disorders

DR. BLACK: The proposal will cut the number of PDs to 6 plus personality disorder trait specified and those remaining are to be called types. How did the DSM-5 Work Group select the 5 (now 4) disorders to get rid of? Did they just pick ones that were infrequently used?

DR. ZIMMERMAN: They retained the disorders that were studied in the Collaborative Longitudinal Personality Disorders Study study14 plus others with well established validity.

DR. BLACK: What do you think about that plan to reduce the number of PDs?

DR. ZIMMERMAN: The biggest problem I have is that the DSM-5 Work Group didn’t present any data on the implications of their plan. The conceptual justification was to reduce comorbidity rates. Well, you can hypothesize that comorbidity would actually increase if you retained only those disorders that are more frequently comorbid with other disorders. Would there be any individuals who only have 1 of the excluded diagnoses? Would there be false negatives? They didn’t indicate whether comorbidity would drop and by how much. And they didn’t indicate if there would be a potential impact on missing cases.

We did such an analysis because we had the data set available from the MIDAS project.15 We wanted to know if you excluded the 5 diagnoses that (at the time) were proposed for exclusion—narcissistic, paranoid, schizoid, dependent, and histrionic—what percentage of individuals would no longer be diagnosed with a PD? Second, how much would comorbidity rates change? And third, how did individuals who would no longer be diagnosed with a PD compare with individuals who never had a PD?

 

 

 

We found that the comorbidity rates did, in fact, drop from 30% to 21%. We found that the rate of PDs dropped only a little, but approximately 10% of individuals who previously would have been diagnosed with a PD would no longer be diagnosed. We compared individuals in the excluded group—those who had only 1 of the PDs that would no longer be considered a PD—with a group of patients who had a retained PD and also compared them to individuals with no PD. We found that the retained PD group and the excluded group did not differ on measures of psychosocial morbidity, such as Global Assessment of Functioning scores, hospitalizations, suicidality, number of current axis I disorders, etc. Also, the excluded group clearly was different than the no PD group. We questioned whether or not those in the excluded group might end up being false negative diagnoses in DSM-5. Certainly DSM-5 provides a provision to use trait ratings to still diagnose a PD, called personality disorder trait specified, which would be somewhat analogous to PD not otherwise specified (NOS).

 

It’s ironic insofar as another of the issues considered by the DSM-5 Work Group to be a problem with axis II is lack of coverage and that too many individuals are diagnosed with PD NOS. Their proposal to exclude PDs could result in more individuals being diagnosed with PD NOS. I know the group would disagree with that perspective, but they provided no evidence to support its view.

As I said at the beginning of this interview, I think we should be talking about this from a scientific perspective and nothing more than that.

Related Resource

 

  • Widiger TA, Simonsen E, Sirovatka PJ, et al. Dimensional models of personality disorders: Refining the research agenda for DSM-V. Arlington, VA: American Psychiatric Publishing, Inc; 2007.

Disclosures

 

  • Dr. Zimmerman reports no financial relationship with any company whose products are mentioned in this article or with manufacturers of competing products.
  • Dr. Black receives research support from AstraZeneca and Psyadon.
References

 

1. DSM-5 revisions for personality disorders reflect major change. Public comment period for proposed diagnostic criteria extended through July 15 [news release]. Arlington, VA: American Psychiatric Association; July 7, 2011. http://www.psych.org/MainMenu/Newsroom/NewsReleases/2011-News-Releases_1/DSM-5-Revisions-for-Personality-Disorders-Reflect-Major-Change-.aspx?FT=.pdf. Accessed July 26, 2011.

2. Diagnostic and statistical manual of mental disorders, 4th ed, text rev. Washington, DC: American Psychiatric Association; 2000.

3. Personality disorders. American Psychiatric Association DSM-5 development. http://www.dsm5.org/proposedrevision/Pages/PersonalityDisorders.aspx. Updated June 21, 2011. Accessed July 26, 2011.

4. Oldham JM, Skodol AE, Kellman HD, et al. Diagnosis of DSM-III-R personality disorders by two structured interviews: patterns of comorbidity. Am J Psychiatry. 1992;149(2):213-220.

5. Zimmerman M. Is there adequate empirical justification for radically revising the personality disorders section for DSM-5? Personality Disorders: Theory, Research and Treatment. In press.

6. Zimmerman M, Chelminski I, Young D, et al. Does DSM-IV already capture the dimensional nature of personality disorders? J Clin Psychiatry. In press.

7. Zimmerman M, Chelminski I, Young D, et al. Does the presence of one feature of borderline personality disorder have clinical significance?: Implications for dimensional ratings of personality disorders. J Clin Psychiatry. In press.

8. Asnaani A, Chelminski I, Young D, et al. Heterogeneity of borderline personality disorder: do the number of criteria met make a difference? J Pers Disord. 2007;21(6):615-625.

9. Skodol AE, Oldham JM, Bender DS, et al. Dimensional representations of DSM-IV personality disorders: relationships to functional impairment. Am J Psychiatry. 2005;162:1919-1925.

10. Durbin CE, Klein DN. Ten-year stability of personality disorders among outpatients with mood disorders. J Abnorm Psychol. 2006;115:75-84.

11. Grilo CM, Sanislow CA, Gunderson JG, et al. Two-year stability and change of schizotypal, borderline, avoidant, and obsessive-compulsive personality disorders. J Consult Clin Psychol. 2004;72:767-775.

12. Morey LC, Hopwood CJ, Gunderson JG, et al. Comparison of alternative models for personality disorders. Psychol Med. 2007;37:983-994.

13. Zimmerman M, Chelminski I, Young D, et al. Is dimensional scoring of borderline personality disorder only important for subthreshold levels of severity? J Pers Disord. In press.

14. Gunderson JG, Shea MT, Skodol AE, et al. The Collaborative Longitudinal Personality Disorders Study: development, aims, design, and sample characteristics. J Pers Disord. 2000;14(4):300-315.

15. Zimmerman M, Chelminski I, Young D, et al. Impact of deleting 5 DSM-IV personality disorders on prevalence, comorbidity, and the association between personality disorder pathology and psychosocial morbidity. J Clin Psychiatry. In press.

References

 

1. DSM-5 revisions for personality disorders reflect major change. Public comment period for proposed diagnostic criteria extended through July 15 [news release]. Arlington, VA: American Psychiatric Association; July 7, 2011. http://www.psych.org/MainMenu/Newsroom/NewsReleases/2011-News-Releases_1/DSM-5-Revisions-for-Personality-Disorders-Reflect-Major-Change-.aspx?FT=.pdf. Accessed July 26, 2011.

2. Diagnostic and statistical manual of mental disorders, 4th ed, text rev. Washington, DC: American Psychiatric Association; 2000.

3. Personality disorders. American Psychiatric Association DSM-5 development. http://www.dsm5.org/proposedrevision/Pages/PersonalityDisorders.aspx. Updated June 21, 2011. Accessed July 26, 2011.

4. Oldham JM, Skodol AE, Kellman HD, et al. Diagnosis of DSM-III-R personality disorders by two structured interviews: patterns of comorbidity. Am J Psychiatry. 1992;149(2):213-220.

5. Zimmerman M. Is there adequate empirical justification for radically revising the personality disorders section for DSM-5? Personality Disorders: Theory, Research and Treatment. In press.

6. Zimmerman M, Chelminski I, Young D, et al. Does DSM-IV already capture the dimensional nature of personality disorders? J Clin Psychiatry. In press.

7. Zimmerman M, Chelminski I, Young D, et al. Does the presence of one feature of borderline personality disorder have clinical significance?: Implications for dimensional ratings of personality disorders. J Clin Psychiatry. In press.

8. Asnaani A, Chelminski I, Young D, et al. Heterogeneity of borderline personality disorder: do the number of criteria met make a difference? J Pers Disord. 2007;21(6):615-625.

9. Skodol AE, Oldham JM, Bender DS, et al. Dimensional representations of DSM-IV personality disorders: relationships to functional impairment. Am J Psychiatry. 2005;162:1919-1925.

10. Durbin CE, Klein DN. Ten-year stability of personality disorders among outpatients with mood disorders. J Abnorm Psychol. 2006;115:75-84.

11. Grilo CM, Sanislow CA, Gunderson JG, et al. Two-year stability and change of schizotypal, borderline, avoidant, and obsessive-compulsive personality disorders. J Consult Clin Psychol. 2004;72:767-775.

12. Morey LC, Hopwood CJ, Gunderson JG, et al. Comparison of alternative models for personality disorders. Psychol Med. 2007;37:983-994.

13. Zimmerman M, Chelminski I, Young D, et al. Is dimensional scoring of borderline personality disorder only important for subthreshold levels of severity? J Pers Disord. In press.

14. Gunderson JG, Shea MT, Skodol AE, et al. The Collaborative Longitudinal Personality Disorders Study: development, aims, design, and sample characteristics. J Pers Disord. 2000;14(4):300-315.

15. Zimmerman M, Chelminski I, Young D, et al. Impact of deleting 5 DSM-IV personality disorders on prevalence, comorbidity, and the association between personality disorder pathology and psychosocial morbidity. J Clin Psychiatry. In press.

Issue
Current Psychiatry - 10(09)
Issue
Current Psychiatry - 10(09)
Page Number
26-38
Page Number
26-38
Publications
Publications
Topics
Article Type
Display Headline
Redefining personality disorders: Proposed revisions for DSM-5
Display Headline
Redefining personality disorders: Proposed revisions for DSM-5
Legacy Keywords
Mark Zimmerman; Donald Black; revisions to DSM-5; personality disorders; PD; redefining; eliminate personality disorders; DSM-IV; revise
Legacy Keywords
Mark Zimmerman; Donald Black; revisions to DSM-5; personality disorders; PD; redefining; eliminate personality disorders; DSM-IV; revise
Sections
Article PDF Media

Borderline, bipolar, or both? Frame your diagnosis on the patient history

Article Type
Changed
Tue, 10/15/2019 - 13:43
Display Headline
Borderline, bipolar, or both? Frame your diagnosis on the patient history

Discuss this article

Borderline personality disorder (BPD) and bipolar disorder are frequently confused with each other, in part because of their considerable symptomatic overlap. This redundancy occurs despite the different ways these disorders are conceptualized: BPD as a personality disorder and bipolar disorder as a brain disease among Axis I clinical disorders.

BPD and bipolar disorder—especially bipolar II—often co-occur ( Box ) and are frequently misidentified, as shown by clinical and epidemiologic studies. Misdiagnosis creates problems for clinicians and patients. When diagnosed with BPD, patients with bipolar disorder may be deprived of potentially effective pharmacologic treatments.1 Conversely, the stigma that BPD carries—particularly in the mental health community—may lead clinicians to:

  • not even disclose the BPD diagnosis to patients2
  • lean in the direction of diagnosing BPD as bipolar disorder, potentially resulting in treatments that have little relevance or failure to refer for more appropriate psychosocial treatments.

To help you avoid confusion and the pitfalls of misdiagnosis, this article clarifies the distinctions between bipolar disorder and BPD. We discuss symptom overlap, highlight key differences between the constructs, outline diagnostic differences, and provide useful suggestions to discern the differential diagnosis.

Box

 

Nonchance explanations for the diagnostic overlap
between BPD and bipolar disorder*

1. Inability of current nosology to separate 2 distinct conditions


Relatively indistinct diagnostic boundaries confuse the differentiation of borderline personality disorder (BPD) and bipolar disorder (5 of 9 BPD criteria may occur with mania or hypomania). In this model, the person has 1 disorder but because of symptom overlap receives a diagnosis of both. Because structured interviews do not allow for subjective judgment or expert opinion, the result is the generation of 2 diagnoses when 1 may provide a more parsimonious and valid explanation.

2. BPD exists on a spectrum with bipolar disorder


The mood lability of BPD may be viewed as not unlike that seen with bipolar disorder.1 Behaviors displayed by patients with BPD are subsequently conceptualized as arising from their unstable mood. Supporting arguments cite family study data and evidence from pharmacotherapy trials of anticonvulsants, including divalproex, for rapid cycling bipolar disorder and BPD.2 Family studies have been notable for their failure to directly characterize family members, however, and clinical trials have been quite small. Further, treatment response may have very limited nosologic implications.

3. Bipolar disorder is a risk factor for BPD


4. BPD is a risk factor for bipolar disorder


Early emergence of a bipolar disorder (in preadolescent or adolescent patients) has been proposed to disrupt psychological development, leading to BPD. This adverse impact on personality development—the “scar hypothesis”3 —is supported by data showing greater risk of co-occurring BPD with earlier onset bipolar disorder.4 More important, prospective studies of patients with bipolar disorder show a greater risk for developing BPD.5

BPD also may be a risk factor for the development of bipolar disorder—the “vulnerability hypothesis.”3 Patients with BPD are more likely to develop bipolar disorder, even compared to patients with other personality disorders.5

5. Shared risk factors


BPD and bipolar disorder may be linked by shared risk factors, such as shared genes or trait neuroticism.3

*Some evidence supports each potential explanation, and they are not necessarily mutually exclusive

References

a. Akiskal HS. Demystifying borderline personality: critique of the concept and unorthodox reflections on its natural kinship with the bipolar spectrum. Acta Psychiatr Scand. 2004;110(6):401-407.

b. Mackinnon DF, Pies R. Affective instability as rapid cycling: theoretical and clinical implications for borderline personality and bipolar spectrum disorders. Bipolar Disord. 2006;8(1):1-14.

c. Christensen MV, Kessing LV. Do personality traits predict first onset in depressive and bipolar disorder? Nord J Psychiatry. 2006;60(2):79-88.

d. Goldberg JF, Garno JL. Age at onset of bipolar disorder and risk for comorbid borderline personality disorder. Bipolar Disord. 2009;11(2):205-208.

e. Gunderson JG, Weinberg I, Daversa MT, et al. Descriptive and longitudinal observations on the relationship of borderline personality disorder and bipolar disorder. Am J Psychiatry. 2006;163(7):1173-1178.

Overlapping symptoms

Bipolar disorder is generally considered a clinical disorder or brain disease that can be understood as a broken mood “thermostat.” The lifetime prevalence of bipolar types I and II is approximately 2%.3 Approximately one-half of patients have a family history of illness, and multiple genes are believed to influence inheritance. Mania is the disorder’s hallmark,4 although overactivity has alternatively been proposed as a core feature.5 Most patients with mania ultimately experience depression6 ( Table 1 ).

 

 

 

No dimensional personality correlates have been consistently demonstrated in bipolar disorder, although co-occurring personality disorders—often the “dramatic” Cluster B type—are common4,7 and may adversely affect treatment response and suicide risk.8,9

Both bipolar disorder and BPD are associated with considerable risk of suicide or suicide attempts.10,11 Self-mutilation or self-injurious behavior without suicidal intent are particularly common in BPD.12 Threats of suicide—which may be manipulative or help-seeking—also are common in BPD and tend to be acute rather than chronic.13

Borderline personality disorder is characterized by an enduring and inflexible pattern of thoughts, feelings, and behaviors that impairs an individual’s psychosocial or vocational function. Its estimated prevalence is approximately 1%,14 although recent community estimates approach 6%.15 Genetic influences play a lesser etiologic role in BPD than in bipolar disorder.

Several of BPD’s common features ( Table 2 )—impulsivity, mood instability, inappropriate anger, suicidal behavior, and unstable relationships—are shared with bipolar disorder, but patients with BPD tend to show higher levels of impulsiveness and hostility than patients with bipolar disorder.16 Dimensional assessments of personality traits suggest that BPD is characterized by high neuroticism and low agreeableness.17 BPD also has been more strongly associated with a childhood history of abuse, even when compared with control groups having other personality disorders or major depression.18 The male-to-female ratio for bipolar disorder approximates 1:1;3 in BPD this ratio has been estimated at 1:4 in clinical samples19 and near 1:1 in community samples.15

 

BPD and bipolar disorder often co-occur. Evidence indicates ≤20% of patients with BPD have comorbid bipolar disorder20 and 15% of patients with bipolar disorder have comorbid BPD.21 Co-occurrence happens much more often than would be expected by chance. These similar bidirectional comorbidity estimates (15% to 20%) would not be expected for conditions of such differing prevalence (<1% vs 2% or more). This suggests:

 

  • the estimated prevalence of bipolar disorder in BPD is too low
  • the estimated prevalence of BPD in bipolar disorder samples is too high
  • borderline personality disorder is present in >1% of the population
  • bipolar disorder is less common
  • some combination of the above.

Among these possibilities, the prevalence estimates of bipolar disorder are the most consistent. Several studies suggest that BPD may be much more common, with some estimates exceeding 5%.15

Table 1

Common signs and symptoms
associated with mania and depression in bipolar disorder

 

(Hypo)maniaDepression
Elevated moodDecreased mood
IrritabilityIrritability
Decreased need for sleepAnhedonia
GrandiosityDecreased self-attitude
TalkativenessInsomnia/hypersomnia
Racing thoughtsChange in appetite/weight
Increased motor activityFatigue
Increased sex driveHopelessness
ReligiositySuicidal thoughts
DistractibilityImpaired concentration

Table 2

Borderline personality disorder: Commonly reported features

 

Impulsivity
Unstable relationships
Unstable self-image
Affective instability
Fear of abandonment
Recurrent self-injurious or suicidal behavior
Feelings of emptiness
Intense anger or hostility
Transient paranoia or dissociative symptoms

Roots of misdiagnosis

The presence of bipolar disorder or BPD may increase the risk that the other will be misdiagnosed. When symptoms of both are present, those suggesting 1 diagnosis may reflect the consequences of the other. A diagnosis of BPD could represent a partially treated or treatment-resistant bipolar disorder, or a BPD diagnosis could be the result of several years of disruption by a mood disorder.

Characteristics of bipolar disorder have contributed to clinician bias in favor of that diagnosis rather than BPD ( Table 3 ).22,23 Bipolar disorder also may be misdiagnosed as BPD. This error may most likely occur when the history focuses excessively on cross-sectional symptoms, such as when a patient with bipolar disorder shows prominent mood lability or interpersonal sensitivity during a mood episode but not when euthymic.

 

Bipolar II disorder. The confusion between bipolar disorder and BPD may be particularly problematic for patients with bipolar II disorder or subthreshold bipolar disorders. The manias of bipolar I disorder are much more readily distinguishable from the mood instability or reactivity of BPD. The manic symptoms of bipolar I are more florid, more pronounced, and lead to more obvious impairment.

The milder highs of bipolar II may resemble the mood fluctuations seen in BPD. Further, bipolar II is characterized by a greater chronicity and affective morbidity than bipolar I, and episodes of illness may be characterized by irritability, anger, and racing thoughts.24 Whereas impulsivity or aggression are more characteristic of BPD, bipolar II is similar to BPD on dimensions of affective instability.24,25

When present in BPD, affective instability or lability is conceptualized as ultra-rapid or ultradian, with a frequency of hours to days. BPD is less likely than bipolar II to show affective lability between depression and euthymia or elation and more likely to show fluctuations into anger and anxiety.26

 

 

Nonetheless, because of the increased prominence of shared features and reduced distinguishing features, bipolar II and BPD are prone to misdiagnosis and commonly co-occur.

Table 3

Clinician biases that may favor a bipolar disorder diagnosis, rather than BPD

 

Bipolar disorder is supported by decades of research
Patients with bipolar disorder are often considered more “likeable” than those with BPD
Bipolar disorder is more treatable and has a better long-term outcome than BPD (although BPD is generally characterized by clinical improvement, whereas bipolar disorder is more stable with perhaps some increase in depressive symptom burden)
Widely thought to have a biologic basis, the bipolar diagnosis conveys less stigma than BPD, which often is less empathically attributed to the patient’s own failings
A bipolar diagnosis is easier to explain to patients than BPD; many psychiatrists have difficulty explaining personality disorders in terms patients understand
BPD: borderline personality disorder
Source: References 22,23

History, the diagnostic key

A thorough and rigorous psychiatric history is essential to distinguish BPD from bipolar disorder. Supplementing the patient’s history with an informant interview is often helpful.

Because personality disorders are considered a chronic and enduring pattern of maladaptive behavior, focus the history on longitudinal course and not simply cross-sectional symptoms. Thus, symptoms suggestive of BPD that are confined only to clearly defined episodes of mood disturbance and are absent during euthymia would not warrant a BPD diagnosis.

Temporal relationship. A detailed chronologic history can help determine the temporal relationship between any borderline features and mood episodes. When the patient’s life story is used as a scaffold for the phenomenologic portions of the psychiatric history, one can determine whether any such functional impairment is confined to episodes of mood disorder or appears as an enduring pattern of thinking, acting, and relating. Exploring what happened at notable life transitions—leaving school, loss of job, divorce/separation—may be similarly helpful.

Family history of psychiatric illness may provide a clue to an individual’s genetic predisposition but, of course, does not determine diagnosis. A detailed family and social history that provides evidence of an individual’s function in school, work, and interpersonal relationships is more relevant.

Abandonment and identity issues. Essential to BPD is fear of abandonment, often an undue fear that those important to patients will leave them. Patients may go to extremes to avoid being “abandoned,” even when this threat is not genuine.27,28 Their insecure attachments often lead them to fear being alone. The patient with BPD may:

 

  • make frantic phone calls or send text messages to a friend or lover seeking reassurance
  • take extreme measures such as refusing to leave the person’s home or pleading with them not to leave.

Patients with BPD often struggle with identity disturbance, leading them to wonder who they are and what their beliefs and core values are.29 Although occasionally patients with bipolar disorder may have these symptoms, they are not characteristic of bipolar disorder.

Mood lability. The time course of changes in affect or mood swings also may help distinguish BPD from bipolar disorder.

 

  • With bipolar disorder the shift typically is from depression to elation or the reverse, and moods are sustained. Manias or hypomanias are often immediately followed by a “crash” into depression.
  • With BPD, “roller-coaster moods” are typical, mood shifts are nonsustained, and the poles often are anxiety, anger, or desperation.

 

Patients with BPD often report moods shifting rapidly over minutes or hours, but they rarely describe moods sustained for days or weeks on end—other than perhaps depression. Mood lability of BPD often is produced by interpersonal sensitivity, whereas mood lability in bipolar disorder tends to be autonomous and persistent.

Young patients. Assessment can be particularly challenging in young adults and adolescents because symptoms of an emerging bipolar disorder can be more difficult to distinguish from BPD.30 Patients this young also may have less longitudinal history to distinguish an enduring pattern of thinking and relating from a mood disorder. For these cases, it may be particularly important to classify the frequency and pattern of mood symptoms.

 

Affective dysregulation is a core feature of BPD and is variably defined as a mood reactivity, typically of short duration (often hours). Cycling in bipolar disorder classically involves a periodicity of weeks to months. Even the broadest definitions include a minimum duration of 2 days for hypomania.5

 

 

Mood reactivity can occur within episodes of bipolar disorder, although episodes may occur spontaneously and without an obvious precipitant or stressor. Impulsivity may represent more of an essential feature of BPD than affective instability or mood reactivity and may be of particular diagnostic relevance.

Treatment implications

When you are unable to make a clear diagnosis, describe your clinical reasoning and differential diagnosis in the assessment or formulation. With close follow-up, the longitudinal history and course of illness may eventually lead you to an accurate diagnosis.

 

There are good reasons to acknowledge both conditions when bipolar disorder and BPD are present. Proper recognition of bipolar disorder is a prerequisite to taking full advantage of proven pharmacologic treatments. The evidence base for pharmacologic management of BPD remains limited,31 but recognizing this disorder may help the patient understand his or her psychiatric history and encourage the use of effective psychosocial treatments.

Psychosocial treatments for bipolar disorder may target demoralization and circadian rhythms with sleep hygiene or social rhythms therapy. Acknowledging BPD:

 

  • helps both clinician and patient to better understand the condition
  • facilitates setting realistic treatment goals because BPD tends to respond to medication less robustly than bipolar disorder.

Recognizing BPD also allows for referral to targeted psychosocial treatments, including dialectical behavior therapy, mentalization-based treatment, or Systems Training for Emotional Predictability and Problem Solving (STEPPS).32-34

Related resources

 

Drug brand name

 

  • Divalproex • Depakote, Depakene, others

Disclosures

Dr. Fiedorowicz reports no financial relationship with any company whose products are mentioned in this article or with manufacturers of competing products.

Dr. Black receives research/grant support from AstraZeneca and Forest Laboratories and is a consultant to Jazz Pharmaceuticals.

Acknowledgment

The authors would like to thank Nancee Blum, MSW, and Nancy Hale, RN, for their assistance and expertise in the preparation of this article.

References

 

1. John H, Sharma V. Misdiagnosis of bipolar disorder as borderline personality disorder: clinical and economic consequences. World J Biol Psychiatry. 2007;1-4[epub ahead of print].

2. Lequesne ER, Hersh RG. Disclosure of a diagnosis of borderline personality disorder. J Psychiatr Pract. 2004;10(3):170-176.

3. Merikangas KR, Akiskal HS, Angst J, et al. Lifetime and 12-month prevalence of bipolar spectrum disorder in the National Comorbidity Survey replication. Arch Gen Psychiatry. 2007;64(5):543-552.

4. Belmaker RH. Bipolar disorder. N Engl J Med. 2004;351(5):476-486.

5. Benazzi F. Testing new diagnostic criteria for hypomania. Ann Clin Psychiatry. 2007;19(2):99-104.

6. Solomon DA, Leon AC, Endicott J, et al. Unipolar mania over the course of a 20-year follow-up study. Am J Psychiatry. 2003;160(11):2049-2051.

7. Schiavone P, Dorz S, Conforti D, et al. Comorbidity of DSM-IV personality disorders in unipolar and bipolar affective disorders: a comparative study. Psychol Rep. 2004;95(1):121-128.

8. Fan AH, Hassell J. Bipolar disorder and comorbid personality psychopathology: a review of the literature. J Clin Psychiatry. 2008;69(11):1794-1803.

9. Garno JL, Goldberg JF, Ramirez PM, et al. Bipolar disorder with comorbid cluster B personality disorder features: impact on suicidality. J Clin Psychiatry. 2005;66(3):339-345.

10. Black DW, Blum N, Pfohl B, et al. Suicidal behavior in borderline personality disorder: prevalence, risk factors, prediction, and prevention. J Pers Disord. 2004;18(3):226-239.

11. Fiedorowicz JG, Leon AC, Keller MB, et al. Do risk factors for suicidal behavior differ by affective disorder polarity? Psychol Med. 2009;39(5):763-771.

12. Paris J. Understanding self-mutilation in borderline personality disorder. Harv Rev Psychiatry. 2005;13(3):179-185.

13. Zanarini MC, Frankenburg FR, Hennen J, et al. The McLean Study of Adult Development (MSAD): overview and implications of the first six years of prospective follow-up. J Pers Disord. 2005;19(5):505-523.

14. Torgersen S, Kringlen E, Cramer V. The prevalence of personality disorders in a community sample. Arch Gen Psychiatry. 2001;58(6):590-596.

15. Grant BF, Chou SP, Goldstein RB, et al. Prevalence, correlates, disability, and comorbidity of DSM-IV borderline personality disorder: results from the Wave 2 National Epidemiologic Survey on Alcohol and Related Conditions. J Clin Psychiatry. 2008;69(4):533-545.

16. Wilson ST, Stanley B, Oquendo MA, et al. Comparing impulsiveness, hostility, and depression in borderline personality disorder and bipolar II disorder. J Clin Psychiatry. 2007;68(10):1533-1539.

17. Zweig-Frank H, Paris J. The five-factor model of personality in borderline and nonborderline personality disorders. Can J Psychiatry. 1995;40(9):523-526.

18. Zanarini MC, Frankenburg FR, Reich DB, et al. Adult experiences of abuse reported by borderline patients and Axis II comparison subjects over six years of prospective follow-up. J Nerv Ment Dis. 2005;193(6):412-416.

19. Zanarini MC, Frankenburg FR, Reich DB, et al. Violence in the lives of adult borderline patients. J Nerv Ment Dis. 1999;187(2):65-71.

20. McCormick B, Blum N, Hansel R, et al. Relationship of sex to symptom severity, psychiatric comorbidity, and health care utilization in 163 subjects with borderline personality disorder. Compr Psychiatry. 2007;48(5):406-412.

21. Brieger P, Ehrt U, Marneros A. Frequency of comorbid personality disorders in bipolar and unipolar affective disorders. Compr Psychiatry. 2003;44(1):28-34.

22. Paris J, Zweig-Frank H. A 27-year follow-up of patients with borderline personality disorder. Compr Psychiatry. 2001;42(6):482-487.

23. Coryell WH, Fiedorowicz JG, Solomon D, et al. Age transitions in the course of bipolar I disorder. Psychol Med. 2009;39(8):1247-1252.

24. Benazzi F. Borderline personality-bipolar spectrum relationship. Prog Neuropsychopharmacol Biol Psychiatry. 2006;30(1):68-74.

25. Critchfield KL, Levy KN, Clarkin JF. The relationship between impulsivity, aggression, and impulsive-aggression in borderline personality disorder: an empirical analysis of self-report measures. J Pers Disord. 2004;18(6):555-570.

26. Henry C, Mitropoulou V, New AS, et al. Affective instability and impulsivity in borderline personality and bipolar II disorders: similarities and differences. J Psychiatr Res. 2001;35(6):307-312.

27. Bray A. The extended mind and borderline personality disorder. Australas Psychiatry. 2008;16(1):8-12.

28. Gunderson JG. The borderline patient’s intolerance of aloneness: insecure attachments and therapist availability. Am J Psychiatry. 1996;153(6):752-758.

29. Jorgensen CR. Disturbed sense of identity in borderline personality disorder. J Pers Disord. 2006;20(6):618-644.

30. Smith DJ, Muir WJ, Blackwood DH. Borderline personality disorder characteristics in young adults with recurrent mood disorders: a comparison of bipolar and unipolar depression. J Affect Disord. 2005;87(1):17-23.

31. Binks CA, Fenton M, McCarthy L, et al. Pharmacological interventions for people with borderline personality disorder. Cochrane Database Syst Rev. 2006(1);CD005653.-

32. Lynch TR, Trost WT, Salsman N, et al. Dialectical behavior therapy for borderline personality disorder. Annu Rev Clin Psychol. 2007;3:181-205.

33. Bateman AW, Fonagy P. Mentalization-based treatment of BPD. J Pers Disord. 2004;18(1):36-51.

34. Blum N, St John D, Pfohl B, et al. Systems Training for Emotional Predictability and Problem Solving (STEPPS) for outpatients with borderline personality disorder: a randomized controlled trial and 1-year follow-up. Am J Psychiatry. 2008;165(4):468-478.

Article PDF
Author and Disclosure Information

Jess G. Fiedorowicz, MD
Assistant professor, Department of psychiatry, University of Iowa, Carver College of Medicine, Iowa City, IA
 

Donald W. Black, MD
Professor, Department of psychiatry, University of Iowa, Carver College of Medicine, Iowa City, IA

WEB AUDIO

 

Issue
Current Psychiatry - 09(01)
Publications
Topics
Page Number
21-24,29-32
Legacy Keywords
bipolar disorder;borderline personality disorder;Jess Fiedorowicz;Donald Black
Sections
Author and Disclosure Information

Jess G. Fiedorowicz, MD
Assistant professor, Department of psychiatry, University of Iowa, Carver College of Medicine, Iowa City, IA
 

Donald W. Black, MD
Professor, Department of psychiatry, University of Iowa, Carver College of Medicine, Iowa City, IA

WEB AUDIO

 

Author and Disclosure Information

Jess G. Fiedorowicz, MD
Assistant professor, Department of psychiatry, University of Iowa, Carver College of Medicine, Iowa City, IA
 

Donald W. Black, MD
Professor, Department of psychiatry, University of Iowa, Carver College of Medicine, Iowa City, IA

WEB AUDIO

 

Article PDF
Article PDF

Discuss this article

Borderline personality disorder (BPD) and bipolar disorder are frequently confused with each other, in part because of their considerable symptomatic overlap. This redundancy occurs despite the different ways these disorders are conceptualized: BPD as a personality disorder and bipolar disorder as a brain disease among Axis I clinical disorders.

BPD and bipolar disorder—especially bipolar II—often co-occur ( Box ) and are frequently misidentified, as shown by clinical and epidemiologic studies. Misdiagnosis creates problems for clinicians and patients. When diagnosed with BPD, patients with bipolar disorder may be deprived of potentially effective pharmacologic treatments.1 Conversely, the stigma that BPD carries—particularly in the mental health community—may lead clinicians to:

  • not even disclose the BPD diagnosis to patients2
  • lean in the direction of diagnosing BPD as bipolar disorder, potentially resulting in treatments that have little relevance or failure to refer for more appropriate psychosocial treatments.

To help you avoid confusion and the pitfalls of misdiagnosis, this article clarifies the distinctions between bipolar disorder and BPD. We discuss symptom overlap, highlight key differences between the constructs, outline diagnostic differences, and provide useful suggestions to discern the differential diagnosis.

Box

 

Nonchance explanations for the diagnostic overlap
between BPD and bipolar disorder*

1. Inability of current nosology to separate 2 distinct conditions


Relatively indistinct diagnostic boundaries confuse the differentiation of borderline personality disorder (BPD) and bipolar disorder (5 of 9 BPD criteria may occur with mania or hypomania). In this model, the person has 1 disorder but because of symptom overlap receives a diagnosis of both. Because structured interviews do not allow for subjective judgment or expert opinion, the result is the generation of 2 diagnoses when 1 may provide a more parsimonious and valid explanation.

2. BPD exists on a spectrum with bipolar disorder


The mood lability of BPD may be viewed as not unlike that seen with bipolar disorder.1 Behaviors displayed by patients with BPD are subsequently conceptualized as arising from their unstable mood. Supporting arguments cite family study data and evidence from pharmacotherapy trials of anticonvulsants, including divalproex, for rapid cycling bipolar disorder and BPD.2 Family studies have been notable for their failure to directly characterize family members, however, and clinical trials have been quite small. Further, treatment response may have very limited nosologic implications.

3. Bipolar disorder is a risk factor for BPD


4. BPD is a risk factor for bipolar disorder


Early emergence of a bipolar disorder (in preadolescent or adolescent patients) has been proposed to disrupt psychological development, leading to BPD. This adverse impact on personality development—the “scar hypothesis”3 —is supported by data showing greater risk of co-occurring BPD with earlier onset bipolar disorder.4 More important, prospective studies of patients with bipolar disorder show a greater risk for developing BPD.5

BPD also may be a risk factor for the development of bipolar disorder—the “vulnerability hypothesis.”3 Patients with BPD are more likely to develop bipolar disorder, even compared to patients with other personality disorders.5

5. Shared risk factors


BPD and bipolar disorder may be linked by shared risk factors, such as shared genes or trait neuroticism.3

*Some evidence supports each potential explanation, and they are not necessarily mutually exclusive

References

a. Akiskal HS. Demystifying borderline personality: critique of the concept and unorthodox reflections on its natural kinship with the bipolar spectrum. Acta Psychiatr Scand. 2004;110(6):401-407.

b. Mackinnon DF, Pies R. Affective instability as rapid cycling: theoretical and clinical implications for borderline personality and bipolar spectrum disorders. Bipolar Disord. 2006;8(1):1-14.

c. Christensen MV, Kessing LV. Do personality traits predict first onset in depressive and bipolar disorder? Nord J Psychiatry. 2006;60(2):79-88.

d. Goldberg JF, Garno JL. Age at onset of bipolar disorder and risk for comorbid borderline personality disorder. Bipolar Disord. 2009;11(2):205-208.

e. Gunderson JG, Weinberg I, Daversa MT, et al. Descriptive and longitudinal observations on the relationship of borderline personality disorder and bipolar disorder. Am J Psychiatry. 2006;163(7):1173-1178.

Overlapping symptoms

Bipolar disorder is generally considered a clinical disorder or brain disease that can be understood as a broken mood “thermostat.” The lifetime prevalence of bipolar types I and II is approximately 2%.3 Approximately one-half of patients have a family history of illness, and multiple genes are believed to influence inheritance. Mania is the disorder’s hallmark,4 although overactivity has alternatively been proposed as a core feature.5 Most patients with mania ultimately experience depression6 ( Table 1 ).

 

 

 

No dimensional personality correlates have been consistently demonstrated in bipolar disorder, although co-occurring personality disorders—often the “dramatic” Cluster B type—are common4,7 and may adversely affect treatment response and suicide risk.8,9

Both bipolar disorder and BPD are associated with considerable risk of suicide or suicide attempts.10,11 Self-mutilation or self-injurious behavior without suicidal intent are particularly common in BPD.12 Threats of suicide—which may be manipulative or help-seeking—also are common in BPD and tend to be acute rather than chronic.13

Borderline personality disorder is characterized by an enduring and inflexible pattern of thoughts, feelings, and behaviors that impairs an individual’s psychosocial or vocational function. Its estimated prevalence is approximately 1%,14 although recent community estimates approach 6%.15 Genetic influences play a lesser etiologic role in BPD than in bipolar disorder.

Several of BPD’s common features ( Table 2 )—impulsivity, mood instability, inappropriate anger, suicidal behavior, and unstable relationships—are shared with bipolar disorder, but patients with BPD tend to show higher levels of impulsiveness and hostility than patients with bipolar disorder.16 Dimensional assessments of personality traits suggest that BPD is characterized by high neuroticism and low agreeableness.17 BPD also has been more strongly associated with a childhood history of abuse, even when compared with control groups having other personality disorders or major depression.18 The male-to-female ratio for bipolar disorder approximates 1:1;3 in BPD this ratio has been estimated at 1:4 in clinical samples19 and near 1:1 in community samples.15

 

BPD and bipolar disorder often co-occur. Evidence indicates ≤20% of patients with BPD have comorbid bipolar disorder20 and 15% of patients with bipolar disorder have comorbid BPD.21 Co-occurrence happens much more often than would be expected by chance. These similar bidirectional comorbidity estimates (15% to 20%) would not be expected for conditions of such differing prevalence (<1% vs 2% or more). This suggests:

 

  • the estimated prevalence of bipolar disorder in BPD is too low
  • the estimated prevalence of BPD in bipolar disorder samples is too high
  • borderline personality disorder is present in >1% of the population
  • bipolar disorder is less common
  • some combination of the above.

Among these possibilities, the prevalence estimates of bipolar disorder are the most consistent. Several studies suggest that BPD may be much more common, with some estimates exceeding 5%.15

Table 1

Common signs and symptoms
associated with mania and depression in bipolar disorder

 

(Hypo)maniaDepression
Elevated moodDecreased mood
IrritabilityIrritability
Decreased need for sleepAnhedonia
GrandiosityDecreased self-attitude
TalkativenessInsomnia/hypersomnia
Racing thoughtsChange in appetite/weight
Increased motor activityFatigue
Increased sex driveHopelessness
ReligiositySuicidal thoughts
DistractibilityImpaired concentration

Table 2

Borderline personality disorder: Commonly reported features

 

Impulsivity
Unstable relationships
Unstable self-image
Affective instability
Fear of abandonment
Recurrent self-injurious or suicidal behavior
Feelings of emptiness
Intense anger or hostility
Transient paranoia or dissociative symptoms

Roots of misdiagnosis

The presence of bipolar disorder or BPD may increase the risk that the other will be misdiagnosed. When symptoms of both are present, those suggesting 1 diagnosis may reflect the consequences of the other. A diagnosis of BPD could represent a partially treated or treatment-resistant bipolar disorder, or a BPD diagnosis could be the result of several years of disruption by a mood disorder.

Characteristics of bipolar disorder have contributed to clinician bias in favor of that diagnosis rather than BPD ( Table 3 ).22,23 Bipolar disorder also may be misdiagnosed as BPD. This error may most likely occur when the history focuses excessively on cross-sectional symptoms, such as when a patient with bipolar disorder shows prominent mood lability or interpersonal sensitivity during a mood episode but not when euthymic.

 

Bipolar II disorder. The confusion between bipolar disorder and BPD may be particularly problematic for patients with bipolar II disorder or subthreshold bipolar disorders. The manias of bipolar I disorder are much more readily distinguishable from the mood instability or reactivity of BPD. The manic symptoms of bipolar I are more florid, more pronounced, and lead to more obvious impairment.

The milder highs of bipolar II may resemble the mood fluctuations seen in BPD. Further, bipolar II is characterized by a greater chronicity and affective morbidity than bipolar I, and episodes of illness may be characterized by irritability, anger, and racing thoughts.24 Whereas impulsivity or aggression are more characteristic of BPD, bipolar II is similar to BPD on dimensions of affective instability.24,25

When present in BPD, affective instability or lability is conceptualized as ultra-rapid or ultradian, with a frequency of hours to days. BPD is less likely than bipolar II to show affective lability between depression and euthymia or elation and more likely to show fluctuations into anger and anxiety.26

 

 

Nonetheless, because of the increased prominence of shared features and reduced distinguishing features, bipolar II and BPD are prone to misdiagnosis and commonly co-occur.

Table 3

Clinician biases that may favor a bipolar disorder diagnosis, rather than BPD

 

Bipolar disorder is supported by decades of research
Patients with bipolar disorder are often considered more “likeable” than those with BPD
Bipolar disorder is more treatable and has a better long-term outcome than BPD (although BPD is generally characterized by clinical improvement, whereas bipolar disorder is more stable with perhaps some increase in depressive symptom burden)
Widely thought to have a biologic basis, the bipolar diagnosis conveys less stigma than BPD, which often is less empathically attributed to the patient’s own failings
A bipolar diagnosis is easier to explain to patients than BPD; many psychiatrists have difficulty explaining personality disorders in terms patients understand
BPD: borderline personality disorder
Source: References 22,23

History, the diagnostic key

A thorough and rigorous psychiatric history is essential to distinguish BPD from bipolar disorder. Supplementing the patient’s history with an informant interview is often helpful.

Because personality disorders are considered a chronic and enduring pattern of maladaptive behavior, focus the history on longitudinal course and not simply cross-sectional symptoms. Thus, symptoms suggestive of BPD that are confined only to clearly defined episodes of mood disturbance and are absent during euthymia would not warrant a BPD diagnosis.

Temporal relationship. A detailed chronologic history can help determine the temporal relationship between any borderline features and mood episodes. When the patient’s life story is used as a scaffold for the phenomenologic portions of the psychiatric history, one can determine whether any such functional impairment is confined to episodes of mood disorder or appears as an enduring pattern of thinking, acting, and relating. Exploring what happened at notable life transitions—leaving school, loss of job, divorce/separation—may be similarly helpful.

Family history of psychiatric illness may provide a clue to an individual’s genetic predisposition but, of course, does not determine diagnosis. A detailed family and social history that provides evidence of an individual’s function in school, work, and interpersonal relationships is more relevant.

Abandonment and identity issues. Essential to BPD is fear of abandonment, often an undue fear that those important to patients will leave them. Patients may go to extremes to avoid being “abandoned,” even when this threat is not genuine.27,28 Their insecure attachments often lead them to fear being alone. The patient with BPD may:

 

  • make frantic phone calls or send text messages to a friend or lover seeking reassurance
  • take extreme measures such as refusing to leave the person’s home or pleading with them not to leave.

Patients with BPD often struggle with identity disturbance, leading them to wonder who they are and what their beliefs and core values are.29 Although occasionally patients with bipolar disorder may have these symptoms, they are not characteristic of bipolar disorder.

Mood lability. The time course of changes in affect or mood swings also may help distinguish BPD from bipolar disorder.

 

  • With bipolar disorder the shift typically is from depression to elation or the reverse, and moods are sustained. Manias or hypomanias are often immediately followed by a “crash” into depression.
  • With BPD, “roller-coaster moods” are typical, mood shifts are nonsustained, and the poles often are anxiety, anger, or desperation.

 

Patients with BPD often report moods shifting rapidly over minutes or hours, but they rarely describe moods sustained for days or weeks on end—other than perhaps depression. Mood lability of BPD often is produced by interpersonal sensitivity, whereas mood lability in bipolar disorder tends to be autonomous and persistent.

Young patients. Assessment can be particularly challenging in young adults and adolescents because symptoms of an emerging bipolar disorder can be more difficult to distinguish from BPD.30 Patients this young also may have less longitudinal history to distinguish an enduring pattern of thinking and relating from a mood disorder. For these cases, it may be particularly important to classify the frequency and pattern of mood symptoms.

 

Affective dysregulation is a core feature of BPD and is variably defined as a mood reactivity, typically of short duration (often hours). Cycling in bipolar disorder classically involves a periodicity of weeks to months. Even the broadest definitions include a minimum duration of 2 days for hypomania.5

 

 

Mood reactivity can occur within episodes of bipolar disorder, although episodes may occur spontaneously and without an obvious precipitant or stressor. Impulsivity may represent more of an essential feature of BPD than affective instability or mood reactivity and may be of particular diagnostic relevance.

Treatment implications

When you are unable to make a clear diagnosis, describe your clinical reasoning and differential diagnosis in the assessment or formulation. With close follow-up, the longitudinal history and course of illness may eventually lead you to an accurate diagnosis.

 

There are good reasons to acknowledge both conditions when bipolar disorder and BPD are present. Proper recognition of bipolar disorder is a prerequisite to taking full advantage of proven pharmacologic treatments. The evidence base for pharmacologic management of BPD remains limited,31 but recognizing this disorder may help the patient understand his or her psychiatric history and encourage the use of effective psychosocial treatments.

Psychosocial treatments for bipolar disorder may target demoralization and circadian rhythms with sleep hygiene or social rhythms therapy. Acknowledging BPD:

 

  • helps both clinician and patient to better understand the condition
  • facilitates setting realistic treatment goals because BPD tends to respond to medication less robustly than bipolar disorder.

Recognizing BPD also allows for referral to targeted psychosocial treatments, including dialectical behavior therapy, mentalization-based treatment, or Systems Training for Emotional Predictability and Problem Solving (STEPPS).32-34

Related resources

 

Drug brand name

 

  • Divalproex • Depakote, Depakene, others

Disclosures

Dr. Fiedorowicz reports no financial relationship with any company whose products are mentioned in this article or with manufacturers of competing products.

Dr. Black receives research/grant support from AstraZeneca and Forest Laboratories and is a consultant to Jazz Pharmaceuticals.

Acknowledgment

The authors would like to thank Nancee Blum, MSW, and Nancy Hale, RN, for their assistance and expertise in the preparation of this article.

Discuss this article

Borderline personality disorder (BPD) and bipolar disorder are frequently confused with each other, in part because of their considerable symptomatic overlap. This redundancy occurs despite the different ways these disorders are conceptualized: BPD as a personality disorder and bipolar disorder as a brain disease among Axis I clinical disorders.

BPD and bipolar disorder—especially bipolar II—often co-occur ( Box ) and are frequently misidentified, as shown by clinical and epidemiologic studies. Misdiagnosis creates problems for clinicians and patients. When diagnosed with BPD, patients with bipolar disorder may be deprived of potentially effective pharmacologic treatments.1 Conversely, the stigma that BPD carries—particularly in the mental health community—may lead clinicians to:

  • not even disclose the BPD diagnosis to patients2
  • lean in the direction of diagnosing BPD as bipolar disorder, potentially resulting in treatments that have little relevance or failure to refer for more appropriate psychosocial treatments.

To help you avoid confusion and the pitfalls of misdiagnosis, this article clarifies the distinctions between bipolar disorder and BPD. We discuss symptom overlap, highlight key differences between the constructs, outline diagnostic differences, and provide useful suggestions to discern the differential diagnosis.

Box

 

Nonchance explanations for the diagnostic overlap
between BPD and bipolar disorder*

1. Inability of current nosology to separate 2 distinct conditions


Relatively indistinct diagnostic boundaries confuse the differentiation of borderline personality disorder (BPD) and bipolar disorder (5 of 9 BPD criteria may occur with mania or hypomania). In this model, the person has 1 disorder but because of symptom overlap receives a diagnosis of both. Because structured interviews do not allow for subjective judgment or expert opinion, the result is the generation of 2 diagnoses when 1 may provide a more parsimonious and valid explanation.

2. BPD exists on a spectrum with bipolar disorder


The mood lability of BPD may be viewed as not unlike that seen with bipolar disorder.1 Behaviors displayed by patients with BPD are subsequently conceptualized as arising from their unstable mood. Supporting arguments cite family study data and evidence from pharmacotherapy trials of anticonvulsants, including divalproex, for rapid cycling bipolar disorder and BPD.2 Family studies have been notable for their failure to directly characterize family members, however, and clinical trials have been quite small. Further, treatment response may have very limited nosologic implications.

3. Bipolar disorder is a risk factor for BPD


4. BPD is a risk factor for bipolar disorder


Early emergence of a bipolar disorder (in preadolescent or adolescent patients) has been proposed to disrupt psychological development, leading to BPD. This adverse impact on personality development—the “scar hypothesis”3 —is supported by data showing greater risk of co-occurring BPD with earlier onset bipolar disorder.4 More important, prospective studies of patients with bipolar disorder show a greater risk for developing BPD.5

BPD also may be a risk factor for the development of bipolar disorder—the “vulnerability hypothesis.”3 Patients with BPD are more likely to develop bipolar disorder, even compared to patients with other personality disorders.5

5. Shared risk factors


BPD and bipolar disorder may be linked by shared risk factors, such as shared genes or trait neuroticism.3

*Some evidence supports each potential explanation, and they are not necessarily mutually exclusive

References

a. Akiskal HS. Demystifying borderline personality: critique of the concept and unorthodox reflections on its natural kinship with the bipolar spectrum. Acta Psychiatr Scand. 2004;110(6):401-407.

b. Mackinnon DF, Pies R. Affective instability as rapid cycling: theoretical and clinical implications for borderline personality and bipolar spectrum disorders. Bipolar Disord. 2006;8(1):1-14.

c. Christensen MV, Kessing LV. Do personality traits predict first onset in depressive and bipolar disorder? Nord J Psychiatry. 2006;60(2):79-88.

d. Goldberg JF, Garno JL. Age at onset of bipolar disorder and risk for comorbid borderline personality disorder. Bipolar Disord. 2009;11(2):205-208.

e. Gunderson JG, Weinberg I, Daversa MT, et al. Descriptive and longitudinal observations on the relationship of borderline personality disorder and bipolar disorder. Am J Psychiatry. 2006;163(7):1173-1178.

Overlapping symptoms

Bipolar disorder is generally considered a clinical disorder or brain disease that can be understood as a broken mood “thermostat.” The lifetime prevalence of bipolar types I and II is approximately 2%.3 Approximately one-half of patients have a family history of illness, and multiple genes are believed to influence inheritance. Mania is the disorder’s hallmark,4 although overactivity has alternatively been proposed as a core feature.5 Most patients with mania ultimately experience depression6 ( Table 1 ).

 

 

 

No dimensional personality correlates have been consistently demonstrated in bipolar disorder, although co-occurring personality disorders—often the “dramatic” Cluster B type—are common4,7 and may adversely affect treatment response and suicide risk.8,9

Both bipolar disorder and BPD are associated with considerable risk of suicide or suicide attempts.10,11 Self-mutilation or self-injurious behavior without suicidal intent are particularly common in BPD.12 Threats of suicide—which may be manipulative or help-seeking—also are common in BPD and tend to be acute rather than chronic.13

Borderline personality disorder is characterized by an enduring and inflexible pattern of thoughts, feelings, and behaviors that impairs an individual’s psychosocial or vocational function. Its estimated prevalence is approximately 1%,14 although recent community estimates approach 6%.15 Genetic influences play a lesser etiologic role in BPD than in bipolar disorder.

Several of BPD’s common features ( Table 2 )—impulsivity, mood instability, inappropriate anger, suicidal behavior, and unstable relationships—are shared with bipolar disorder, but patients with BPD tend to show higher levels of impulsiveness and hostility than patients with bipolar disorder.16 Dimensional assessments of personality traits suggest that BPD is characterized by high neuroticism and low agreeableness.17 BPD also has been more strongly associated with a childhood history of abuse, even when compared with control groups having other personality disorders or major depression.18 The male-to-female ratio for bipolar disorder approximates 1:1;3 in BPD this ratio has been estimated at 1:4 in clinical samples19 and near 1:1 in community samples.15

 

BPD and bipolar disorder often co-occur. Evidence indicates ≤20% of patients with BPD have comorbid bipolar disorder20 and 15% of patients with bipolar disorder have comorbid BPD.21 Co-occurrence happens much more often than would be expected by chance. These similar bidirectional comorbidity estimates (15% to 20%) would not be expected for conditions of such differing prevalence (<1% vs 2% or more). This suggests:

 

  • the estimated prevalence of bipolar disorder in BPD is too low
  • the estimated prevalence of BPD in bipolar disorder samples is too high
  • borderline personality disorder is present in >1% of the population
  • bipolar disorder is less common
  • some combination of the above.

Among these possibilities, the prevalence estimates of bipolar disorder are the most consistent. Several studies suggest that BPD may be much more common, with some estimates exceeding 5%.15

Table 1

Common signs and symptoms
associated with mania and depression in bipolar disorder

 

(Hypo)maniaDepression
Elevated moodDecreased mood
IrritabilityIrritability
Decreased need for sleepAnhedonia
GrandiosityDecreased self-attitude
TalkativenessInsomnia/hypersomnia
Racing thoughtsChange in appetite/weight
Increased motor activityFatigue
Increased sex driveHopelessness
ReligiositySuicidal thoughts
DistractibilityImpaired concentration

Table 2

Borderline personality disorder: Commonly reported features

 

Impulsivity
Unstable relationships
Unstable self-image
Affective instability
Fear of abandonment
Recurrent self-injurious or suicidal behavior
Feelings of emptiness
Intense anger or hostility
Transient paranoia or dissociative symptoms

Roots of misdiagnosis

The presence of bipolar disorder or BPD may increase the risk that the other will be misdiagnosed. When symptoms of both are present, those suggesting 1 diagnosis may reflect the consequences of the other. A diagnosis of BPD could represent a partially treated or treatment-resistant bipolar disorder, or a BPD diagnosis could be the result of several years of disruption by a mood disorder.

Characteristics of bipolar disorder have contributed to clinician bias in favor of that diagnosis rather than BPD ( Table 3 ).22,23 Bipolar disorder also may be misdiagnosed as BPD. This error may most likely occur when the history focuses excessively on cross-sectional symptoms, such as when a patient with bipolar disorder shows prominent mood lability or interpersonal sensitivity during a mood episode but not when euthymic.

 

Bipolar II disorder. The confusion between bipolar disorder and BPD may be particularly problematic for patients with bipolar II disorder or subthreshold bipolar disorders. The manias of bipolar I disorder are much more readily distinguishable from the mood instability or reactivity of BPD. The manic symptoms of bipolar I are more florid, more pronounced, and lead to more obvious impairment.

The milder highs of bipolar II may resemble the mood fluctuations seen in BPD. Further, bipolar II is characterized by a greater chronicity and affective morbidity than bipolar I, and episodes of illness may be characterized by irritability, anger, and racing thoughts.24 Whereas impulsivity or aggression are more characteristic of BPD, bipolar II is similar to BPD on dimensions of affective instability.24,25

When present in BPD, affective instability or lability is conceptualized as ultra-rapid or ultradian, with a frequency of hours to days. BPD is less likely than bipolar II to show affective lability between depression and euthymia or elation and more likely to show fluctuations into anger and anxiety.26

 

 

Nonetheless, because of the increased prominence of shared features and reduced distinguishing features, bipolar II and BPD are prone to misdiagnosis and commonly co-occur.

Table 3

Clinician biases that may favor a bipolar disorder diagnosis, rather than BPD

 

Bipolar disorder is supported by decades of research
Patients with bipolar disorder are often considered more “likeable” than those with BPD
Bipolar disorder is more treatable and has a better long-term outcome than BPD (although BPD is generally characterized by clinical improvement, whereas bipolar disorder is more stable with perhaps some increase in depressive symptom burden)
Widely thought to have a biologic basis, the bipolar diagnosis conveys less stigma than BPD, which often is less empathically attributed to the patient’s own failings
A bipolar diagnosis is easier to explain to patients than BPD; many psychiatrists have difficulty explaining personality disorders in terms patients understand
BPD: borderline personality disorder
Source: References 22,23

History, the diagnostic key

A thorough and rigorous psychiatric history is essential to distinguish BPD from bipolar disorder. Supplementing the patient’s history with an informant interview is often helpful.

Because personality disorders are considered a chronic and enduring pattern of maladaptive behavior, focus the history on longitudinal course and not simply cross-sectional symptoms. Thus, symptoms suggestive of BPD that are confined only to clearly defined episodes of mood disturbance and are absent during euthymia would not warrant a BPD diagnosis.

Temporal relationship. A detailed chronologic history can help determine the temporal relationship between any borderline features and mood episodes. When the patient’s life story is used as a scaffold for the phenomenologic portions of the psychiatric history, one can determine whether any such functional impairment is confined to episodes of mood disorder or appears as an enduring pattern of thinking, acting, and relating. Exploring what happened at notable life transitions—leaving school, loss of job, divorce/separation—may be similarly helpful.

Family history of psychiatric illness may provide a clue to an individual’s genetic predisposition but, of course, does not determine diagnosis. A detailed family and social history that provides evidence of an individual’s function in school, work, and interpersonal relationships is more relevant.

Abandonment and identity issues. Essential to BPD is fear of abandonment, often an undue fear that those important to patients will leave them. Patients may go to extremes to avoid being “abandoned,” even when this threat is not genuine.27,28 Their insecure attachments often lead them to fear being alone. The patient with BPD may:

 

  • make frantic phone calls or send text messages to a friend or lover seeking reassurance
  • take extreme measures such as refusing to leave the person’s home or pleading with them not to leave.

Patients with BPD often struggle with identity disturbance, leading them to wonder who they are and what their beliefs and core values are.29 Although occasionally patients with bipolar disorder may have these symptoms, they are not characteristic of bipolar disorder.

Mood lability. The time course of changes in affect or mood swings also may help distinguish BPD from bipolar disorder.

 

  • With bipolar disorder the shift typically is from depression to elation or the reverse, and moods are sustained. Manias or hypomanias are often immediately followed by a “crash” into depression.
  • With BPD, “roller-coaster moods” are typical, mood shifts are nonsustained, and the poles often are anxiety, anger, or desperation.

 

Patients with BPD often report moods shifting rapidly over minutes or hours, but they rarely describe moods sustained for days or weeks on end—other than perhaps depression. Mood lability of BPD often is produced by interpersonal sensitivity, whereas mood lability in bipolar disorder tends to be autonomous and persistent.

Young patients. Assessment can be particularly challenging in young adults and adolescents because symptoms of an emerging bipolar disorder can be more difficult to distinguish from BPD.30 Patients this young also may have less longitudinal history to distinguish an enduring pattern of thinking and relating from a mood disorder. For these cases, it may be particularly important to classify the frequency and pattern of mood symptoms.

 

Affective dysregulation is a core feature of BPD and is variably defined as a mood reactivity, typically of short duration (often hours). Cycling in bipolar disorder classically involves a periodicity of weeks to months. Even the broadest definitions include a minimum duration of 2 days for hypomania.5

 

 

Mood reactivity can occur within episodes of bipolar disorder, although episodes may occur spontaneously and without an obvious precipitant or stressor. Impulsivity may represent more of an essential feature of BPD than affective instability or mood reactivity and may be of particular diagnostic relevance.

Treatment implications

When you are unable to make a clear diagnosis, describe your clinical reasoning and differential diagnosis in the assessment or formulation. With close follow-up, the longitudinal history and course of illness may eventually lead you to an accurate diagnosis.

 

There are good reasons to acknowledge both conditions when bipolar disorder and BPD are present. Proper recognition of bipolar disorder is a prerequisite to taking full advantage of proven pharmacologic treatments. The evidence base for pharmacologic management of BPD remains limited,31 but recognizing this disorder may help the patient understand his or her psychiatric history and encourage the use of effective psychosocial treatments.

Psychosocial treatments for bipolar disorder may target demoralization and circadian rhythms with sleep hygiene or social rhythms therapy. Acknowledging BPD:

 

  • helps both clinician and patient to better understand the condition
  • facilitates setting realistic treatment goals because BPD tends to respond to medication less robustly than bipolar disorder.

Recognizing BPD also allows for referral to targeted psychosocial treatments, including dialectical behavior therapy, mentalization-based treatment, or Systems Training for Emotional Predictability and Problem Solving (STEPPS).32-34

Related resources

 

Drug brand name

 

  • Divalproex • Depakote, Depakene, others

Disclosures

Dr. Fiedorowicz reports no financial relationship with any company whose products are mentioned in this article or with manufacturers of competing products.

Dr. Black receives research/grant support from AstraZeneca and Forest Laboratories and is a consultant to Jazz Pharmaceuticals.

Acknowledgment

The authors would like to thank Nancee Blum, MSW, and Nancy Hale, RN, for their assistance and expertise in the preparation of this article.

References

 

1. John H, Sharma V. Misdiagnosis of bipolar disorder as borderline personality disorder: clinical and economic consequences. World J Biol Psychiatry. 2007;1-4[epub ahead of print].

2. Lequesne ER, Hersh RG. Disclosure of a diagnosis of borderline personality disorder. J Psychiatr Pract. 2004;10(3):170-176.

3. Merikangas KR, Akiskal HS, Angst J, et al. Lifetime and 12-month prevalence of bipolar spectrum disorder in the National Comorbidity Survey replication. Arch Gen Psychiatry. 2007;64(5):543-552.

4. Belmaker RH. Bipolar disorder. N Engl J Med. 2004;351(5):476-486.

5. Benazzi F. Testing new diagnostic criteria for hypomania. Ann Clin Psychiatry. 2007;19(2):99-104.

6. Solomon DA, Leon AC, Endicott J, et al. Unipolar mania over the course of a 20-year follow-up study. Am J Psychiatry. 2003;160(11):2049-2051.

7. Schiavone P, Dorz S, Conforti D, et al. Comorbidity of DSM-IV personality disorders in unipolar and bipolar affective disorders: a comparative study. Psychol Rep. 2004;95(1):121-128.

8. Fan AH, Hassell J. Bipolar disorder and comorbid personality psychopathology: a review of the literature. J Clin Psychiatry. 2008;69(11):1794-1803.

9. Garno JL, Goldberg JF, Ramirez PM, et al. Bipolar disorder with comorbid cluster B personality disorder features: impact on suicidality. J Clin Psychiatry. 2005;66(3):339-345.

10. Black DW, Blum N, Pfohl B, et al. Suicidal behavior in borderline personality disorder: prevalence, risk factors, prediction, and prevention. J Pers Disord. 2004;18(3):226-239.

11. Fiedorowicz JG, Leon AC, Keller MB, et al. Do risk factors for suicidal behavior differ by affective disorder polarity? Psychol Med. 2009;39(5):763-771.

12. Paris J. Understanding self-mutilation in borderline personality disorder. Harv Rev Psychiatry. 2005;13(3):179-185.

13. Zanarini MC, Frankenburg FR, Hennen J, et al. The McLean Study of Adult Development (MSAD): overview and implications of the first six years of prospective follow-up. J Pers Disord. 2005;19(5):505-523.

14. Torgersen S, Kringlen E, Cramer V. The prevalence of personality disorders in a community sample. Arch Gen Psychiatry. 2001;58(6):590-596.

15. Grant BF, Chou SP, Goldstein RB, et al. Prevalence, correlates, disability, and comorbidity of DSM-IV borderline personality disorder: results from the Wave 2 National Epidemiologic Survey on Alcohol and Related Conditions. J Clin Psychiatry. 2008;69(4):533-545.

16. Wilson ST, Stanley B, Oquendo MA, et al. Comparing impulsiveness, hostility, and depression in borderline personality disorder and bipolar II disorder. J Clin Psychiatry. 2007;68(10):1533-1539.

17. Zweig-Frank H, Paris J. The five-factor model of personality in borderline and nonborderline personality disorders. Can J Psychiatry. 1995;40(9):523-526.

18. Zanarini MC, Frankenburg FR, Reich DB, et al. Adult experiences of abuse reported by borderline patients and Axis II comparison subjects over six years of prospective follow-up. J Nerv Ment Dis. 2005;193(6):412-416.

19. Zanarini MC, Frankenburg FR, Reich DB, et al. Violence in the lives of adult borderline patients. J Nerv Ment Dis. 1999;187(2):65-71.

20. McCormick B, Blum N, Hansel R, et al. Relationship of sex to symptom severity, psychiatric comorbidity, and health care utilization in 163 subjects with borderline personality disorder. Compr Psychiatry. 2007;48(5):406-412.

21. Brieger P, Ehrt U, Marneros A. Frequency of comorbid personality disorders in bipolar and unipolar affective disorders. Compr Psychiatry. 2003;44(1):28-34.

22. Paris J, Zweig-Frank H. A 27-year follow-up of patients with borderline personality disorder. Compr Psychiatry. 2001;42(6):482-487.

23. Coryell WH, Fiedorowicz JG, Solomon D, et al. Age transitions in the course of bipolar I disorder. Psychol Med. 2009;39(8):1247-1252.

24. Benazzi F. Borderline personality-bipolar spectrum relationship. Prog Neuropsychopharmacol Biol Psychiatry. 2006;30(1):68-74.

25. Critchfield KL, Levy KN, Clarkin JF. The relationship between impulsivity, aggression, and impulsive-aggression in borderline personality disorder: an empirical analysis of self-report measures. J Pers Disord. 2004;18(6):555-570.

26. Henry C, Mitropoulou V, New AS, et al. Affective instability and impulsivity in borderline personality and bipolar II disorders: similarities and differences. J Psychiatr Res. 2001;35(6):307-312.

27. Bray A. The extended mind and borderline personality disorder. Australas Psychiatry. 2008;16(1):8-12.

28. Gunderson JG. The borderline patient’s intolerance of aloneness: insecure attachments and therapist availability. Am J Psychiatry. 1996;153(6):752-758.

29. Jorgensen CR. Disturbed sense of identity in borderline personality disorder. J Pers Disord. 2006;20(6):618-644.

30. Smith DJ, Muir WJ, Blackwood DH. Borderline personality disorder characteristics in young adults with recurrent mood disorders: a comparison of bipolar and unipolar depression. J Affect Disord. 2005;87(1):17-23.

31. Binks CA, Fenton M, McCarthy L, et al. Pharmacological interventions for people with borderline personality disorder. Cochrane Database Syst Rev. 2006(1);CD005653.-

32. Lynch TR, Trost WT, Salsman N, et al. Dialectical behavior therapy for borderline personality disorder. Annu Rev Clin Psychol. 2007;3:181-205.

33. Bateman AW, Fonagy P. Mentalization-based treatment of BPD. J Pers Disord. 2004;18(1):36-51.

34. Blum N, St John D, Pfohl B, et al. Systems Training for Emotional Predictability and Problem Solving (STEPPS) for outpatients with borderline personality disorder: a randomized controlled trial and 1-year follow-up. Am J Psychiatry. 2008;165(4):468-478.

References

 

1. John H, Sharma V. Misdiagnosis of bipolar disorder as borderline personality disorder: clinical and economic consequences. World J Biol Psychiatry. 2007;1-4[epub ahead of print].

2. Lequesne ER, Hersh RG. Disclosure of a diagnosis of borderline personality disorder. J Psychiatr Pract. 2004;10(3):170-176.

3. Merikangas KR, Akiskal HS, Angst J, et al. Lifetime and 12-month prevalence of bipolar spectrum disorder in the National Comorbidity Survey replication. Arch Gen Psychiatry. 2007;64(5):543-552.

4. Belmaker RH. Bipolar disorder. N Engl J Med. 2004;351(5):476-486.

5. Benazzi F. Testing new diagnostic criteria for hypomania. Ann Clin Psychiatry. 2007;19(2):99-104.

6. Solomon DA, Leon AC, Endicott J, et al. Unipolar mania over the course of a 20-year follow-up study. Am J Psychiatry. 2003;160(11):2049-2051.

7. Schiavone P, Dorz S, Conforti D, et al. Comorbidity of DSM-IV personality disorders in unipolar and bipolar affective disorders: a comparative study. Psychol Rep. 2004;95(1):121-128.

8. Fan AH, Hassell J. Bipolar disorder and comorbid personality psychopathology: a review of the literature. J Clin Psychiatry. 2008;69(11):1794-1803.

9. Garno JL, Goldberg JF, Ramirez PM, et al. Bipolar disorder with comorbid cluster B personality disorder features: impact on suicidality. J Clin Psychiatry. 2005;66(3):339-345.

10. Black DW, Blum N, Pfohl B, et al. Suicidal behavior in borderline personality disorder: prevalence, risk factors, prediction, and prevention. J Pers Disord. 2004;18(3):226-239.

11. Fiedorowicz JG, Leon AC, Keller MB, et al. Do risk factors for suicidal behavior differ by affective disorder polarity? Psychol Med. 2009;39(5):763-771.

12. Paris J. Understanding self-mutilation in borderline personality disorder. Harv Rev Psychiatry. 2005;13(3):179-185.

13. Zanarini MC, Frankenburg FR, Hennen J, et al. The McLean Study of Adult Development (MSAD): overview and implications of the first six years of prospective follow-up. J Pers Disord. 2005;19(5):505-523.

14. Torgersen S, Kringlen E, Cramer V. The prevalence of personality disorders in a community sample. Arch Gen Psychiatry. 2001;58(6):590-596.

15. Grant BF, Chou SP, Goldstein RB, et al. Prevalence, correlates, disability, and comorbidity of DSM-IV borderline personality disorder: results from the Wave 2 National Epidemiologic Survey on Alcohol and Related Conditions. J Clin Psychiatry. 2008;69(4):533-545.

16. Wilson ST, Stanley B, Oquendo MA, et al. Comparing impulsiveness, hostility, and depression in borderline personality disorder and bipolar II disorder. J Clin Psychiatry. 2007;68(10):1533-1539.

17. Zweig-Frank H, Paris J. The five-factor model of personality in borderline and nonborderline personality disorders. Can J Psychiatry. 1995;40(9):523-526.

18. Zanarini MC, Frankenburg FR, Reich DB, et al. Adult experiences of abuse reported by borderline patients and Axis II comparison subjects over six years of prospective follow-up. J Nerv Ment Dis. 2005;193(6):412-416.

19. Zanarini MC, Frankenburg FR, Reich DB, et al. Violence in the lives of adult borderline patients. J Nerv Ment Dis. 1999;187(2):65-71.

20. McCormick B, Blum N, Hansel R, et al. Relationship of sex to symptom severity, psychiatric comorbidity, and health care utilization in 163 subjects with borderline personality disorder. Compr Psychiatry. 2007;48(5):406-412.

21. Brieger P, Ehrt U, Marneros A. Frequency of comorbid personality disorders in bipolar and unipolar affective disorders. Compr Psychiatry. 2003;44(1):28-34.

22. Paris J, Zweig-Frank H. A 27-year follow-up of patients with borderline personality disorder. Compr Psychiatry. 2001;42(6):482-487.

23. Coryell WH, Fiedorowicz JG, Solomon D, et al. Age transitions in the course of bipolar I disorder. Psychol Med. 2009;39(8):1247-1252.

24. Benazzi F. Borderline personality-bipolar spectrum relationship. Prog Neuropsychopharmacol Biol Psychiatry. 2006;30(1):68-74.

25. Critchfield KL, Levy KN, Clarkin JF. The relationship between impulsivity, aggression, and impulsive-aggression in borderline personality disorder: an empirical analysis of self-report measures. J Pers Disord. 2004;18(6):555-570.

26. Henry C, Mitropoulou V, New AS, et al. Affective instability and impulsivity in borderline personality and bipolar II disorders: similarities and differences. J Psychiatr Res. 2001;35(6):307-312.

27. Bray A. The extended mind and borderline personality disorder. Australas Psychiatry. 2008;16(1):8-12.

28. Gunderson JG. The borderline patient’s intolerance of aloneness: insecure attachments and therapist availability. Am J Psychiatry. 1996;153(6):752-758.

29. Jorgensen CR. Disturbed sense of identity in borderline personality disorder. J Pers Disord. 2006;20(6):618-644.

30. Smith DJ, Muir WJ, Blackwood DH. Borderline personality disorder characteristics in young adults with recurrent mood disorders: a comparison of bipolar and unipolar depression. J Affect Disord. 2005;87(1):17-23.

31. Binks CA, Fenton M, McCarthy L, et al. Pharmacological interventions for people with borderline personality disorder. Cochrane Database Syst Rev. 2006(1);CD005653.-

32. Lynch TR, Trost WT, Salsman N, et al. Dialectical behavior therapy for borderline personality disorder. Annu Rev Clin Psychol. 2007;3:181-205.

33. Bateman AW, Fonagy P. Mentalization-based treatment of BPD. J Pers Disord. 2004;18(1):36-51.

34. Blum N, St John D, Pfohl B, et al. Systems Training for Emotional Predictability and Problem Solving (STEPPS) for outpatients with borderline personality disorder: a randomized controlled trial and 1-year follow-up. Am J Psychiatry. 2008;165(4):468-478.

Issue
Current Psychiatry - 09(01)
Issue
Current Psychiatry - 09(01)
Page Number
21-24,29-32
Page Number
21-24,29-32
Publications
Publications
Topics
Article Type
Display Headline
Borderline, bipolar, or both? Frame your diagnosis on the patient history
Display Headline
Borderline, bipolar, or both? Frame your diagnosis on the patient history
Legacy Keywords
bipolar disorder;borderline personality disorder;Jess Fiedorowicz;Donald Black
Legacy Keywords
bipolar disorder;borderline personality disorder;Jess Fiedorowicz;Donald Black
Sections
PURLs Copyright

Disallow All Ads
Alternative CME
Use ProPublica
Hide sidebar & use full width
render the right sidebar.
Article PDF Media

Borderline personality disorder: STEPPS is practical, evidence-based, easier to use

Article Type
Changed
Tue, 12/11/2018 - 15:05
Display Headline
Borderline personality disorder: STEPPS is practical, evidence-based, easier to use

Comment on this article

Treatment of borderline personality disorder (BPD) often is viewed as challenging and the results so discouraging that some clinicians avoid referrals of BPD patients.1-3 Psychotherapy has been the treatment mainstay for decades, and supportive approaches are probably the most widely employed.4 Psychodynamic therapy often has been recommended.

This article introduces a new evidence-based group treatment program that we developed for BPD patients. Systems Training for Emotional Predictability and Problem Solving (STEPPS) is founded on the successes of better known psychoeducational models but is easier for practicing psychiatrists to implement.

A different approach to BPD

Linehan5 introduced dialectical behavior therapy (DBT)—a manualized, time-limited, cognitive-behavioral approach in which patients learn to regulate their emotions and behaviors rather than change their personality structure. Other evidence-based BPD treatments include transference-focused psychotherapy,6 schema-focused psychotherapy,7 and Bateman and Fonagy’s mentalization program.8 For a description of the unique challenges presented by BPD patients, see Box.

In the mid-1990s, we set out to create a treatment program for our BPD patients in response to managed care directives to lower the cost of care, decrease length of inpatient treatment, and reduce rehospitalization rates. Despite DBT’s many appealing features, we felt this model was too lengthy and labor-intensive for our treatment setting. We concluded that modifying a program developed by Bartels and Crotty9 would serve our needs. This 12-week psychoeducational program:

  • employs established cognitive-behavioral techniques in group treatment intended to supplement but not replace patients’ ongoing treatment
  • incorporates a “systems” component that recognizes the importance of the patient’s family and friends.
We adapted Bartels and Crotty’s manual (with permission), lengthened the program to 20 weeks, and developed specific session agendas with explicit facilitator guidelines.

We eventually renamed the program Systems Training for Emotional Predictability and Problem Solving (STEPPS)10 and created a new manual (see Related Resources) to simplify group leader training and ensure fidelity to the model. Data from 5 studies, including 2 randomized controlled trials (Table 1), show that STEPPS has a robust antidepressant effect and leads to broad-based improvements in the affective, cognitive, impulsive, and disturbed relationship domains of BPD.11-15

Box

Why treating borderline personality disorder is so challenging

Borderline personality disorder (BPD) is 1 of the most challenging mental health conditions. BPD is surprisingly common, with prevalence rates of 0.5% to 1% in the community, 10% in outpatient mental health settings, and up to 20% in inpatient psychiatric settings.a-c Patients with BPD experience substantial functional impairment in several areas (eg, difficulty maintaining employment, disturbed interpersonal relationships, and disrupted family relationships).a,d,e

Many borderline patients have childhood histories of abuse and continue to be victims of domestic and other violence through adulthood.f High utilization of medical and psychiatric health care services is common and costly.g BPD also is associated with substantial psychiatric comorbidity, particularly mood and anxiety disorders, substance use disorders, eating disorders, and other Axis II disorders.h,i

Persons with BPD experience intense dysphoria and intrapsychic pain. Characteristic features include affective intensity, reactivity, and lability; a pervasive pattern of unstable interpersonal relationships; marked behavioral impulsivity; unstable self-identity; intense anger; and extreme fear of abandonment.j

The symptom that probably makes the greatest demand on mental health resources is recurrent suicidal threats/attempts or episodes of self-mutilation, many prompted by disappointment in a relationship.k Two-thirds to three-quarters of BPD patients will attempt suicide, with up to 10% eventually completing suicide, often following multiple failed treatments.l

References

a. Gunderson J. Borderline personality disorder: A clinical guide. 2nd ed. Washington, DC: American Psychiatric Publishing; 2008.
b. Widiger TA, Frances AJ. Epidemiology, diagnosis, and co-morbidity of borderline personality disorder. In: Tasman A, Hales RE, Frances AJ (eds). American Psychiatric Press Review of Psychiatry, vol. 8. Washington, DC: American Psychiatric Press; 1989:8-24.
c. Swartz MS, Blazer D, George L, et al. Estimating the prevalence of borderline personality disorder in the community. J Personal Disord. 1990;4:257-272.
d. Nakao K, Gunderson JG, Phillips KA, et al. Functional impairment in personality disorders. J Personal Disord. 1992;6:24-31.
e. Skodol AE, Gunderson JG, McGlashan TH, et al. Functional impairment in patients with schizotypal, borderline, avoidant, or obsessive-compulsive personality disorder. Am J Psychiatry. 2002;159:276-283.
f. Zanarini MC. Childhood experiences associated with the development of borderline personality disorder. Psychiatr Clin North Am. 2000;23:89-101.
g. Bender DS, Dolan RT, Skodol AE, et al. Treatment utilization by patients with personality disorders. Am J Psychiatry. 2001;158:295-302.
h. Zanarini MC, Frankenburg FR, Dubo ED, et al. Axis I co-morbidity of borderline personality disorder. Am J Psychiatry. 1998;155:1733-1739.
i. Zimmerman M, Coryell W. DSM-III personality disorder diagnoses in a non-patient sample: demographic correlates and co-morbidity. Arch Gen Psychiatry. 1989;46:682-689.
j. Diagnostic and statistical manual of mental disorders, 4th ed, text rev. Washington, DC: American Psychiatric Association; 1994.
k. Paris J. Social factors in personality disorders— a biopsychosocial approach to etiology and treatment. New York, NY: Cambridge University Press; 1996.
l. Soloff PH, Lynch KG, Kelly TM. Characteristics of suicide attempts of patients with major depressive episode and borderline personality disorder: a comparative study. Am J Psychiatry. 2000;157:601-608.

 

 

Table 1

STEPPS: Trials show improvement across BPD domains

StudyPatientsResults
Uncontrolled trials
Blum et al, 20021152 outpatients; 94% female; mean age 33Significant improvement in BEST score; significant drop in BDI score and the PANAS negative affect scale
Black et al, 20081212 incarcerated women; mean age 35Significant improvement in BEST score; significant drop in BDI score and the PANAS negative affect scale
Freije et al, 20021385 patients; 91% female; mean age 32Significant improvement in score on a Dutch version of BEST; significant improvement on SCL-90 subscales, especially those rating anxiety, depression, and interpersonal sensitivity
Randomized controlled trials
Blum et al, 200814165 adults with BPD assigned to STEPPS plus treatment as usual or only treatment as usualPatients receiving STEPPS plus treatment as usual experienced greater improvements in ZAN-BPD total score, impulsivity, negative affect, mood, and global functioning
van Wel, 20071579 adults with BPD assigned to STEPPS plus treatment as usual or only treatment as usualsPatients receiving STEPPS plus treatment as usual had greater improvements in global psychiatric symptoms using the SCL-90, BPD symptoms, and quality of life measures at the end of treatment and at 6-month follow-up
BDI: Beck Depression Inventory; BEST: Borderline Evaluation of Severity Over Time; BPD: borderline personality disorder; PANAS: Positive and Negative Affect Scale; SCL-90: Symptoms Checklist-90; STEPPS: Systems Training for Emotional Predictability and Problem Solving; ZAN-BPD: Zanarini Rating Scale for Borderline Personality Disorder

STEPPS’ theoretical foundation

Because STEPPS employs general psychotherapy principles and techniques commonly taught in graduate-level psychotherapy training programs, it requires little additional training for mental health workers.16 Further, because it supplements ongoing treatment, STEPPS:

  • does not disrupt the patient’s present regimen, and
  • potentially enhances relationship skills by encouraging the patient to remain in longer relationships with professional and non-professional support.
STEPPS also integrates the patient’s ongoing social and professional support system, thereby avoiding the perception of abandonment common among patients with BPD.

STEPPS employs cognitive-behavioral methods, including identifying and challenging distorted thoughts and specific behavioral change, combined with psycho-education and skills training.11,12 The addition of a systems component that enlists the help of the patient’s family and friends is unique to STEPPS (Box 1).

Emotional intensity disorder. Many clinicians assume that the core deficit in BPD is inability to manage emotional intensity. In STEPPS, therapists reframe BPD as emotional intensity disorder (EID), a term patients find easier to understand and accept. Patients tend to “see themselves as driven by the disorder to seek relief from a painful illness through desperate behaviors that are reinforced by negative and distorted thinking.”16 Starting with the first session, STEPPS therapists validate the patients’ experience of BPD and provide hope by teaching that patients can acquire skills to manage the disorder.

Box 1

STEPPS’ systems component: Involving family and friends

In the first Systems Training for Emotional Predictability and Problem Solving (STEPPS) session, patients identify and utilize a “reinforcement team” that consists of any person or persons—family members, professionals, friends, coworkers, etc.—who agree to assist the patient in reinforcing STEPPS skills. The systems perspective emphasizes patients’ responsibility for responding to their system more effectively by using their skills and helps patients develop more realistic expectations of—and more helpful interactions with—their support system. Patients are:

  • expected to become STEPPS experts and to teach their reinforcement team how to respond with the STEPPS “language”
  • encouraged to share what they are learning in group sessions, including relevant handouts
  • given “reinforcement team” cards that explain how team members should respond when the patient contacts them.

The cards also list the skills taught in STEPPS and provide questions for team members to ask when contacted by the participant (ie, “Where are you on the Emotional Intensity Continuum?” “Have you used your notebook?” “What skill can you use in this situation?” “How will you use it?”). The cards provide a common language and consistent interaction between patients and their support systems. Patients are instructed to give the cards to their reinforcement team members when they request their assistance.

After the first 4 to 6 STEPPS sessions, a 2-hour meeting is arranged for reinforcement team members, during which the facilitators describe diagnostic criteria and clinical symptoms of borderline personality disorder and discuss the STEPPS language and format. Team members are taught that their role is to reinforce and support the use of skills taught in STEPPS. They are shown how to use the reinforcement team cards.

 

 

Group format

STEPPS consists of 20 consecutive weekly, 2-hour sessions led by 2 therapists (we prefer the term “facilitators”). Sessions take place in a classroom setting and are highly structured, with specific facilitator guidelines for each session.

When they arrive at each session, patients fill out the Borderline Evaluation of Severity Over Time (BEST) scale (Box 2)11,17 and record the results on a graph to measure their progress. Each session has a specific handout, including an agenda, followed by the homework assignment for the next week. Participants read the handout material aloud during the group session and start the homework assignment to be sure they understand it.

Handouts also include poems, essays, drawings, and examples created by previous STEPPS participants; these provide a sense of ownership among participants past, present, and future. Participants are encouraged to share their own writings and drawings, as well as other resources they have found helpful to illustrate the skills being taught.

Skills training. Facilitators introduce a new skill at each session, and each skill builds on previously taught skills. A recurring theme in STEPPS is that “most of the work is done between sessions”—during the week, patients are expected to practice the skill taught at the previous session. Using the STEPPS skills is framed as “change from the outside in.” As patients challenge maladaptive filters and distorted cognitions, they find that negative feelings and dysfunctional behaviors change.

Patients identify their use of specific skills by completing a 5-point Emotional Intensity Continuum (EIC) scale. This abstract concept is made concrete with drawings of pots on a burner. At level 1 (baseline), there is no heat under the burner; at level 5, the pot is boiling over.

Box 2

BEST: A new tool for assessing severity of BPD behaviors

We developed the Borderline Evaluation of Severity Over Time (BEST) to rate severity and change in patients with borderline personality disorder (BPD).11,17 The self-rated scale has 15 items for which patients rate themselves on a 5-point scale; scores can range from 12 to 72.

The BEST shows evidence for good internal consistency and for both face and content validity because the items were constructed to assess behaviors relevant to BPD. We recently assessed the BEST in subjects who had participated in our randomized controlled trials and concluded that the scale is reliable, valid, and sensitive to clinical change as early as week 4.17 To obtain a copy of this scale, contact the authors.

3 components of STEPPS

Awareness of illness. The first step is for patients to replace misconceptions about BPD with awareness of the behaviors and feelings that define the disorder. They are provided with a printed handout listing DSM-IV criteria for BPD and given time to acknowledge examples in their own behavior. This is called “owning” the illness.

The second step is to introduce the concept of schemas, referred to as cognitive filters. With the author’s permission, we extracted 64 items from Young’s Schema Questionnaire,18 which helps patients identify their early maladaptive schemas. We encourage patients to understand the relationship among these filters, DSM-IV criteria, and their subsequent pattern of feelings, thoughts, and behaviors.

Emotion management skills taught in STEPPS are distancing, communicating, challenging, distracting, and managing problems (Table 2). Using these skills, participants learn to:

  • predict the course of emotional states
  • anticipate stressful situations
  • develop functional coping strategies.
Behavior management skills include goal-setting, sleep hygiene, diet and nutrition, exercise and physical health, relaxation and leisure, abuse avoidance, and interpersonal relationship management. Participants learn that following a daily routine and managing behaviors such as sleep and diet yields the energy needed to manage the disorder.

Table 2

Patient skills taught in STEPPS

Awareness of illness
Understand what BPD is
Reframe BPD as ‘emotional intensity disorder’
‘Own’ the illness
Identify and challenge dysfunctional schemas
Emotion management skills
Distancing: Provide distance from emotional intensity
Communicating: Describe and define feelings, physical sensations, thoughts, filters, action urges, and behaviors
Challenging: Identify distorted thinking and develop alternate ways of thinking
Distracting: Identify and engage in behaviors that lower emotional intensity or assist in getting through an episode without resorting to damaging behaviors
Managing problems: Identify and define problems, then plan and carry out action steps
Behavior management skills
Setting goals: Identify specific goals and develop strategies to manage specific problematic behaviors
Eating: Balanced diet
Sleeping: Good sleep hygiene
Exercising: Regular and balanced exercise
Leisure: Regular leisure activities
Physical health: Manage medical problems
Abuse avoidance: Develop strategies to replace abusive behaviors (self-harm, substance abuse, gambling, etc.)
Relationship management: Identify and determine strategies to develop healthy relationships. Understand and implement healthy boundaries
BPD: borderline personality disorder; STEPPS: Systems Training for Emotional Predictability and Problem Solving
 

 

Patient characteristics

Although some patients learn of STEPPS from previous participants, at our facility we usually request a formal professional referral. We then send potential participants a letter inviting them to attend the group, along with a brochure describing STEPPS and a dated syllabus. We generally begin with 12 to 15 patients but typically have 7 to 10 by the fifth session.

Patients with strong narcissistic or antisocial traits may have difficulty in group settings, probably because they prefer to be the center of attention. That said, we have successfully implemented STEPPS in Iowa prisons and have not experienced difficulties.12 Patients who are abusing substances or have active eating disorders (primarily anorexia nervosa) may not be cognitively able to benefit from STEPPS until these behaviors are better controlled. We recommend that patients seek treatment for these behaviors before—or concurrent with—STEPPS participation.

Persons who deal with conflict by physical threats or intimidation are potential threats to group integrity and are removed immediately. We avoid forming groups with a lone male participant because:

  • he may come to represent all men to the rest of the group
  • he may have difficulty identifying with problems unique to women with BPD.
Patients who do well in STEPPS are able to share time with others, limit discussion of their own problems, have some capacity for empathy, and demonstrate an ability to consider that another’s perception may be different from their own. We encourage referring clinicians to discuss with the patient his or her readiness to enter STEPPS, as well as the requirements for and expectations of the program (such as capacity to listen, compliance with homework assignments, etc.). Some patients may need to wait until they are psychologically ready to participate.

In a recent study we found that patients who were rated as more symptomatic at baseline experienced the greatest improvement. Apart from this finding, there were few response predictors, but it was reassuring that both men and women improved.19 Members are cautiously encouraged to use each other as reinforcement team members between sessions, once they feel safe in the group. They are instructed to follow the reinforcement team guidelines.

The facilitators’ role

STEPPS groups are led by 2 facilitators with graduate level training in social sciences and psychotherapy experience. Therapists may be trained in STEPPS during a 1- to 2-day on-site workshop or by attending a 20-week group. These trainees are identified as professionals and do not participate in the sessions.

Using 1 male and 1 female facilitator for a STEPPS group allows modeling of relationship behaviors between genders, projects a healthy male role, and provides support for male participants, who in most groups are in the minority. Initially the facilitators’ stance is active and directive, although this tends to decrease as patients gradually are given increasing leadership responsibilities (such as leading brief reviews of homework assignments).

The therapists’ main tasks include:

  • maintaining the psychoeducational format
  • adhering to the guidelines
  • avoiding involvement in individual issues and past traumas (providing individual psychotherapy in a group setting)
  • maintaining focus on skills acquisition
  • encouraging group cohesion through identification
  • facilitating participants’ change of perspective from victims of EID to experts on managing EID.
Crises are common among patients with BPD and if not attended to appropriately can easily derail the group process. Crises are acknowledged, then managed in the group by careful attention to the use of skills (such as using a crisis as an example of applying the skill to be learned that session). Facilitators direct patients to deal with long-standing personal issues with their individual therapists. Patients who appear in imminent danger of self-harm or suicide are removed from the group and immediately referred to emergency personnel. On these rare occasions, the referral is done swiftly to avoid disrupting the group and creating a perception of special treatment.

Follow-up: STAIRWAYS

STAIRWAYS is a 1-year follow-up group that meets twice a month after the 20-week STEPPS program and consists of stand-alone modules addressing:

  • Setting goals
  • Trying new things (oriented toward long-term goals, such as obtaining a degree, employment, etc.)
  • Anger management
  • Impulsivity control
  • Relationship management (emphasis on conflict management)
  • Writing a script (identifying and preparing for future stressors)
  • Assertiveness training
  • Your choices (making healthy choices)
  • Staying on track (relapse prevention).

STAIRWAYS follows a format similar to STEPPS, with a classroom-like setting and homework assignments. It maintains participants’ contact with the STEPPS model by emphasizing ongoing use of newly learned skills and reinforcing STEPPS skills.
 

 


Related resources

  • The STEPPS Model for Borderline Personality Disorder Manual. www.steppsforbpd.com.
  • van Wel B, Kockmann I, Blum N, et al. STEPPS group treatment for borderline personality disorder in The Netherlands. Ann Clin Psychiatry. 2006;18(1):63-67.

Disclosures

Dr. Black receives research/grant support from AstraZeneca and Forest Laboratories and is a consultant to Jazz Pharmaceuticals.

Ms. Blum and Mr. St. John receive royalties from Blums’ Books LLC, publisher of the Systems Training for Emotional Predictability and Problem Solving (STEPPS) manual.

References

1. American Psychiatric Association. Practice guidelines for the treatment of patients with borderline personality disorder. Am J Psychiatry. 2001;158(suppl 1):1-52.

2. Soloff PH. Psychopharmacology of borderline personality disorder. Psychiatr Clin North Am. 2000;23:169-191.

3. Zanarini MC. Update on pharmacotherapy of borderline personality disorder. Curr Psychiatry Rep. 2004;6:66-70.

4. Paris J. Borderline personality disorder—a multidimensional approach. Washington, DC: American Psychiatric Press; 1994.

5. Linehan MM. Cognitive-behavioral treatment for borderline personality disorder. New York, NY: Guilford Press; 1993.

6. Clarkin JF, Levy KN, Lenzenweger MF, et al. Evaluating three treatments for borderline personality disorder: a multiwave study. Am J Psychiatry. 2007;164:922-928.

7. Giesen-Bloo J, van Dyck R, Spinhoven P, et al. Outpatient psychotherapy for borderline personality disorder: randomized trial of schema-focused therapy vs transference-focused therapy. Arch Gen Psychiatry. 2006;63:649-658.

8. Bateman A, Fonagy P. Effectiveness of partial hospitalization in the treatment of borderline personality disorder: a randomized controlled trial. Am J Psychiatry. 1999;156:1563-1569.

9. Bartels N, Crotty T. A systems approach to treatment: the borderline personality disorder skill training manual. Winfield, IL: EID Treatment Systems, Inc; 1992.

10. Blum N, Bartels N, St. John D, et al. STEPPS: Systems Training for Emotional Predictability and Problem Solving—group treatment for borderline personality disorder. Coralville, IA: Blum’s Books; 2002.

11. Blum N, Pfohl B, St. John D, et al. STEPPS: a cognitive behavioral systems based group treatment for outpatients with borderline personality disorder—a preliminary report. Compr Psychiatry. 2002;43:301-310.

12. Black DW, Blum N, Eichinger L, et al. Systems Training for Emotional Predictability and Problem Solving (STEPPS) in women offenders with borderline personality disorder in prison: a pilot study. CNS Spectr. 2008;13(10):881-886.

13. Freije H, Dietz B, Appelo M. Behandling van de borderline persoonlijk heidsstoornis met de VERS: de Vaardigheidstraining emotionele regulatiestoornis. Directive Therapies. 2002;4:367-378.

14. Blum N, Pfohl B, St. John D, et al. Systems Training for Emotional Predictability and Problem Solving (STEPPS) for outpatients with borderline personality disorder: a randomized controlled trial and 1-year follow-up. Am J Psychiatry. 2008;165:468-478.

15. van Wel B. VERS: RCT on Dutch STEPPS. Presented at: Annual Meeting of the International Society for the Study of Personality Disorders; September 21, 2007; Den Haag, The Netherlands.

16. Black DW, Blum N, Pfohl B, et al. The STEPPS group treatment program for outpatients with borderline personality disorder. Journal of Contemporary Psychotherapy. 2004;34:193-210.

17. Pfohl B, Blum N, St. John D, et al. Reliability and validity of the Borderline Evaluation of Severity over Time (BEST): a self-rated scale to measure severity and change in persons with borderline personality disorder. J Pers Disord. 2009;23(3):281-293.

18. Young J. Cognitive therapy for personality disorders: a schema-focused approach. Sarasota, FL: Professional Resource Press; 1994.

19. Black DW, Blum N, Pfohl B, et al. Predictors of response to Systems Training to Emotional Predictability and Problem Solving (STEPPS) for borderline personality disorder: an exploratory study. Acta Psychiatr Scand. 2009;120:53-61.

Article PDF
Author and Disclosure Information

Donald W. Black, MD
Professor, Department of psychiatry, University of Iowa Roy J. and Lucille A. Carver College of Medicine, Iowa City, IA
Nancee Blum, MSW
Adjunct instructor, Department of psychiatry, University of Iowa Roy J. and Lucille A. Carver College of Medicine, Iowa City, IA
Don St. John, MA, PA-C
Physician assistant, Department of psychiatry, University of Iowa Roy J. and Lucille A. Carver College of Medicine, Iowa City, IA

Issue
Current Psychiatry - 08(10)
Publications
Page Number
18-35
Legacy Keywords
borderline personality disorder;BPD;systems training for emotional predictability and problem solving;STEPPS;group therapy;skills training;borderline evaluation of severity over time;BEST;Donald Black;Nancee Blum;Don St. John
Sections
Author and Disclosure Information

Donald W. Black, MD
Professor, Department of psychiatry, University of Iowa Roy J. and Lucille A. Carver College of Medicine, Iowa City, IA
Nancee Blum, MSW
Adjunct instructor, Department of psychiatry, University of Iowa Roy J. and Lucille A. Carver College of Medicine, Iowa City, IA
Don St. John, MA, PA-C
Physician assistant, Department of psychiatry, University of Iowa Roy J. and Lucille A. Carver College of Medicine, Iowa City, IA

Author and Disclosure Information

Donald W. Black, MD
Professor, Department of psychiatry, University of Iowa Roy J. and Lucille A. Carver College of Medicine, Iowa City, IA
Nancee Blum, MSW
Adjunct instructor, Department of psychiatry, University of Iowa Roy J. and Lucille A. Carver College of Medicine, Iowa City, IA
Don St. John, MA, PA-C
Physician assistant, Department of psychiatry, University of Iowa Roy J. and Lucille A. Carver College of Medicine, Iowa City, IA

Article PDF
Article PDF

Comment on this article

Treatment of borderline personality disorder (BPD) often is viewed as challenging and the results so discouraging that some clinicians avoid referrals of BPD patients.1-3 Psychotherapy has been the treatment mainstay for decades, and supportive approaches are probably the most widely employed.4 Psychodynamic therapy often has been recommended.

This article introduces a new evidence-based group treatment program that we developed for BPD patients. Systems Training for Emotional Predictability and Problem Solving (STEPPS) is founded on the successes of better known psychoeducational models but is easier for practicing psychiatrists to implement.

A different approach to BPD

Linehan5 introduced dialectical behavior therapy (DBT)—a manualized, time-limited, cognitive-behavioral approach in which patients learn to regulate their emotions and behaviors rather than change their personality structure. Other evidence-based BPD treatments include transference-focused psychotherapy,6 schema-focused psychotherapy,7 and Bateman and Fonagy’s mentalization program.8 For a description of the unique challenges presented by BPD patients, see Box.

In the mid-1990s, we set out to create a treatment program for our BPD patients in response to managed care directives to lower the cost of care, decrease length of inpatient treatment, and reduce rehospitalization rates. Despite DBT’s many appealing features, we felt this model was too lengthy and labor-intensive for our treatment setting. We concluded that modifying a program developed by Bartels and Crotty9 would serve our needs. This 12-week psychoeducational program:

  • employs established cognitive-behavioral techniques in group treatment intended to supplement but not replace patients’ ongoing treatment
  • incorporates a “systems” component that recognizes the importance of the patient’s family and friends.
We adapted Bartels and Crotty’s manual (with permission), lengthened the program to 20 weeks, and developed specific session agendas with explicit facilitator guidelines.

We eventually renamed the program Systems Training for Emotional Predictability and Problem Solving (STEPPS)10 and created a new manual (see Related Resources) to simplify group leader training and ensure fidelity to the model. Data from 5 studies, including 2 randomized controlled trials (Table 1), show that STEPPS has a robust antidepressant effect and leads to broad-based improvements in the affective, cognitive, impulsive, and disturbed relationship domains of BPD.11-15

Box

Why treating borderline personality disorder is so challenging

Borderline personality disorder (BPD) is 1 of the most challenging mental health conditions. BPD is surprisingly common, with prevalence rates of 0.5% to 1% in the community, 10% in outpatient mental health settings, and up to 20% in inpatient psychiatric settings.a-c Patients with BPD experience substantial functional impairment in several areas (eg, difficulty maintaining employment, disturbed interpersonal relationships, and disrupted family relationships).a,d,e

Many borderline patients have childhood histories of abuse and continue to be victims of domestic and other violence through adulthood.f High utilization of medical and psychiatric health care services is common and costly.g BPD also is associated with substantial psychiatric comorbidity, particularly mood and anxiety disorders, substance use disorders, eating disorders, and other Axis II disorders.h,i

Persons with BPD experience intense dysphoria and intrapsychic pain. Characteristic features include affective intensity, reactivity, and lability; a pervasive pattern of unstable interpersonal relationships; marked behavioral impulsivity; unstable self-identity; intense anger; and extreme fear of abandonment.j

The symptom that probably makes the greatest demand on mental health resources is recurrent suicidal threats/attempts or episodes of self-mutilation, many prompted by disappointment in a relationship.k Two-thirds to three-quarters of BPD patients will attempt suicide, with up to 10% eventually completing suicide, often following multiple failed treatments.l

References

a. Gunderson J. Borderline personality disorder: A clinical guide. 2nd ed. Washington, DC: American Psychiatric Publishing; 2008.
b. Widiger TA, Frances AJ. Epidemiology, diagnosis, and co-morbidity of borderline personality disorder. In: Tasman A, Hales RE, Frances AJ (eds). American Psychiatric Press Review of Psychiatry, vol. 8. Washington, DC: American Psychiatric Press; 1989:8-24.
c. Swartz MS, Blazer D, George L, et al. Estimating the prevalence of borderline personality disorder in the community. J Personal Disord. 1990;4:257-272.
d. Nakao K, Gunderson JG, Phillips KA, et al. Functional impairment in personality disorders. J Personal Disord. 1992;6:24-31.
e. Skodol AE, Gunderson JG, McGlashan TH, et al. Functional impairment in patients with schizotypal, borderline, avoidant, or obsessive-compulsive personality disorder. Am J Psychiatry. 2002;159:276-283.
f. Zanarini MC. Childhood experiences associated with the development of borderline personality disorder. Psychiatr Clin North Am. 2000;23:89-101.
g. Bender DS, Dolan RT, Skodol AE, et al. Treatment utilization by patients with personality disorders. Am J Psychiatry. 2001;158:295-302.
h. Zanarini MC, Frankenburg FR, Dubo ED, et al. Axis I co-morbidity of borderline personality disorder. Am J Psychiatry. 1998;155:1733-1739.
i. Zimmerman M, Coryell W. DSM-III personality disorder diagnoses in a non-patient sample: demographic correlates and co-morbidity. Arch Gen Psychiatry. 1989;46:682-689.
j. Diagnostic and statistical manual of mental disorders, 4th ed, text rev. Washington, DC: American Psychiatric Association; 1994.
k. Paris J. Social factors in personality disorders— a biopsychosocial approach to etiology and treatment. New York, NY: Cambridge University Press; 1996.
l. Soloff PH, Lynch KG, Kelly TM. Characteristics of suicide attempts of patients with major depressive episode and borderline personality disorder: a comparative study. Am J Psychiatry. 2000;157:601-608.

 

 

Table 1

STEPPS: Trials show improvement across BPD domains

StudyPatientsResults
Uncontrolled trials
Blum et al, 20021152 outpatients; 94% female; mean age 33Significant improvement in BEST score; significant drop in BDI score and the PANAS negative affect scale
Black et al, 20081212 incarcerated women; mean age 35Significant improvement in BEST score; significant drop in BDI score and the PANAS negative affect scale
Freije et al, 20021385 patients; 91% female; mean age 32Significant improvement in score on a Dutch version of BEST; significant improvement on SCL-90 subscales, especially those rating anxiety, depression, and interpersonal sensitivity
Randomized controlled trials
Blum et al, 200814165 adults with BPD assigned to STEPPS plus treatment as usual or only treatment as usualPatients receiving STEPPS plus treatment as usual experienced greater improvements in ZAN-BPD total score, impulsivity, negative affect, mood, and global functioning
van Wel, 20071579 adults with BPD assigned to STEPPS plus treatment as usual or only treatment as usualsPatients receiving STEPPS plus treatment as usual had greater improvements in global psychiatric symptoms using the SCL-90, BPD symptoms, and quality of life measures at the end of treatment and at 6-month follow-up
BDI: Beck Depression Inventory; BEST: Borderline Evaluation of Severity Over Time; BPD: borderline personality disorder; PANAS: Positive and Negative Affect Scale; SCL-90: Symptoms Checklist-90; STEPPS: Systems Training for Emotional Predictability and Problem Solving; ZAN-BPD: Zanarini Rating Scale for Borderline Personality Disorder

STEPPS’ theoretical foundation

Because STEPPS employs general psychotherapy principles and techniques commonly taught in graduate-level psychotherapy training programs, it requires little additional training for mental health workers.16 Further, because it supplements ongoing treatment, STEPPS:

  • does not disrupt the patient’s present regimen, and
  • potentially enhances relationship skills by encouraging the patient to remain in longer relationships with professional and non-professional support.
STEPPS also integrates the patient’s ongoing social and professional support system, thereby avoiding the perception of abandonment common among patients with BPD.

STEPPS employs cognitive-behavioral methods, including identifying and challenging distorted thoughts and specific behavioral change, combined with psycho-education and skills training.11,12 The addition of a systems component that enlists the help of the patient’s family and friends is unique to STEPPS (Box 1).

Emotional intensity disorder. Many clinicians assume that the core deficit in BPD is inability to manage emotional intensity. In STEPPS, therapists reframe BPD as emotional intensity disorder (EID), a term patients find easier to understand and accept. Patients tend to “see themselves as driven by the disorder to seek relief from a painful illness through desperate behaviors that are reinforced by negative and distorted thinking.”16 Starting with the first session, STEPPS therapists validate the patients’ experience of BPD and provide hope by teaching that patients can acquire skills to manage the disorder.

Box 1

STEPPS’ systems component: Involving family and friends

In the first Systems Training for Emotional Predictability and Problem Solving (STEPPS) session, patients identify and utilize a “reinforcement team” that consists of any person or persons—family members, professionals, friends, coworkers, etc.—who agree to assist the patient in reinforcing STEPPS skills. The systems perspective emphasizes patients’ responsibility for responding to their system more effectively by using their skills and helps patients develop more realistic expectations of—and more helpful interactions with—their support system. Patients are:

  • expected to become STEPPS experts and to teach their reinforcement team how to respond with the STEPPS “language”
  • encouraged to share what they are learning in group sessions, including relevant handouts
  • given “reinforcement team” cards that explain how team members should respond when the patient contacts them.

The cards also list the skills taught in STEPPS and provide questions for team members to ask when contacted by the participant (ie, “Where are you on the Emotional Intensity Continuum?” “Have you used your notebook?” “What skill can you use in this situation?” “How will you use it?”). The cards provide a common language and consistent interaction between patients and their support systems. Patients are instructed to give the cards to their reinforcement team members when they request their assistance.

After the first 4 to 6 STEPPS sessions, a 2-hour meeting is arranged for reinforcement team members, during which the facilitators describe diagnostic criteria and clinical symptoms of borderline personality disorder and discuss the STEPPS language and format. Team members are taught that their role is to reinforce and support the use of skills taught in STEPPS. They are shown how to use the reinforcement team cards.

 

 

Group format

STEPPS consists of 20 consecutive weekly, 2-hour sessions led by 2 therapists (we prefer the term “facilitators”). Sessions take place in a classroom setting and are highly structured, with specific facilitator guidelines for each session.

When they arrive at each session, patients fill out the Borderline Evaluation of Severity Over Time (BEST) scale (Box 2)11,17 and record the results on a graph to measure their progress. Each session has a specific handout, including an agenda, followed by the homework assignment for the next week. Participants read the handout material aloud during the group session and start the homework assignment to be sure they understand it.

Handouts also include poems, essays, drawings, and examples created by previous STEPPS participants; these provide a sense of ownership among participants past, present, and future. Participants are encouraged to share their own writings and drawings, as well as other resources they have found helpful to illustrate the skills being taught.

Skills training. Facilitators introduce a new skill at each session, and each skill builds on previously taught skills. A recurring theme in STEPPS is that “most of the work is done between sessions”—during the week, patients are expected to practice the skill taught at the previous session. Using the STEPPS skills is framed as “change from the outside in.” As patients challenge maladaptive filters and distorted cognitions, they find that negative feelings and dysfunctional behaviors change.

Patients identify their use of specific skills by completing a 5-point Emotional Intensity Continuum (EIC) scale. This abstract concept is made concrete with drawings of pots on a burner. At level 1 (baseline), there is no heat under the burner; at level 5, the pot is boiling over.

Box 2

BEST: A new tool for assessing severity of BPD behaviors

We developed the Borderline Evaluation of Severity Over Time (BEST) to rate severity and change in patients with borderline personality disorder (BPD).11,17 The self-rated scale has 15 items for which patients rate themselves on a 5-point scale; scores can range from 12 to 72.

The BEST shows evidence for good internal consistency and for both face and content validity because the items were constructed to assess behaviors relevant to BPD. We recently assessed the BEST in subjects who had participated in our randomized controlled trials and concluded that the scale is reliable, valid, and sensitive to clinical change as early as week 4.17 To obtain a copy of this scale, contact the authors.

3 components of STEPPS

Awareness of illness. The first step is for patients to replace misconceptions about BPD with awareness of the behaviors and feelings that define the disorder. They are provided with a printed handout listing DSM-IV criteria for BPD and given time to acknowledge examples in their own behavior. This is called “owning” the illness.

The second step is to introduce the concept of schemas, referred to as cognitive filters. With the author’s permission, we extracted 64 items from Young’s Schema Questionnaire,18 which helps patients identify their early maladaptive schemas. We encourage patients to understand the relationship among these filters, DSM-IV criteria, and their subsequent pattern of feelings, thoughts, and behaviors.

Emotion management skills taught in STEPPS are distancing, communicating, challenging, distracting, and managing problems (Table 2). Using these skills, participants learn to:

  • predict the course of emotional states
  • anticipate stressful situations
  • develop functional coping strategies.
Behavior management skills include goal-setting, sleep hygiene, diet and nutrition, exercise and physical health, relaxation and leisure, abuse avoidance, and interpersonal relationship management. Participants learn that following a daily routine and managing behaviors such as sleep and diet yields the energy needed to manage the disorder.

Table 2

Patient skills taught in STEPPS

Awareness of illness
Understand what BPD is
Reframe BPD as ‘emotional intensity disorder’
‘Own’ the illness
Identify and challenge dysfunctional schemas
Emotion management skills
Distancing: Provide distance from emotional intensity
Communicating: Describe and define feelings, physical sensations, thoughts, filters, action urges, and behaviors
Challenging: Identify distorted thinking and develop alternate ways of thinking
Distracting: Identify and engage in behaviors that lower emotional intensity or assist in getting through an episode without resorting to damaging behaviors
Managing problems: Identify and define problems, then plan and carry out action steps
Behavior management skills
Setting goals: Identify specific goals and develop strategies to manage specific problematic behaviors
Eating: Balanced diet
Sleeping: Good sleep hygiene
Exercising: Regular and balanced exercise
Leisure: Regular leisure activities
Physical health: Manage medical problems
Abuse avoidance: Develop strategies to replace abusive behaviors (self-harm, substance abuse, gambling, etc.)
Relationship management: Identify and determine strategies to develop healthy relationships. Understand and implement healthy boundaries
BPD: borderline personality disorder; STEPPS: Systems Training for Emotional Predictability and Problem Solving
 

 

Patient characteristics

Although some patients learn of STEPPS from previous participants, at our facility we usually request a formal professional referral. We then send potential participants a letter inviting them to attend the group, along with a brochure describing STEPPS and a dated syllabus. We generally begin with 12 to 15 patients but typically have 7 to 10 by the fifth session.

Patients with strong narcissistic or antisocial traits may have difficulty in group settings, probably because they prefer to be the center of attention. That said, we have successfully implemented STEPPS in Iowa prisons and have not experienced difficulties.12 Patients who are abusing substances or have active eating disorders (primarily anorexia nervosa) may not be cognitively able to benefit from STEPPS until these behaviors are better controlled. We recommend that patients seek treatment for these behaviors before—or concurrent with—STEPPS participation.

Persons who deal with conflict by physical threats or intimidation are potential threats to group integrity and are removed immediately. We avoid forming groups with a lone male participant because:

  • he may come to represent all men to the rest of the group
  • he may have difficulty identifying with problems unique to women with BPD.
Patients who do well in STEPPS are able to share time with others, limit discussion of their own problems, have some capacity for empathy, and demonstrate an ability to consider that another’s perception may be different from their own. We encourage referring clinicians to discuss with the patient his or her readiness to enter STEPPS, as well as the requirements for and expectations of the program (such as capacity to listen, compliance with homework assignments, etc.). Some patients may need to wait until they are psychologically ready to participate.

In a recent study we found that patients who were rated as more symptomatic at baseline experienced the greatest improvement. Apart from this finding, there were few response predictors, but it was reassuring that both men and women improved.19 Members are cautiously encouraged to use each other as reinforcement team members between sessions, once they feel safe in the group. They are instructed to follow the reinforcement team guidelines.

The facilitators’ role

STEPPS groups are led by 2 facilitators with graduate level training in social sciences and psychotherapy experience. Therapists may be trained in STEPPS during a 1- to 2-day on-site workshop or by attending a 20-week group. These trainees are identified as professionals and do not participate in the sessions.

Using 1 male and 1 female facilitator for a STEPPS group allows modeling of relationship behaviors between genders, projects a healthy male role, and provides support for male participants, who in most groups are in the minority. Initially the facilitators’ stance is active and directive, although this tends to decrease as patients gradually are given increasing leadership responsibilities (such as leading brief reviews of homework assignments).

The therapists’ main tasks include:

  • maintaining the psychoeducational format
  • adhering to the guidelines
  • avoiding involvement in individual issues and past traumas (providing individual psychotherapy in a group setting)
  • maintaining focus on skills acquisition
  • encouraging group cohesion through identification
  • facilitating participants’ change of perspective from victims of EID to experts on managing EID.
Crises are common among patients with BPD and if not attended to appropriately can easily derail the group process. Crises are acknowledged, then managed in the group by careful attention to the use of skills (such as using a crisis as an example of applying the skill to be learned that session). Facilitators direct patients to deal with long-standing personal issues with their individual therapists. Patients who appear in imminent danger of self-harm or suicide are removed from the group and immediately referred to emergency personnel. On these rare occasions, the referral is done swiftly to avoid disrupting the group and creating a perception of special treatment.

Follow-up: STAIRWAYS

STAIRWAYS is a 1-year follow-up group that meets twice a month after the 20-week STEPPS program and consists of stand-alone modules addressing:

  • Setting goals
  • Trying new things (oriented toward long-term goals, such as obtaining a degree, employment, etc.)
  • Anger management
  • Impulsivity control
  • Relationship management (emphasis on conflict management)
  • Writing a script (identifying and preparing for future stressors)
  • Assertiveness training
  • Your choices (making healthy choices)
  • Staying on track (relapse prevention).

STAIRWAYS follows a format similar to STEPPS, with a classroom-like setting and homework assignments. It maintains participants’ contact with the STEPPS model by emphasizing ongoing use of newly learned skills and reinforcing STEPPS skills.
 

 


Related resources

  • The STEPPS Model for Borderline Personality Disorder Manual. www.steppsforbpd.com.
  • van Wel B, Kockmann I, Blum N, et al. STEPPS group treatment for borderline personality disorder in The Netherlands. Ann Clin Psychiatry. 2006;18(1):63-67.

Disclosures

Dr. Black receives research/grant support from AstraZeneca and Forest Laboratories and is a consultant to Jazz Pharmaceuticals.

Ms. Blum and Mr. St. John receive royalties from Blums’ Books LLC, publisher of the Systems Training for Emotional Predictability and Problem Solving (STEPPS) manual.

Comment on this article

Treatment of borderline personality disorder (BPD) often is viewed as challenging and the results so discouraging that some clinicians avoid referrals of BPD patients.1-3 Psychotherapy has been the treatment mainstay for decades, and supportive approaches are probably the most widely employed.4 Psychodynamic therapy often has been recommended.

This article introduces a new evidence-based group treatment program that we developed for BPD patients. Systems Training for Emotional Predictability and Problem Solving (STEPPS) is founded on the successes of better known psychoeducational models but is easier for practicing psychiatrists to implement.

A different approach to BPD

Linehan5 introduced dialectical behavior therapy (DBT)—a manualized, time-limited, cognitive-behavioral approach in which patients learn to regulate their emotions and behaviors rather than change their personality structure. Other evidence-based BPD treatments include transference-focused psychotherapy,6 schema-focused psychotherapy,7 and Bateman and Fonagy’s mentalization program.8 For a description of the unique challenges presented by BPD patients, see Box.

In the mid-1990s, we set out to create a treatment program for our BPD patients in response to managed care directives to lower the cost of care, decrease length of inpatient treatment, and reduce rehospitalization rates. Despite DBT’s many appealing features, we felt this model was too lengthy and labor-intensive for our treatment setting. We concluded that modifying a program developed by Bartels and Crotty9 would serve our needs. This 12-week psychoeducational program:

  • employs established cognitive-behavioral techniques in group treatment intended to supplement but not replace patients’ ongoing treatment
  • incorporates a “systems” component that recognizes the importance of the patient’s family and friends.
We adapted Bartels and Crotty’s manual (with permission), lengthened the program to 20 weeks, and developed specific session agendas with explicit facilitator guidelines.

We eventually renamed the program Systems Training for Emotional Predictability and Problem Solving (STEPPS)10 and created a new manual (see Related Resources) to simplify group leader training and ensure fidelity to the model. Data from 5 studies, including 2 randomized controlled trials (Table 1), show that STEPPS has a robust antidepressant effect and leads to broad-based improvements in the affective, cognitive, impulsive, and disturbed relationship domains of BPD.11-15

Box

Why treating borderline personality disorder is so challenging

Borderline personality disorder (BPD) is 1 of the most challenging mental health conditions. BPD is surprisingly common, with prevalence rates of 0.5% to 1% in the community, 10% in outpatient mental health settings, and up to 20% in inpatient psychiatric settings.a-c Patients with BPD experience substantial functional impairment in several areas (eg, difficulty maintaining employment, disturbed interpersonal relationships, and disrupted family relationships).a,d,e

Many borderline patients have childhood histories of abuse and continue to be victims of domestic and other violence through adulthood.f High utilization of medical and psychiatric health care services is common and costly.g BPD also is associated with substantial psychiatric comorbidity, particularly mood and anxiety disorders, substance use disorders, eating disorders, and other Axis II disorders.h,i

Persons with BPD experience intense dysphoria and intrapsychic pain. Characteristic features include affective intensity, reactivity, and lability; a pervasive pattern of unstable interpersonal relationships; marked behavioral impulsivity; unstable self-identity; intense anger; and extreme fear of abandonment.j

The symptom that probably makes the greatest demand on mental health resources is recurrent suicidal threats/attempts or episodes of self-mutilation, many prompted by disappointment in a relationship.k Two-thirds to three-quarters of BPD patients will attempt suicide, with up to 10% eventually completing suicide, often following multiple failed treatments.l

References

a. Gunderson J. Borderline personality disorder: A clinical guide. 2nd ed. Washington, DC: American Psychiatric Publishing; 2008.
b. Widiger TA, Frances AJ. Epidemiology, diagnosis, and co-morbidity of borderline personality disorder. In: Tasman A, Hales RE, Frances AJ (eds). American Psychiatric Press Review of Psychiatry, vol. 8. Washington, DC: American Psychiatric Press; 1989:8-24.
c. Swartz MS, Blazer D, George L, et al. Estimating the prevalence of borderline personality disorder in the community. J Personal Disord. 1990;4:257-272.
d. Nakao K, Gunderson JG, Phillips KA, et al. Functional impairment in personality disorders. J Personal Disord. 1992;6:24-31.
e. Skodol AE, Gunderson JG, McGlashan TH, et al. Functional impairment in patients with schizotypal, borderline, avoidant, or obsessive-compulsive personality disorder. Am J Psychiatry. 2002;159:276-283.
f. Zanarini MC. Childhood experiences associated with the development of borderline personality disorder. Psychiatr Clin North Am. 2000;23:89-101.
g. Bender DS, Dolan RT, Skodol AE, et al. Treatment utilization by patients with personality disorders. Am J Psychiatry. 2001;158:295-302.
h. Zanarini MC, Frankenburg FR, Dubo ED, et al. Axis I co-morbidity of borderline personality disorder. Am J Psychiatry. 1998;155:1733-1739.
i. Zimmerman M, Coryell W. DSM-III personality disorder diagnoses in a non-patient sample: demographic correlates and co-morbidity. Arch Gen Psychiatry. 1989;46:682-689.
j. Diagnostic and statistical manual of mental disorders, 4th ed, text rev. Washington, DC: American Psychiatric Association; 1994.
k. Paris J. Social factors in personality disorders— a biopsychosocial approach to etiology and treatment. New York, NY: Cambridge University Press; 1996.
l. Soloff PH, Lynch KG, Kelly TM. Characteristics of suicide attempts of patients with major depressive episode and borderline personality disorder: a comparative study. Am J Psychiatry. 2000;157:601-608.

 

 

Table 1

STEPPS: Trials show improvement across BPD domains

StudyPatientsResults
Uncontrolled trials
Blum et al, 20021152 outpatients; 94% female; mean age 33Significant improvement in BEST score; significant drop in BDI score and the PANAS negative affect scale
Black et al, 20081212 incarcerated women; mean age 35Significant improvement in BEST score; significant drop in BDI score and the PANAS negative affect scale
Freije et al, 20021385 patients; 91% female; mean age 32Significant improvement in score on a Dutch version of BEST; significant improvement on SCL-90 subscales, especially those rating anxiety, depression, and interpersonal sensitivity
Randomized controlled trials
Blum et al, 200814165 adults with BPD assigned to STEPPS plus treatment as usual or only treatment as usualPatients receiving STEPPS plus treatment as usual experienced greater improvements in ZAN-BPD total score, impulsivity, negative affect, mood, and global functioning
van Wel, 20071579 adults with BPD assigned to STEPPS plus treatment as usual or only treatment as usualsPatients receiving STEPPS plus treatment as usual had greater improvements in global psychiatric symptoms using the SCL-90, BPD symptoms, and quality of life measures at the end of treatment and at 6-month follow-up
BDI: Beck Depression Inventory; BEST: Borderline Evaluation of Severity Over Time; BPD: borderline personality disorder; PANAS: Positive and Negative Affect Scale; SCL-90: Symptoms Checklist-90; STEPPS: Systems Training for Emotional Predictability and Problem Solving; ZAN-BPD: Zanarini Rating Scale for Borderline Personality Disorder

STEPPS’ theoretical foundation

Because STEPPS employs general psychotherapy principles and techniques commonly taught in graduate-level psychotherapy training programs, it requires little additional training for mental health workers.16 Further, because it supplements ongoing treatment, STEPPS:

  • does not disrupt the patient’s present regimen, and
  • potentially enhances relationship skills by encouraging the patient to remain in longer relationships with professional and non-professional support.
STEPPS also integrates the patient’s ongoing social and professional support system, thereby avoiding the perception of abandonment common among patients with BPD.

STEPPS employs cognitive-behavioral methods, including identifying and challenging distorted thoughts and specific behavioral change, combined with psycho-education and skills training.11,12 The addition of a systems component that enlists the help of the patient’s family and friends is unique to STEPPS (Box 1).

Emotional intensity disorder. Many clinicians assume that the core deficit in BPD is inability to manage emotional intensity. In STEPPS, therapists reframe BPD as emotional intensity disorder (EID), a term patients find easier to understand and accept. Patients tend to “see themselves as driven by the disorder to seek relief from a painful illness through desperate behaviors that are reinforced by negative and distorted thinking.”16 Starting with the first session, STEPPS therapists validate the patients’ experience of BPD and provide hope by teaching that patients can acquire skills to manage the disorder.

Box 1

STEPPS’ systems component: Involving family and friends

In the first Systems Training for Emotional Predictability and Problem Solving (STEPPS) session, patients identify and utilize a “reinforcement team” that consists of any person or persons—family members, professionals, friends, coworkers, etc.—who agree to assist the patient in reinforcing STEPPS skills. The systems perspective emphasizes patients’ responsibility for responding to their system more effectively by using their skills and helps patients develop more realistic expectations of—and more helpful interactions with—their support system. Patients are:

  • expected to become STEPPS experts and to teach their reinforcement team how to respond with the STEPPS “language”
  • encouraged to share what they are learning in group sessions, including relevant handouts
  • given “reinforcement team” cards that explain how team members should respond when the patient contacts them.

The cards also list the skills taught in STEPPS and provide questions for team members to ask when contacted by the participant (ie, “Where are you on the Emotional Intensity Continuum?” “Have you used your notebook?” “What skill can you use in this situation?” “How will you use it?”). The cards provide a common language and consistent interaction between patients and their support systems. Patients are instructed to give the cards to their reinforcement team members when they request their assistance.

After the first 4 to 6 STEPPS sessions, a 2-hour meeting is arranged for reinforcement team members, during which the facilitators describe diagnostic criteria and clinical symptoms of borderline personality disorder and discuss the STEPPS language and format. Team members are taught that their role is to reinforce and support the use of skills taught in STEPPS. They are shown how to use the reinforcement team cards.

 

 

Group format

STEPPS consists of 20 consecutive weekly, 2-hour sessions led by 2 therapists (we prefer the term “facilitators”). Sessions take place in a classroom setting and are highly structured, with specific facilitator guidelines for each session.

When they arrive at each session, patients fill out the Borderline Evaluation of Severity Over Time (BEST) scale (Box 2)11,17 and record the results on a graph to measure their progress. Each session has a specific handout, including an agenda, followed by the homework assignment for the next week. Participants read the handout material aloud during the group session and start the homework assignment to be sure they understand it.

Handouts also include poems, essays, drawings, and examples created by previous STEPPS participants; these provide a sense of ownership among participants past, present, and future. Participants are encouraged to share their own writings and drawings, as well as other resources they have found helpful to illustrate the skills being taught.

Skills training. Facilitators introduce a new skill at each session, and each skill builds on previously taught skills. A recurring theme in STEPPS is that “most of the work is done between sessions”—during the week, patients are expected to practice the skill taught at the previous session. Using the STEPPS skills is framed as “change from the outside in.” As patients challenge maladaptive filters and distorted cognitions, they find that negative feelings and dysfunctional behaviors change.

Patients identify their use of specific skills by completing a 5-point Emotional Intensity Continuum (EIC) scale. This abstract concept is made concrete with drawings of pots on a burner. At level 1 (baseline), there is no heat under the burner; at level 5, the pot is boiling over.

Box 2

BEST: A new tool for assessing severity of BPD behaviors

We developed the Borderline Evaluation of Severity Over Time (BEST) to rate severity and change in patients with borderline personality disorder (BPD).11,17 The self-rated scale has 15 items for which patients rate themselves on a 5-point scale; scores can range from 12 to 72.

The BEST shows evidence for good internal consistency and for both face and content validity because the items were constructed to assess behaviors relevant to BPD. We recently assessed the BEST in subjects who had participated in our randomized controlled trials and concluded that the scale is reliable, valid, and sensitive to clinical change as early as week 4.17 To obtain a copy of this scale, contact the authors.

3 components of STEPPS

Awareness of illness. The first step is for patients to replace misconceptions about BPD with awareness of the behaviors and feelings that define the disorder. They are provided with a printed handout listing DSM-IV criteria for BPD and given time to acknowledge examples in their own behavior. This is called “owning” the illness.

The second step is to introduce the concept of schemas, referred to as cognitive filters. With the author’s permission, we extracted 64 items from Young’s Schema Questionnaire,18 which helps patients identify their early maladaptive schemas. We encourage patients to understand the relationship among these filters, DSM-IV criteria, and their subsequent pattern of feelings, thoughts, and behaviors.

Emotion management skills taught in STEPPS are distancing, communicating, challenging, distracting, and managing problems (Table 2). Using these skills, participants learn to:

  • predict the course of emotional states
  • anticipate stressful situations
  • develop functional coping strategies.
Behavior management skills include goal-setting, sleep hygiene, diet and nutrition, exercise and physical health, relaxation and leisure, abuse avoidance, and interpersonal relationship management. Participants learn that following a daily routine and managing behaviors such as sleep and diet yields the energy needed to manage the disorder.

Table 2

Patient skills taught in STEPPS

Awareness of illness
Understand what BPD is
Reframe BPD as ‘emotional intensity disorder’
‘Own’ the illness
Identify and challenge dysfunctional schemas
Emotion management skills
Distancing: Provide distance from emotional intensity
Communicating: Describe and define feelings, physical sensations, thoughts, filters, action urges, and behaviors
Challenging: Identify distorted thinking and develop alternate ways of thinking
Distracting: Identify and engage in behaviors that lower emotional intensity or assist in getting through an episode without resorting to damaging behaviors
Managing problems: Identify and define problems, then plan and carry out action steps
Behavior management skills
Setting goals: Identify specific goals and develop strategies to manage specific problematic behaviors
Eating: Balanced diet
Sleeping: Good sleep hygiene
Exercising: Regular and balanced exercise
Leisure: Regular leisure activities
Physical health: Manage medical problems
Abuse avoidance: Develop strategies to replace abusive behaviors (self-harm, substance abuse, gambling, etc.)
Relationship management: Identify and determine strategies to develop healthy relationships. Understand and implement healthy boundaries
BPD: borderline personality disorder; STEPPS: Systems Training for Emotional Predictability and Problem Solving
 

 

Patient characteristics

Although some patients learn of STEPPS from previous participants, at our facility we usually request a formal professional referral. We then send potential participants a letter inviting them to attend the group, along with a brochure describing STEPPS and a dated syllabus. We generally begin with 12 to 15 patients but typically have 7 to 10 by the fifth session.

Patients with strong narcissistic or antisocial traits may have difficulty in group settings, probably because they prefer to be the center of attention. That said, we have successfully implemented STEPPS in Iowa prisons and have not experienced difficulties.12 Patients who are abusing substances or have active eating disorders (primarily anorexia nervosa) may not be cognitively able to benefit from STEPPS until these behaviors are better controlled. We recommend that patients seek treatment for these behaviors before—or concurrent with—STEPPS participation.

Persons who deal with conflict by physical threats or intimidation are potential threats to group integrity and are removed immediately. We avoid forming groups with a lone male participant because:

  • he may come to represent all men to the rest of the group
  • he may have difficulty identifying with problems unique to women with BPD.
Patients who do well in STEPPS are able to share time with others, limit discussion of their own problems, have some capacity for empathy, and demonstrate an ability to consider that another’s perception may be different from their own. We encourage referring clinicians to discuss with the patient his or her readiness to enter STEPPS, as well as the requirements for and expectations of the program (such as capacity to listen, compliance with homework assignments, etc.). Some patients may need to wait until they are psychologically ready to participate.

In a recent study we found that patients who were rated as more symptomatic at baseline experienced the greatest improvement. Apart from this finding, there were few response predictors, but it was reassuring that both men and women improved.19 Members are cautiously encouraged to use each other as reinforcement team members between sessions, once they feel safe in the group. They are instructed to follow the reinforcement team guidelines.

The facilitators’ role

STEPPS groups are led by 2 facilitators with graduate level training in social sciences and psychotherapy experience. Therapists may be trained in STEPPS during a 1- to 2-day on-site workshop or by attending a 20-week group. These trainees are identified as professionals and do not participate in the sessions.

Using 1 male and 1 female facilitator for a STEPPS group allows modeling of relationship behaviors between genders, projects a healthy male role, and provides support for male participants, who in most groups are in the minority. Initially the facilitators’ stance is active and directive, although this tends to decrease as patients gradually are given increasing leadership responsibilities (such as leading brief reviews of homework assignments).

The therapists’ main tasks include:

  • maintaining the psychoeducational format
  • adhering to the guidelines
  • avoiding involvement in individual issues and past traumas (providing individual psychotherapy in a group setting)
  • maintaining focus on skills acquisition
  • encouraging group cohesion through identification
  • facilitating participants’ change of perspective from victims of EID to experts on managing EID.
Crises are common among patients with BPD and if not attended to appropriately can easily derail the group process. Crises are acknowledged, then managed in the group by careful attention to the use of skills (such as using a crisis as an example of applying the skill to be learned that session). Facilitators direct patients to deal with long-standing personal issues with their individual therapists. Patients who appear in imminent danger of self-harm or suicide are removed from the group and immediately referred to emergency personnel. On these rare occasions, the referral is done swiftly to avoid disrupting the group and creating a perception of special treatment.

Follow-up: STAIRWAYS

STAIRWAYS is a 1-year follow-up group that meets twice a month after the 20-week STEPPS program and consists of stand-alone modules addressing:

  • Setting goals
  • Trying new things (oriented toward long-term goals, such as obtaining a degree, employment, etc.)
  • Anger management
  • Impulsivity control
  • Relationship management (emphasis on conflict management)
  • Writing a script (identifying and preparing for future stressors)
  • Assertiveness training
  • Your choices (making healthy choices)
  • Staying on track (relapse prevention).

STAIRWAYS follows a format similar to STEPPS, with a classroom-like setting and homework assignments. It maintains participants’ contact with the STEPPS model by emphasizing ongoing use of newly learned skills and reinforcing STEPPS skills.
 

 


Related resources

  • The STEPPS Model for Borderline Personality Disorder Manual. www.steppsforbpd.com.
  • van Wel B, Kockmann I, Blum N, et al. STEPPS group treatment for borderline personality disorder in The Netherlands. Ann Clin Psychiatry. 2006;18(1):63-67.

Disclosures

Dr. Black receives research/grant support from AstraZeneca and Forest Laboratories and is a consultant to Jazz Pharmaceuticals.

Ms. Blum and Mr. St. John receive royalties from Blums’ Books LLC, publisher of the Systems Training for Emotional Predictability and Problem Solving (STEPPS) manual.

References

1. American Psychiatric Association. Practice guidelines for the treatment of patients with borderline personality disorder. Am J Psychiatry. 2001;158(suppl 1):1-52.

2. Soloff PH. Psychopharmacology of borderline personality disorder. Psychiatr Clin North Am. 2000;23:169-191.

3. Zanarini MC. Update on pharmacotherapy of borderline personality disorder. Curr Psychiatry Rep. 2004;6:66-70.

4. Paris J. Borderline personality disorder—a multidimensional approach. Washington, DC: American Psychiatric Press; 1994.

5. Linehan MM. Cognitive-behavioral treatment for borderline personality disorder. New York, NY: Guilford Press; 1993.

6. Clarkin JF, Levy KN, Lenzenweger MF, et al. Evaluating three treatments for borderline personality disorder: a multiwave study. Am J Psychiatry. 2007;164:922-928.

7. Giesen-Bloo J, van Dyck R, Spinhoven P, et al. Outpatient psychotherapy for borderline personality disorder: randomized trial of schema-focused therapy vs transference-focused therapy. Arch Gen Psychiatry. 2006;63:649-658.

8. Bateman A, Fonagy P. Effectiveness of partial hospitalization in the treatment of borderline personality disorder: a randomized controlled trial. Am J Psychiatry. 1999;156:1563-1569.

9. Bartels N, Crotty T. A systems approach to treatment: the borderline personality disorder skill training manual. Winfield, IL: EID Treatment Systems, Inc; 1992.

10. Blum N, Bartels N, St. John D, et al. STEPPS: Systems Training for Emotional Predictability and Problem Solving—group treatment for borderline personality disorder. Coralville, IA: Blum’s Books; 2002.

11. Blum N, Pfohl B, St. John D, et al. STEPPS: a cognitive behavioral systems based group treatment for outpatients with borderline personality disorder—a preliminary report. Compr Psychiatry. 2002;43:301-310.

12. Black DW, Blum N, Eichinger L, et al. Systems Training for Emotional Predictability and Problem Solving (STEPPS) in women offenders with borderline personality disorder in prison: a pilot study. CNS Spectr. 2008;13(10):881-886.

13. Freije H, Dietz B, Appelo M. Behandling van de borderline persoonlijk heidsstoornis met de VERS: de Vaardigheidstraining emotionele regulatiestoornis. Directive Therapies. 2002;4:367-378.

14. Blum N, Pfohl B, St. John D, et al. Systems Training for Emotional Predictability and Problem Solving (STEPPS) for outpatients with borderline personality disorder: a randomized controlled trial and 1-year follow-up. Am J Psychiatry. 2008;165:468-478.

15. van Wel B. VERS: RCT on Dutch STEPPS. Presented at: Annual Meeting of the International Society for the Study of Personality Disorders; September 21, 2007; Den Haag, The Netherlands.

16. Black DW, Blum N, Pfohl B, et al. The STEPPS group treatment program for outpatients with borderline personality disorder. Journal of Contemporary Psychotherapy. 2004;34:193-210.

17. Pfohl B, Blum N, St. John D, et al. Reliability and validity of the Borderline Evaluation of Severity over Time (BEST): a self-rated scale to measure severity and change in persons with borderline personality disorder. J Pers Disord. 2009;23(3):281-293.

18. Young J. Cognitive therapy for personality disorders: a schema-focused approach. Sarasota, FL: Professional Resource Press; 1994.

19. Black DW, Blum N, Pfohl B, et al. Predictors of response to Systems Training to Emotional Predictability and Problem Solving (STEPPS) for borderline personality disorder: an exploratory study. Acta Psychiatr Scand. 2009;120:53-61.

References

1. American Psychiatric Association. Practice guidelines for the treatment of patients with borderline personality disorder. Am J Psychiatry. 2001;158(suppl 1):1-52.

2. Soloff PH. Psychopharmacology of borderline personality disorder. Psychiatr Clin North Am. 2000;23:169-191.

3. Zanarini MC. Update on pharmacotherapy of borderline personality disorder. Curr Psychiatry Rep. 2004;6:66-70.

4. Paris J. Borderline personality disorder—a multidimensional approach. Washington, DC: American Psychiatric Press; 1994.

5. Linehan MM. Cognitive-behavioral treatment for borderline personality disorder. New York, NY: Guilford Press; 1993.

6. Clarkin JF, Levy KN, Lenzenweger MF, et al. Evaluating three treatments for borderline personality disorder: a multiwave study. Am J Psychiatry. 2007;164:922-928.

7. Giesen-Bloo J, van Dyck R, Spinhoven P, et al. Outpatient psychotherapy for borderline personality disorder: randomized trial of schema-focused therapy vs transference-focused therapy. Arch Gen Psychiatry. 2006;63:649-658.

8. Bateman A, Fonagy P. Effectiveness of partial hospitalization in the treatment of borderline personality disorder: a randomized controlled trial. Am J Psychiatry. 1999;156:1563-1569.

9. Bartels N, Crotty T. A systems approach to treatment: the borderline personality disorder skill training manual. Winfield, IL: EID Treatment Systems, Inc; 1992.

10. Blum N, Bartels N, St. John D, et al. STEPPS: Systems Training for Emotional Predictability and Problem Solving—group treatment for borderline personality disorder. Coralville, IA: Blum’s Books; 2002.

11. Blum N, Pfohl B, St. John D, et al. STEPPS: a cognitive behavioral systems based group treatment for outpatients with borderline personality disorder—a preliminary report. Compr Psychiatry. 2002;43:301-310.

12. Black DW, Blum N, Eichinger L, et al. Systems Training for Emotional Predictability and Problem Solving (STEPPS) in women offenders with borderline personality disorder in prison: a pilot study. CNS Spectr. 2008;13(10):881-886.

13. Freije H, Dietz B, Appelo M. Behandling van de borderline persoonlijk heidsstoornis met de VERS: de Vaardigheidstraining emotionele regulatiestoornis. Directive Therapies. 2002;4:367-378.

14. Blum N, Pfohl B, St. John D, et al. Systems Training for Emotional Predictability and Problem Solving (STEPPS) for outpatients with borderline personality disorder: a randomized controlled trial and 1-year follow-up. Am J Psychiatry. 2008;165:468-478.

15. van Wel B. VERS: RCT on Dutch STEPPS. Presented at: Annual Meeting of the International Society for the Study of Personality Disorders; September 21, 2007; Den Haag, The Netherlands.

16. Black DW, Blum N, Pfohl B, et al. The STEPPS group treatment program for outpatients with borderline personality disorder. Journal of Contemporary Psychotherapy. 2004;34:193-210.

17. Pfohl B, Blum N, St. John D, et al. Reliability and validity of the Borderline Evaluation of Severity over Time (BEST): a self-rated scale to measure severity and change in persons with borderline personality disorder. J Pers Disord. 2009;23(3):281-293.

18. Young J. Cognitive therapy for personality disorders: a schema-focused approach. Sarasota, FL: Professional Resource Press; 1994.

19. Black DW, Blum N, Pfohl B, et al. Predictors of response to Systems Training to Emotional Predictability and Problem Solving (STEPPS) for borderline personality disorder: an exploratory study. Acta Psychiatr Scand. 2009;120:53-61.

Issue
Current Psychiatry - 08(10)
Issue
Current Psychiatry - 08(10)
Page Number
18-35
Page Number
18-35
Publications
Publications
Article Type
Display Headline
Borderline personality disorder: STEPPS is practical, evidence-based, easier to use
Display Headline
Borderline personality disorder: STEPPS is practical, evidence-based, easier to use
Legacy Keywords
borderline personality disorder;BPD;systems training for emotional predictability and problem solving;STEPPS;group therapy;skills training;borderline evaluation of severity over time;BEST;Donald Black;Nancee Blum;Don St. John
Legacy Keywords
borderline personality disorder;BPD;systems training for emotional predictability and problem solving;STEPPS;group therapy;skills training;borderline evaluation of severity over time;BEST;Donald Black;Nancee Blum;Don St. John
Sections
Article Source

PURLs Copyright

Inside the Article

Article PDF Media

Compulsive shopping: When spending begins to consume the consumer

Article Type
Changed
Tue, 12/11/2018 - 15:08
Display Headline
Compulsive shopping: When spending begins to consume the consumer

Ms. A has been compulsively shopping and spending since age 19 when she first obtained credit cards. After years of intense urges to shop and remorse over the financial consequences, she seeks psychiatric help. Now age 37 and divorced, she has controlled her spending only for two 1- to 2-year periods that coincided with bankruptcy proceedings.

With easy access to credit, many persons such as Ms. A develop what is variously called compulsive buying, compulsive shopping, addictive shopping, or shopaholism. Although “medicalizing” excessive shopping may seem to obscure its broader cultural and social causes,1 increasing evidence points to a discrete shopping disorder.

Our group has contributed to compulsive buying research and continues to evaluate potential treatments. We offer evidence and practical advice to help you:

  • identify compulsive shopping disorder using the patient’s history and three screening questions
  • differentiate compulsive shopping from manic or hypomanic shopping sprees
  • educate patients about four steps to control compulsive shopping.

Table 1

Compulsive shopping disorder’s clinical signs

Onset in late adolescence to early adulthood
Female-to-male ratio may be 9:1
Behaviors include shopping frequently, spending inappropriately, and fantasizing about future purchases
Psychiatric comorbidity—mood disorders, substance abuse, eating disorders—is common among patients and first-degree relatives
Chronic symptoms wax and wane, with widely varying severity
Irresistible urges prompt spending by some patients
Shopping is intensely exciting, with transitory feelings of happiness and power
Feelings of distress and guilt develop after shopping; patients often hide purchases
Patients may be in denial or feel embarrassed to disclose symptoms

An Evolving Picture

Ms. A says shopping is her primary social activity and entertainment. Though she works full time, she shops three or more times a week, cruising expensive department stores and discount outlets on evenings and weekends. She buys clothing, shoes, makeup, jewelry, antiques, household electronics, and other items.

She says her shopping is spontaneous and impulsive. Shopping gives her an emotional “rush” that is frequently followed by periods of guilt, and she often returns or gives away purchased items. She is disappointed at her inability to control her shopping behavior and ashamed of the financial crises she has caused.

Compulsive buying is characterized by persistent or poorly controlled preoccupations, urges, or behaviors regarding shopping or spending, leading to adverse consequences.2 Onset in late adolescence to early adulthood is the usual pattern, and the disorder is thought to be chronic or recurrent. It is not listed in DSM-IV-TR but is considered an example of an impulse control disorder not otherwise specified. For this paper, we use the terms compulsive shopping and compulsive buying interchangeably.

The disorder’s tentative classification reflects debate about its conceptualization. Some clinicians and researchers consider compulsive buying an addiction similar to drug or alcohol misuse; others have linked it to depression or anxiety. Hollander3 and others have commented on its similarities with obsessive-compulsive disorder (OCD), and a recent study noted that compulsive buying is more common in patients with OCD than in matched controls.4 Still others—drawing on Kraepelin’s and Bleuler’s early work—consider compulsive buying an impulse control disorder, having features in common with pathological gambling and kleptomania.5

Prevalence. One survey estimates 2% to 8% of U.S. adults meet criteria for a compulsive shopping disorder, and community-based and clinical surveys suggest that 86% to 95% of them are women.5 The reported gender difference may be artifactual; women readily acknowledge that they enjoy shopping, whereas men are more likely to report that they “collect.”

Behavior patterns. No careful, longitudinal studies have examined compulsive buying disorder, but case reports suggest the condition is chronic, with a waxing and waning course and wide variance in symptom severity. In 20 consecutive patients with compulsive buying symptoms, one-half reported that irresistible urges prompted spending and three-quarters preferred to shop alone.6

Compulsive shoppers tend to shop frequently and spend inappropriately:

  • at department and discount stores, specialty shops, and boutiques
  • from mail order, television, and online merchants.
The behavior occurs year-round but might intensify around holidays or birthdays. Clothing, shoes, makeup, and jewelry are the most popular items women buy, though men with this disorder may focus on electronics, sporting equipment, or automobile accessories. When not actively buying, patients remain preoccupied with shopping, perusing mail order catalogs or newspaper ads and fantasizing about their next purchases.

While shopping, compulsive shoppers may report feeling intensely excited, happy, and powerful. These emotions are frequently followed by distress or guilt. They may return purchases or hide them in closets or attics, never to be used.

Low-income persons who shop compulsively may do so at consignment shops or garage sales. In one of our studies, the most severe compulsive buyers had the lowest incomes,6 suggesting that:

 

 

  • lack of money does not prevent compulsive shopping disorder from developing
  • severe compulsive shoppers lack the ability to delay their shopping.

Psychiatric comorbidity

Compulsive buyers differ from matched controls when dimensional scales are used to measure psychopathology. One study found that compulsive buyers had elevated scores on the Beck Depression Inventory, the Spielberger Trait Anxiety Scale, and the Maudsley Obsessive Compulsive Inventory.2

Compulsive buyers and their first-degree relatives often have comorbid psychiatric disorders, particularly mood, anxiety, substance use, and eating disorders.5 Axis II disorders are also common; no particular type predominates, but the obsessive-compulsive, borderline, and avoidant personality types are seen most frequently.

McElroy et al7 defined compulsive buying disorder as:

  • uncontrollable
  • markedly distressing, time-consuming, and/or resulting in family, social, vocational, and/or financial difficulties
  • not occurring only in the context of hypomanic or manic symptoms.
In 20 consecutive patients meeting these criteria, lifetime diagnoses included major mood disorders in 19 (95%), anxiety disorders in 16 (80%), impulse control disorders in 8 (40%), and eating disorders in 7 (35%). These patients’ first-degree relatives also showed a high prevalence of major depression, substance abuse or alcoholism, and anxiety disorder.7

In a larger controlled study, our group8 compared 33 individuals who met the McElroy et al criteria for compulsive buying disorder and 22 control patients. The 137 first-degree relatives of the compulsive shoppers were significantly more likely than the controls’ relatives to have histories of depression, alcoholism, substance use, or multiple psychiatric diagnoses (as measured by the Family History Research Diagnostic Criteria).

Identifying a patient’s psychiatric comorbidities can help you develop:

  • a biopsychosocial counseling plan—such as for a patient with borderline personality disorder who shops to relieve tension from relationship stress
  • pharmacologic treatment strategies—such as prescribing a selective serotonin reuptake inhibitor (SSRI) for patients with comorbid major depression.

Manic versus compulsive behavior

Manic and hypomanic symptoms may be associated with impulsive and reckless spending. Thus, when evaluating excessive spending, always carefully evaluate patients for bipolar disorder.

Bipolar mania and excessive spending related to a compulsive buying disorder are relatively easy to differentiate:

  • The manic patient’s unrestrained spending sprees correspond to manic episodes and are accompanied by euphoric mood, grandiosity, unrealistic plans, and often a giddy, overly bright affect.
  • The compulsive shopper’s spending occurs year-round in a pattern suggesting ongoing preoccupation.
The compulsive buyer may feel happy (or powerful) while shopping, but these transitory emotions are usually followed by letdown or guilt. The compulsive shopper is distressed by his or her activity and will often hide the evidence.

Not so for the manic, who may boast of his or her spending, display the evidence, and try to convince family and friends that the purchase is necessary or fits into some grandiose scheme. “Who doesn’t need two BMWs?” a manic patient said to one of the authors [DWB].

Screening and diagnosis

As with any psychiatric disorder, gathering an accurate history through a careful interview is important. This can be challenging with compulsive shopping disorder, however, because the patient may minimize symptoms out of embarrassment or denial. Your goal is to identify the shopping problem through nonjudgmental inquiries.

Diagnostic instruments. Researchers use assessment tools such as Faber and O’Guinn’s 7-item Compulsive Buying Scale9 to help diagnose this disorder. Our group developed a shopping version of the Yale-Brown Obsessive Compulsive Scale (YBOCS-SV) to help rate severity and change during clinical trials.10

Formal instruments may help in the clinical setting, but you can often elicit compulsive buying symptoms with a few screening questions (Table 2). If screening indicates a positive response, move to more detailed questions about:

  • frequency of excessive shopping
  • time spent shopping
  • factors that trigger or worsen the shopping behavior
  • amount of money spent.
Collateral information from family and friends can supplement and clarify the patient’s self-report.

Table 2

Is your patient a compulsive shopper? Ask these screening questions

Do you feel preoccupied with shopping and spending?
Do you ever feel that your shopping behavior is excessive, inappropriate, or uncontrolled?
Have your shopping desires, urges, fantasies, or behaviors ever:
  • been overly time-consuming
  • caused you to feel upset or guilty
  • led to serious problems, such as financial difficulties, legal problems, or relationship loss?
Source: Black DW. Assessment of compulsive buying. In: Benson AL, ed. I shop, therefore I am: Compulsive buying and the search for self. Northvale, NJ: Jason Aronson; 2000:191-216.
Medical history. Examine the patient’s history of physical illness, trauma, medications, or surgeries, as these may provide an organic explanation for the symptoms. Recent-onset compulsive shopping could be associated with a neurologic disorder or brain tumor, for example.
 

 

Stopping uncontrolled shopping

Compulsive shopping has no standard treatment, but evidence shows benefit from some SSRIs and psychotherapies.

Fluvoxamine. An early case series suggested antidepressants could curb compulsive buying,5 but later research has yielded mixed results.

Ms. A entered an experimental drug trial. She was randomly assigned to receive fluvoxamine and—despite difficulties with oversedation—tolerated a sustained dosage of 100 mg/d. After the 9-week trial, Ms. A said she thought less frequently about shopping, felt less compulsion to shop, and was spending less money and time shopping.

This open-label trial we conducted indicated that fluvoxamine, up to 300 mg/d, could be an effective treatment for compulsive buying.11 Two subsequent randomized controlled trials, however, found fluvoxamine did no better than placebo when treating compulsive shoppers.12,13

Citalopram. In an open-label trial,14 23 women and 1 man who met diagnostic criteria for compulsive shopping disorder (YBOCS-SV scores ≥17) received citalopram for 7 weeks. Dosages started at 20 mg/d and were increased as tolerated to 60 mg/d. Fifteen patients (63%) met response criteria—“much improved” or “very much improved” as measured by the Clinical Global Impressions-Improvement scale and a ≥50% decrease in YBOCS-SV score. Three patients (13%) discontinued treatment because of adverse effects (headache, rash, insomnia).

The 15 responders were then enrolled in a 9-week double-blind, placebo-controlled trial. Compulsive shopping symptoms recurred in 5 of 8 patients (63%) assigned to placebo, compared with none of the 7 who continued taking citalopram.

By comparison, escitalopram, 10 to 20 mg/d, showed little effect for compulsive shopping symptoms in an identically designed discontinuation trial by the same investigators. During the 7-week, open-label trial, 19 of 26 patients met response criteria. In the 9-week double-blind, controlled phase, however, 63% of initial responders relapsed while taking escitalopram, compared with 67% of those randomized to placebo.15

A naturalistic follow-up study of 24 patients treated with citalopram, 20 to 60 mg/d, noted that patients who responded at 3 months were more likely to be symptom-free after 1 year than those who did not respond to acute treatment.16 Responders’ mean 2-week compulsive spending declined from $773 before treatment to $351 at 12 months, and their mean total debt declined from $17,833 to $16,752.

Because remission was not significantly associated with taking citalopram, however, the authors concluded that the mechanisms responsible for maintaining remission were unclear.

Psychotherapy. Cognitive-behavioral therapy (CBT) may help, but few therapists are familiar with this disorder. CBT challenges the patient’s cognitive distortions and faulty schemas about shopping, such as:

  • “Having the latest fashions will make me more popular.”
  • “Having 5 pair of new shoes will make me a happier and better person.”
CBT will then focus on teaching patients how to change these pathologic schemas. Preliminary evidence suggests that group CBT for compulsive shoppers can be effective.

Our recommendations. Medication—such as an antidepressant for major depression or a mood stabilizer for bipolar disorder—may improve compulsive shopping in patients with a comorbid psychiatric disorder. For other compulsive shoppers, however, medication trials provide little guidance for treatment.

We inform patients such as Ms. A that they cannot rely on medication to control their behavior. Instead, we recommend a four-step approach to break the compulsive shopping habit (Table 3).

Financial counseling, provided free of charge by many banks, benefits some patients. Self-help books describe strategies to overcome compulsive spending (Related resources). Debtors Anonymous, a 12-step program patterned after Alcoholics Anonymous, also can help by offering acceptance, belonging, forgiveness, and understanding.

In the most severe cases we recommend appointing a financial conservator to control the patient’s finances. We rarely advise this strategy but have encountered cases in which there seemed to be no other option. Having a conservator controls the patient’s spending but does not reverse the preoccupation with shopping.

Table 3

Patient education: 4 steps to control compulsive spending

  • Admit you are a compulsive shopper.
  • Cut up the credit cards, and get rid of the checkbook—sources of easy credit fuel the problem.
  • Shop only with a friend or relative; embarrassment will curb the tendency to overspend.
  • Find meaningful ways to spend your time, other than shopping.
Related resources

For clinicians

  • Black DW. Assessment of compulsive buying. In: Benson AL (ed). I shop, therefore I am: Compulsive buying and the search for self. Northvale, NJ: Jason Aronson; 2000:191-216.
For patients

  • Arenson G. Born to spend: how to overcome compulsive spending. Blue Ridge Summit, PA: Tab Books, 1991.
  • Benson AL. Stopping Overshopping. A site for shopaholics and the people who love them. www.stoppingovershopping.com.
  • Mellan O. Money harmony: resolving money conflicts in your life and relationships. New York: Walker, 2005.
 

 

Drug brand names

  • Citalopram • Celexa
  • Escitalopram • Lexapro
  • Fluvoxamine • Luvox
Disclosures

Dr. Kuzma reports no financial relationship with any company whose products are mentioned in this article or with manufacturers of competing products.

Dr. Black receives grant/research support or is a consultant or speaker for Forest Laboratories and Shire Pharmaceuticals

References

1. Lee S, Mysyk A. The medicalization of compulsive buying. Soc Sci Med 2004;58(9):1709-18.

2. Black DW. Compulsive buying disorder: definition, assessment, epidemiology and clinical management. CNS Drugs 2001;15(1):17-27.

3. Hollander E. Obsessive compulsive related disorders. Washington, DC: American Psychiatric Press; 1993.

4. Lejoyeux M, Bailly F, Moula H, Loi S, Ades J. Study of compulsive buying in patients presenting with obsessive-compulsive disorder. Compr Psychiatry 2005;46:105-10.

5. Black DW. Compulsive shopping. In: Hollander E, Stein D (eds). Clinical manual of impulse control disorders. Washington, DC: American Psychiatric Publishing; 2003;203–27.

6. Black DW, Monahan P, Schlosser S, Repertinger S. Compulsive buying severity: an analysis of Compulsive Buying Scale results in 44 subjects. J Nerv Ment Dis 2001;189:123-7.

7. McElroy SL, Keck PE, Jr, Pope HG, Jr, et al. Compulsive buying: a report of 20 cases. J Clin Psychiatry 1994;55:242-8.

8. Black DW, Repertinger S, Gaffney GR, Gabel J. Family history and psychiatric comorbidity in persons with compulsive buying: preliminary findings. Am J Psychiatry 1998;155:960-3.

9. Faber RJ, O’Guinn TC. A clinical screener for compulsive buying. Consum Res 1992;19:459-69.

10. Monahan P, Black DW, Gabel J. Reliability and validity of a scale to measure change in persons with compulsive buying. Psychiatr Res 1996;64:59-67.

11. Black DW, Monahan P, Gabel J. Fluvoxamine in the treatment of compulsive buying. J Clin Psychiatry 1997;58:159-63.

12. Ninan PT, McElroy SL, Kane CP, et al. Placebo-controlled study of fluvoxamine in the treatment of patients with compulsive buying. J Clin Psychopharmacol 2000;20:362-6.

13. Black DW, Gabel J, Hansen J, Schlosser S. A double-blind comparison of fluvoxamine versus placebo in the treatment of compulsive buying disorder. Ann Clin Psychiatry 2000;12:205-11.

14. Koran LM, Chuong HW, Bullock KD, Smith SC. Citalopram for compulsive shopping disorder: an open-label study followed by double-blind discontinuation. J Clin Psychiatry 2003;64:793-8.

15. Koran LM. Escitalopram treatment evaluated in patients with compulsive shopping disorder. Primary Psychiatry 2005;12(12):13.-

16. Aboujaoude E, Gamel N, Koran LM. A 1-year naturalistic follow-up of patients with compulsive shopping disorder. J Clin Psychiatry 2003;64:946-50.

Article PDF
Author and Disclosure Information

John M. Kuzma, MD
Clinical assistant professor

Donald W. Black, MD
Professor

Department of psychiatry, Roy J. and Lucille A. Carver College of Medicine, University of Iowa, Iowa City

Issue
Current Psychiatry - 05(07)
Publications
Page Number
27-40
Sections
Author and Disclosure Information

John M. Kuzma, MD
Clinical assistant professor

Donald W. Black, MD
Professor

Department of psychiatry, Roy J. and Lucille A. Carver College of Medicine, University of Iowa, Iowa City

Author and Disclosure Information

John M. Kuzma, MD
Clinical assistant professor

Donald W. Black, MD
Professor

Department of psychiatry, Roy J. and Lucille A. Carver College of Medicine, University of Iowa, Iowa City

Article PDF
Article PDF

Ms. A has been compulsively shopping and spending since age 19 when she first obtained credit cards. After years of intense urges to shop and remorse over the financial consequences, she seeks psychiatric help. Now age 37 and divorced, she has controlled her spending only for two 1- to 2-year periods that coincided with bankruptcy proceedings.

With easy access to credit, many persons such as Ms. A develop what is variously called compulsive buying, compulsive shopping, addictive shopping, or shopaholism. Although “medicalizing” excessive shopping may seem to obscure its broader cultural and social causes,1 increasing evidence points to a discrete shopping disorder.

Our group has contributed to compulsive buying research and continues to evaluate potential treatments. We offer evidence and practical advice to help you:

  • identify compulsive shopping disorder using the patient’s history and three screening questions
  • differentiate compulsive shopping from manic or hypomanic shopping sprees
  • educate patients about four steps to control compulsive shopping.

Table 1

Compulsive shopping disorder’s clinical signs

Onset in late adolescence to early adulthood
Female-to-male ratio may be 9:1
Behaviors include shopping frequently, spending inappropriately, and fantasizing about future purchases
Psychiatric comorbidity—mood disorders, substance abuse, eating disorders—is common among patients and first-degree relatives
Chronic symptoms wax and wane, with widely varying severity
Irresistible urges prompt spending by some patients
Shopping is intensely exciting, with transitory feelings of happiness and power
Feelings of distress and guilt develop after shopping; patients often hide purchases
Patients may be in denial or feel embarrassed to disclose symptoms

An Evolving Picture

Ms. A says shopping is her primary social activity and entertainment. Though she works full time, she shops three or more times a week, cruising expensive department stores and discount outlets on evenings and weekends. She buys clothing, shoes, makeup, jewelry, antiques, household electronics, and other items.

She says her shopping is spontaneous and impulsive. Shopping gives her an emotional “rush” that is frequently followed by periods of guilt, and she often returns or gives away purchased items. She is disappointed at her inability to control her shopping behavior and ashamed of the financial crises she has caused.

Compulsive buying is characterized by persistent or poorly controlled preoccupations, urges, or behaviors regarding shopping or spending, leading to adverse consequences.2 Onset in late adolescence to early adulthood is the usual pattern, and the disorder is thought to be chronic or recurrent. It is not listed in DSM-IV-TR but is considered an example of an impulse control disorder not otherwise specified. For this paper, we use the terms compulsive shopping and compulsive buying interchangeably.

The disorder’s tentative classification reflects debate about its conceptualization. Some clinicians and researchers consider compulsive buying an addiction similar to drug or alcohol misuse; others have linked it to depression or anxiety. Hollander3 and others have commented on its similarities with obsessive-compulsive disorder (OCD), and a recent study noted that compulsive buying is more common in patients with OCD than in matched controls.4 Still others—drawing on Kraepelin’s and Bleuler’s early work—consider compulsive buying an impulse control disorder, having features in common with pathological gambling and kleptomania.5

Prevalence. One survey estimates 2% to 8% of U.S. adults meet criteria for a compulsive shopping disorder, and community-based and clinical surveys suggest that 86% to 95% of them are women.5 The reported gender difference may be artifactual; women readily acknowledge that they enjoy shopping, whereas men are more likely to report that they “collect.”

Behavior patterns. No careful, longitudinal studies have examined compulsive buying disorder, but case reports suggest the condition is chronic, with a waxing and waning course and wide variance in symptom severity. In 20 consecutive patients with compulsive buying symptoms, one-half reported that irresistible urges prompted spending and three-quarters preferred to shop alone.6

Compulsive shoppers tend to shop frequently and spend inappropriately:

  • at department and discount stores, specialty shops, and boutiques
  • from mail order, television, and online merchants.
The behavior occurs year-round but might intensify around holidays or birthdays. Clothing, shoes, makeup, and jewelry are the most popular items women buy, though men with this disorder may focus on electronics, sporting equipment, or automobile accessories. When not actively buying, patients remain preoccupied with shopping, perusing mail order catalogs or newspaper ads and fantasizing about their next purchases.

While shopping, compulsive shoppers may report feeling intensely excited, happy, and powerful. These emotions are frequently followed by distress or guilt. They may return purchases or hide them in closets or attics, never to be used.

Low-income persons who shop compulsively may do so at consignment shops or garage sales. In one of our studies, the most severe compulsive buyers had the lowest incomes,6 suggesting that:

 

 

  • lack of money does not prevent compulsive shopping disorder from developing
  • severe compulsive shoppers lack the ability to delay their shopping.

Psychiatric comorbidity

Compulsive buyers differ from matched controls when dimensional scales are used to measure psychopathology. One study found that compulsive buyers had elevated scores on the Beck Depression Inventory, the Spielberger Trait Anxiety Scale, and the Maudsley Obsessive Compulsive Inventory.2

Compulsive buyers and their first-degree relatives often have comorbid psychiatric disorders, particularly mood, anxiety, substance use, and eating disorders.5 Axis II disorders are also common; no particular type predominates, but the obsessive-compulsive, borderline, and avoidant personality types are seen most frequently.

McElroy et al7 defined compulsive buying disorder as:

  • uncontrollable
  • markedly distressing, time-consuming, and/or resulting in family, social, vocational, and/or financial difficulties
  • not occurring only in the context of hypomanic or manic symptoms.
In 20 consecutive patients meeting these criteria, lifetime diagnoses included major mood disorders in 19 (95%), anxiety disorders in 16 (80%), impulse control disorders in 8 (40%), and eating disorders in 7 (35%). These patients’ first-degree relatives also showed a high prevalence of major depression, substance abuse or alcoholism, and anxiety disorder.7

In a larger controlled study, our group8 compared 33 individuals who met the McElroy et al criteria for compulsive buying disorder and 22 control patients. The 137 first-degree relatives of the compulsive shoppers were significantly more likely than the controls’ relatives to have histories of depression, alcoholism, substance use, or multiple psychiatric diagnoses (as measured by the Family History Research Diagnostic Criteria).

Identifying a patient’s psychiatric comorbidities can help you develop:

  • a biopsychosocial counseling plan—such as for a patient with borderline personality disorder who shops to relieve tension from relationship stress
  • pharmacologic treatment strategies—such as prescribing a selective serotonin reuptake inhibitor (SSRI) for patients with comorbid major depression.

Manic versus compulsive behavior

Manic and hypomanic symptoms may be associated with impulsive and reckless spending. Thus, when evaluating excessive spending, always carefully evaluate patients for bipolar disorder.

Bipolar mania and excessive spending related to a compulsive buying disorder are relatively easy to differentiate:

  • The manic patient’s unrestrained spending sprees correspond to manic episodes and are accompanied by euphoric mood, grandiosity, unrealistic plans, and often a giddy, overly bright affect.
  • The compulsive shopper’s spending occurs year-round in a pattern suggesting ongoing preoccupation.
The compulsive buyer may feel happy (or powerful) while shopping, but these transitory emotions are usually followed by letdown or guilt. The compulsive shopper is distressed by his or her activity and will often hide the evidence.

Not so for the manic, who may boast of his or her spending, display the evidence, and try to convince family and friends that the purchase is necessary or fits into some grandiose scheme. “Who doesn’t need two BMWs?” a manic patient said to one of the authors [DWB].

Screening and diagnosis

As with any psychiatric disorder, gathering an accurate history through a careful interview is important. This can be challenging with compulsive shopping disorder, however, because the patient may minimize symptoms out of embarrassment or denial. Your goal is to identify the shopping problem through nonjudgmental inquiries.

Diagnostic instruments. Researchers use assessment tools such as Faber and O’Guinn’s 7-item Compulsive Buying Scale9 to help diagnose this disorder. Our group developed a shopping version of the Yale-Brown Obsessive Compulsive Scale (YBOCS-SV) to help rate severity and change during clinical trials.10

Formal instruments may help in the clinical setting, but you can often elicit compulsive buying symptoms with a few screening questions (Table 2). If screening indicates a positive response, move to more detailed questions about:

  • frequency of excessive shopping
  • time spent shopping
  • factors that trigger or worsen the shopping behavior
  • amount of money spent.
Collateral information from family and friends can supplement and clarify the patient’s self-report.

Table 2

Is your patient a compulsive shopper? Ask these screening questions

Do you feel preoccupied with shopping and spending?
Do you ever feel that your shopping behavior is excessive, inappropriate, or uncontrolled?
Have your shopping desires, urges, fantasies, or behaviors ever:
  • been overly time-consuming
  • caused you to feel upset or guilty
  • led to serious problems, such as financial difficulties, legal problems, or relationship loss?
Source: Black DW. Assessment of compulsive buying. In: Benson AL, ed. I shop, therefore I am: Compulsive buying and the search for self. Northvale, NJ: Jason Aronson; 2000:191-216.
Medical history. Examine the patient’s history of physical illness, trauma, medications, or surgeries, as these may provide an organic explanation for the symptoms. Recent-onset compulsive shopping could be associated with a neurologic disorder or brain tumor, for example.
 

 

Stopping uncontrolled shopping

Compulsive shopping has no standard treatment, but evidence shows benefit from some SSRIs and psychotherapies.

Fluvoxamine. An early case series suggested antidepressants could curb compulsive buying,5 but later research has yielded mixed results.

Ms. A entered an experimental drug trial. She was randomly assigned to receive fluvoxamine and—despite difficulties with oversedation—tolerated a sustained dosage of 100 mg/d. After the 9-week trial, Ms. A said she thought less frequently about shopping, felt less compulsion to shop, and was spending less money and time shopping.

This open-label trial we conducted indicated that fluvoxamine, up to 300 mg/d, could be an effective treatment for compulsive buying.11 Two subsequent randomized controlled trials, however, found fluvoxamine did no better than placebo when treating compulsive shoppers.12,13

Citalopram. In an open-label trial,14 23 women and 1 man who met diagnostic criteria for compulsive shopping disorder (YBOCS-SV scores ≥17) received citalopram for 7 weeks. Dosages started at 20 mg/d and were increased as tolerated to 60 mg/d. Fifteen patients (63%) met response criteria—“much improved” or “very much improved” as measured by the Clinical Global Impressions-Improvement scale and a ≥50% decrease in YBOCS-SV score. Three patients (13%) discontinued treatment because of adverse effects (headache, rash, insomnia).

The 15 responders were then enrolled in a 9-week double-blind, placebo-controlled trial. Compulsive shopping symptoms recurred in 5 of 8 patients (63%) assigned to placebo, compared with none of the 7 who continued taking citalopram.

By comparison, escitalopram, 10 to 20 mg/d, showed little effect for compulsive shopping symptoms in an identically designed discontinuation trial by the same investigators. During the 7-week, open-label trial, 19 of 26 patients met response criteria. In the 9-week double-blind, controlled phase, however, 63% of initial responders relapsed while taking escitalopram, compared with 67% of those randomized to placebo.15

A naturalistic follow-up study of 24 patients treated with citalopram, 20 to 60 mg/d, noted that patients who responded at 3 months were more likely to be symptom-free after 1 year than those who did not respond to acute treatment.16 Responders’ mean 2-week compulsive spending declined from $773 before treatment to $351 at 12 months, and their mean total debt declined from $17,833 to $16,752.

Because remission was not significantly associated with taking citalopram, however, the authors concluded that the mechanisms responsible for maintaining remission were unclear.

Psychotherapy. Cognitive-behavioral therapy (CBT) may help, but few therapists are familiar with this disorder. CBT challenges the patient’s cognitive distortions and faulty schemas about shopping, such as:

  • “Having the latest fashions will make me more popular.”
  • “Having 5 pair of new shoes will make me a happier and better person.”
CBT will then focus on teaching patients how to change these pathologic schemas. Preliminary evidence suggests that group CBT for compulsive shoppers can be effective.

Our recommendations. Medication—such as an antidepressant for major depression or a mood stabilizer for bipolar disorder—may improve compulsive shopping in patients with a comorbid psychiatric disorder. For other compulsive shoppers, however, medication trials provide little guidance for treatment.

We inform patients such as Ms. A that they cannot rely on medication to control their behavior. Instead, we recommend a four-step approach to break the compulsive shopping habit (Table 3).

Financial counseling, provided free of charge by many banks, benefits some patients. Self-help books describe strategies to overcome compulsive spending (Related resources). Debtors Anonymous, a 12-step program patterned after Alcoholics Anonymous, also can help by offering acceptance, belonging, forgiveness, and understanding.

In the most severe cases we recommend appointing a financial conservator to control the patient’s finances. We rarely advise this strategy but have encountered cases in which there seemed to be no other option. Having a conservator controls the patient’s spending but does not reverse the preoccupation with shopping.

Table 3

Patient education: 4 steps to control compulsive spending

  • Admit you are a compulsive shopper.
  • Cut up the credit cards, and get rid of the checkbook—sources of easy credit fuel the problem.
  • Shop only with a friend or relative; embarrassment will curb the tendency to overspend.
  • Find meaningful ways to spend your time, other than shopping.
Related resources

For clinicians

  • Black DW. Assessment of compulsive buying. In: Benson AL (ed). I shop, therefore I am: Compulsive buying and the search for self. Northvale, NJ: Jason Aronson; 2000:191-216.
For patients

  • Arenson G. Born to spend: how to overcome compulsive spending. Blue Ridge Summit, PA: Tab Books, 1991.
  • Benson AL. Stopping Overshopping. A site for shopaholics and the people who love them. www.stoppingovershopping.com.
  • Mellan O. Money harmony: resolving money conflicts in your life and relationships. New York: Walker, 2005.
 

 

Drug brand names

  • Citalopram • Celexa
  • Escitalopram • Lexapro
  • Fluvoxamine • Luvox
Disclosures

Dr. Kuzma reports no financial relationship with any company whose products are mentioned in this article or with manufacturers of competing products.

Dr. Black receives grant/research support or is a consultant or speaker for Forest Laboratories and Shire Pharmaceuticals

Ms. A has been compulsively shopping and spending since age 19 when she first obtained credit cards. After years of intense urges to shop and remorse over the financial consequences, she seeks psychiatric help. Now age 37 and divorced, she has controlled her spending only for two 1- to 2-year periods that coincided with bankruptcy proceedings.

With easy access to credit, many persons such as Ms. A develop what is variously called compulsive buying, compulsive shopping, addictive shopping, or shopaholism. Although “medicalizing” excessive shopping may seem to obscure its broader cultural and social causes,1 increasing evidence points to a discrete shopping disorder.

Our group has contributed to compulsive buying research and continues to evaluate potential treatments. We offer evidence and practical advice to help you:

  • identify compulsive shopping disorder using the patient’s history and three screening questions
  • differentiate compulsive shopping from manic or hypomanic shopping sprees
  • educate patients about four steps to control compulsive shopping.

Table 1

Compulsive shopping disorder’s clinical signs

Onset in late adolescence to early adulthood
Female-to-male ratio may be 9:1
Behaviors include shopping frequently, spending inappropriately, and fantasizing about future purchases
Psychiatric comorbidity—mood disorders, substance abuse, eating disorders—is common among patients and first-degree relatives
Chronic symptoms wax and wane, with widely varying severity
Irresistible urges prompt spending by some patients
Shopping is intensely exciting, with transitory feelings of happiness and power
Feelings of distress and guilt develop after shopping; patients often hide purchases
Patients may be in denial or feel embarrassed to disclose symptoms

An Evolving Picture

Ms. A says shopping is her primary social activity and entertainment. Though she works full time, she shops three or more times a week, cruising expensive department stores and discount outlets on evenings and weekends. She buys clothing, shoes, makeup, jewelry, antiques, household electronics, and other items.

She says her shopping is spontaneous and impulsive. Shopping gives her an emotional “rush” that is frequently followed by periods of guilt, and she often returns or gives away purchased items. She is disappointed at her inability to control her shopping behavior and ashamed of the financial crises she has caused.

Compulsive buying is characterized by persistent or poorly controlled preoccupations, urges, or behaviors regarding shopping or spending, leading to adverse consequences.2 Onset in late adolescence to early adulthood is the usual pattern, and the disorder is thought to be chronic or recurrent. It is not listed in DSM-IV-TR but is considered an example of an impulse control disorder not otherwise specified. For this paper, we use the terms compulsive shopping and compulsive buying interchangeably.

The disorder’s tentative classification reflects debate about its conceptualization. Some clinicians and researchers consider compulsive buying an addiction similar to drug or alcohol misuse; others have linked it to depression or anxiety. Hollander3 and others have commented on its similarities with obsessive-compulsive disorder (OCD), and a recent study noted that compulsive buying is more common in patients with OCD than in matched controls.4 Still others—drawing on Kraepelin’s and Bleuler’s early work—consider compulsive buying an impulse control disorder, having features in common with pathological gambling and kleptomania.5

Prevalence. One survey estimates 2% to 8% of U.S. adults meet criteria for a compulsive shopping disorder, and community-based and clinical surveys suggest that 86% to 95% of them are women.5 The reported gender difference may be artifactual; women readily acknowledge that they enjoy shopping, whereas men are more likely to report that they “collect.”

Behavior patterns. No careful, longitudinal studies have examined compulsive buying disorder, but case reports suggest the condition is chronic, with a waxing and waning course and wide variance in symptom severity. In 20 consecutive patients with compulsive buying symptoms, one-half reported that irresistible urges prompted spending and three-quarters preferred to shop alone.6

Compulsive shoppers tend to shop frequently and spend inappropriately:

  • at department and discount stores, specialty shops, and boutiques
  • from mail order, television, and online merchants.
The behavior occurs year-round but might intensify around holidays or birthdays. Clothing, shoes, makeup, and jewelry are the most popular items women buy, though men with this disorder may focus on electronics, sporting equipment, or automobile accessories. When not actively buying, patients remain preoccupied with shopping, perusing mail order catalogs or newspaper ads and fantasizing about their next purchases.

While shopping, compulsive shoppers may report feeling intensely excited, happy, and powerful. These emotions are frequently followed by distress or guilt. They may return purchases or hide them in closets or attics, never to be used.

Low-income persons who shop compulsively may do so at consignment shops or garage sales. In one of our studies, the most severe compulsive buyers had the lowest incomes,6 suggesting that:

 

 

  • lack of money does not prevent compulsive shopping disorder from developing
  • severe compulsive shoppers lack the ability to delay their shopping.

Psychiatric comorbidity

Compulsive buyers differ from matched controls when dimensional scales are used to measure psychopathology. One study found that compulsive buyers had elevated scores on the Beck Depression Inventory, the Spielberger Trait Anxiety Scale, and the Maudsley Obsessive Compulsive Inventory.2

Compulsive buyers and their first-degree relatives often have comorbid psychiatric disorders, particularly mood, anxiety, substance use, and eating disorders.5 Axis II disorders are also common; no particular type predominates, but the obsessive-compulsive, borderline, and avoidant personality types are seen most frequently.

McElroy et al7 defined compulsive buying disorder as:

  • uncontrollable
  • markedly distressing, time-consuming, and/or resulting in family, social, vocational, and/or financial difficulties
  • not occurring only in the context of hypomanic or manic symptoms.
In 20 consecutive patients meeting these criteria, lifetime diagnoses included major mood disorders in 19 (95%), anxiety disorders in 16 (80%), impulse control disorders in 8 (40%), and eating disorders in 7 (35%). These patients’ first-degree relatives also showed a high prevalence of major depression, substance abuse or alcoholism, and anxiety disorder.7

In a larger controlled study, our group8 compared 33 individuals who met the McElroy et al criteria for compulsive buying disorder and 22 control patients. The 137 first-degree relatives of the compulsive shoppers were significantly more likely than the controls’ relatives to have histories of depression, alcoholism, substance use, or multiple psychiatric diagnoses (as measured by the Family History Research Diagnostic Criteria).

Identifying a patient’s psychiatric comorbidities can help you develop:

  • a biopsychosocial counseling plan—such as for a patient with borderline personality disorder who shops to relieve tension from relationship stress
  • pharmacologic treatment strategies—such as prescribing a selective serotonin reuptake inhibitor (SSRI) for patients with comorbid major depression.

Manic versus compulsive behavior

Manic and hypomanic symptoms may be associated with impulsive and reckless spending. Thus, when evaluating excessive spending, always carefully evaluate patients for bipolar disorder.

Bipolar mania and excessive spending related to a compulsive buying disorder are relatively easy to differentiate:

  • The manic patient’s unrestrained spending sprees correspond to manic episodes and are accompanied by euphoric mood, grandiosity, unrealistic plans, and often a giddy, overly bright affect.
  • The compulsive shopper’s spending occurs year-round in a pattern suggesting ongoing preoccupation.
The compulsive buyer may feel happy (or powerful) while shopping, but these transitory emotions are usually followed by letdown or guilt. The compulsive shopper is distressed by his or her activity and will often hide the evidence.

Not so for the manic, who may boast of his or her spending, display the evidence, and try to convince family and friends that the purchase is necessary or fits into some grandiose scheme. “Who doesn’t need two BMWs?” a manic patient said to one of the authors [DWB].

Screening and diagnosis

As with any psychiatric disorder, gathering an accurate history through a careful interview is important. This can be challenging with compulsive shopping disorder, however, because the patient may minimize symptoms out of embarrassment or denial. Your goal is to identify the shopping problem through nonjudgmental inquiries.

Diagnostic instruments. Researchers use assessment tools such as Faber and O’Guinn’s 7-item Compulsive Buying Scale9 to help diagnose this disorder. Our group developed a shopping version of the Yale-Brown Obsessive Compulsive Scale (YBOCS-SV) to help rate severity and change during clinical trials.10

Formal instruments may help in the clinical setting, but you can often elicit compulsive buying symptoms with a few screening questions (Table 2). If screening indicates a positive response, move to more detailed questions about:

  • frequency of excessive shopping
  • time spent shopping
  • factors that trigger or worsen the shopping behavior
  • amount of money spent.
Collateral information from family and friends can supplement and clarify the patient’s self-report.

Table 2

Is your patient a compulsive shopper? Ask these screening questions

Do you feel preoccupied with shopping and spending?
Do you ever feel that your shopping behavior is excessive, inappropriate, or uncontrolled?
Have your shopping desires, urges, fantasies, or behaviors ever:
  • been overly time-consuming
  • caused you to feel upset or guilty
  • led to serious problems, such as financial difficulties, legal problems, or relationship loss?
Source: Black DW. Assessment of compulsive buying. In: Benson AL, ed. I shop, therefore I am: Compulsive buying and the search for self. Northvale, NJ: Jason Aronson; 2000:191-216.
Medical history. Examine the patient’s history of physical illness, trauma, medications, or surgeries, as these may provide an organic explanation for the symptoms. Recent-onset compulsive shopping could be associated with a neurologic disorder or brain tumor, for example.
 

 

Stopping uncontrolled shopping

Compulsive shopping has no standard treatment, but evidence shows benefit from some SSRIs and psychotherapies.

Fluvoxamine. An early case series suggested antidepressants could curb compulsive buying,5 but later research has yielded mixed results.

Ms. A entered an experimental drug trial. She was randomly assigned to receive fluvoxamine and—despite difficulties with oversedation—tolerated a sustained dosage of 100 mg/d. After the 9-week trial, Ms. A said she thought less frequently about shopping, felt less compulsion to shop, and was spending less money and time shopping.

This open-label trial we conducted indicated that fluvoxamine, up to 300 mg/d, could be an effective treatment for compulsive buying.11 Two subsequent randomized controlled trials, however, found fluvoxamine did no better than placebo when treating compulsive shoppers.12,13

Citalopram. In an open-label trial,14 23 women and 1 man who met diagnostic criteria for compulsive shopping disorder (YBOCS-SV scores ≥17) received citalopram for 7 weeks. Dosages started at 20 mg/d and were increased as tolerated to 60 mg/d. Fifteen patients (63%) met response criteria—“much improved” or “very much improved” as measured by the Clinical Global Impressions-Improvement scale and a ≥50% decrease in YBOCS-SV score. Three patients (13%) discontinued treatment because of adverse effects (headache, rash, insomnia).

The 15 responders were then enrolled in a 9-week double-blind, placebo-controlled trial. Compulsive shopping symptoms recurred in 5 of 8 patients (63%) assigned to placebo, compared with none of the 7 who continued taking citalopram.

By comparison, escitalopram, 10 to 20 mg/d, showed little effect for compulsive shopping symptoms in an identically designed discontinuation trial by the same investigators. During the 7-week, open-label trial, 19 of 26 patients met response criteria. In the 9-week double-blind, controlled phase, however, 63% of initial responders relapsed while taking escitalopram, compared with 67% of those randomized to placebo.15

A naturalistic follow-up study of 24 patients treated with citalopram, 20 to 60 mg/d, noted that patients who responded at 3 months were more likely to be symptom-free after 1 year than those who did not respond to acute treatment.16 Responders’ mean 2-week compulsive spending declined from $773 before treatment to $351 at 12 months, and their mean total debt declined from $17,833 to $16,752.

Because remission was not significantly associated with taking citalopram, however, the authors concluded that the mechanisms responsible for maintaining remission were unclear.

Psychotherapy. Cognitive-behavioral therapy (CBT) may help, but few therapists are familiar with this disorder. CBT challenges the patient’s cognitive distortions and faulty schemas about shopping, such as:

  • “Having the latest fashions will make me more popular.”
  • “Having 5 pair of new shoes will make me a happier and better person.”
CBT will then focus on teaching patients how to change these pathologic schemas. Preliminary evidence suggests that group CBT for compulsive shoppers can be effective.

Our recommendations. Medication—such as an antidepressant for major depression or a mood stabilizer for bipolar disorder—may improve compulsive shopping in patients with a comorbid psychiatric disorder. For other compulsive shoppers, however, medication trials provide little guidance for treatment.

We inform patients such as Ms. A that they cannot rely on medication to control their behavior. Instead, we recommend a four-step approach to break the compulsive shopping habit (Table 3).

Financial counseling, provided free of charge by many banks, benefits some patients. Self-help books describe strategies to overcome compulsive spending (Related resources). Debtors Anonymous, a 12-step program patterned after Alcoholics Anonymous, also can help by offering acceptance, belonging, forgiveness, and understanding.

In the most severe cases we recommend appointing a financial conservator to control the patient’s finances. We rarely advise this strategy but have encountered cases in which there seemed to be no other option. Having a conservator controls the patient’s spending but does not reverse the preoccupation with shopping.

Table 3

Patient education: 4 steps to control compulsive spending

  • Admit you are a compulsive shopper.
  • Cut up the credit cards, and get rid of the checkbook—sources of easy credit fuel the problem.
  • Shop only with a friend or relative; embarrassment will curb the tendency to overspend.
  • Find meaningful ways to spend your time, other than shopping.
Related resources

For clinicians

  • Black DW. Assessment of compulsive buying. In: Benson AL (ed). I shop, therefore I am: Compulsive buying and the search for self. Northvale, NJ: Jason Aronson; 2000:191-216.
For patients

  • Arenson G. Born to spend: how to overcome compulsive spending. Blue Ridge Summit, PA: Tab Books, 1991.
  • Benson AL. Stopping Overshopping. A site for shopaholics and the people who love them. www.stoppingovershopping.com.
  • Mellan O. Money harmony: resolving money conflicts in your life and relationships. New York: Walker, 2005.
 

 

Drug brand names

  • Citalopram • Celexa
  • Escitalopram • Lexapro
  • Fluvoxamine • Luvox
Disclosures

Dr. Kuzma reports no financial relationship with any company whose products are mentioned in this article or with manufacturers of competing products.

Dr. Black receives grant/research support or is a consultant or speaker for Forest Laboratories and Shire Pharmaceuticals

References

1. Lee S, Mysyk A. The medicalization of compulsive buying. Soc Sci Med 2004;58(9):1709-18.

2. Black DW. Compulsive buying disorder: definition, assessment, epidemiology and clinical management. CNS Drugs 2001;15(1):17-27.

3. Hollander E. Obsessive compulsive related disorders. Washington, DC: American Psychiatric Press; 1993.

4. Lejoyeux M, Bailly F, Moula H, Loi S, Ades J. Study of compulsive buying in patients presenting with obsessive-compulsive disorder. Compr Psychiatry 2005;46:105-10.

5. Black DW. Compulsive shopping. In: Hollander E, Stein D (eds). Clinical manual of impulse control disorders. Washington, DC: American Psychiatric Publishing; 2003;203–27.

6. Black DW, Monahan P, Schlosser S, Repertinger S. Compulsive buying severity: an analysis of Compulsive Buying Scale results in 44 subjects. J Nerv Ment Dis 2001;189:123-7.

7. McElroy SL, Keck PE, Jr, Pope HG, Jr, et al. Compulsive buying: a report of 20 cases. J Clin Psychiatry 1994;55:242-8.

8. Black DW, Repertinger S, Gaffney GR, Gabel J. Family history and psychiatric comorbidity in persons with compulsive buying: preliminary findings. Am J Psychiatry 1998;155:960-3.

9. Faber RJ, O’Guinn TC. A clinical screener for compulsive buying. Consum Res 1992;19:459-69.

10. Monahan P, Black DW, Gabel J. Reliability and validity of a scale to measure change in persons with compulsive buying. Psychiatr Res 1996;64:59-67.

11. Black DW, Monahan P, Gabel J. Fluvoxamine in the treatment of compulsive buying. J Clin Psychiatry 1997;58:159-63.

12. Ninan PT, McElroy SL, Kane CP, et al. Placebo-controlled study of fluvoxamine in the treatment of patients with compulsive buying. J Clin Psychopharmacol 2000;20:362-6.

13. Black DW, Gabel J, Hansen J, Schlosser S. A double-blind comparison of fluvoxamine versus placebo in the treatment of compulsive buying disorder. Ann Clin Psychiatry 2000;12:205-11.

14. Koran LM, Chuong HW, Bullock KD, Smith SC. Citalopram for compulsive shopping disorder: an open-label study followed by double-blind discontinuation. J Clin Psychiatry 2003;64:793-8.

15. Koran LM. Escitalopram treatment evaluated in patients with compulsive shopping disorder. Primary Psychiatry 2005;12(12):13.-

16. Aboujaoude E, Gamel N, Koran LM. A 1-year naturalistic follow-up of patients with compulsive shopping disorder. J Clin Psychiatry 2003;64:946-50.

References

1. Lee S, Mysyk A. The medicalization of compulsive buying. Soc Sci Med 2004;58(9):1709-18.

2. Black DW. Compulsive buying disorder: definition, assessment, epidemiology and clinical management. CNS Drugs 2001;15(1):17-27.

3. Hollander E. Obsessive compulsive related disorders. Washington, DC: American Psychiatric Press; 1993.

4. Lejoyeux M, Bailly F, Moula H, Loi S, Ades J. Study of compulsive buying in patients presenting with obsessive-compulsive disorder. Compr Psychiatry 2005;46:105-10.

5. Black DW. Compulsive shopping. In: Hollander E, Stein D (eds). Clinical manual of impulse control disorders. Washington, DC: American Psychiatric Publishing; 2003;203–27.

6. Black DW, Monahan P, Schlosser S, Repertinger S. Compulsive buying severity: an analysis of Compulsive Buying Scale results in 44 subjects. J Nerv Ment Dis 2001;189:123-7.

7. McElroy SL, Keck PE, Jr, Pope HG, Jr, et al. Compulsive buying: a report of 20 cases. J Clin Psychiatry 1994;55:242-8.

8. Black DW, Repertinger S, Gaffney GR, Gabel J. Family history and psychiatric comorbidity in persons with compulsive buying: preliminary findings. Am J Psychiatry 1998;155:960-3.

9. Faber RJ, O’Guinn TC. A clinical screener for compulsive buying. Consum Res 1992;19:459-69.

10. Monahan P, Black DW, Gabel J. Reliability and validity of a scale to measure change in persons with compulsive buying. Psychiatr Res 1996;64:59-67.

11. Black DW, Monahan P, Gabel J. Fluvoxamine in the treatment of compulsive buying. J Clin Psychiatry 1997;58:159-63.

12. Ninan PT, McElroy SL, Kane CP, et al. Placebo-controlled study of fluvoxamine in the treatment of patients with compulsive buying. J Clin Psychopharmacol 2000;20:362-6.

13. Black DW, Gabel J, Hansen J, Schlosser S. A double-blind comparison of fluvoxamine versus placebo in the treatment of compulsive buying disorder. Ann Clin Psychiatry 2000;12:205-11.

14. Koran LM, Chuong HW, Bullock KD, Smith SC. Citalopram for compulsive shopping disorder: an open-label study followed by double-blind discontinuation. J Clin Psychiatry 2003;64:793-8.

15. Koran LM. Escitalopram treatment evaluated in patients with compulsive shopping disorder. Primary Psychiatry 2005;12(12):13.-

16. Aboujaoude E, Gamel N, Koran LM. A 1-year naturalistic follow-up of patients with compulsive shopping disorder. J Clin Psychiatry 2003;64:946-50.

Issue
Current Psychiatry - 05(07)
Issue
Current Psychiatry - 05(07)
Page Number
27-40
Page Number
27-40
Publications
Publications
Article Type
Display Headline
Compulsive shopping: When spending begins to consume the consumer
Display Headline
Compulsive shopping: When spending begins to consume the consumer
Sections
Article Source

PURLs Copyright

Inside the Article

Article PDF Media